Ti 002 en PDF

Technical information EN
Type:
LB 28
Serial number:
115 532
002 - 27.08.2010 / lwnfim2

Table of Content
1. GENERAL DRAWINGS
983954314 - DRILLING EQUIPMENT INST-DWG (587 028 1000 01 004)
10525571 - FEED SYSTEM ROPES (505 112 2000 00 200)
984469314 - ATTACHMENT POINTS (587 028 1000 02 100)
2. HYDRAULICS
983953914 - DIAGRAM HYDR (514 025 7000 01 007)
991841314 - UC HYDR (515 021 7000 00 004)
3. ELECTRICS
984511414 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (514 020 9020 06 100)
984370714 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (514 025 9090 06 106)
983886814 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (514 010 9040 06 002)
984375514 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (550 107 9000 06 103)
991751014 - SWITCH CABINET X1 (514 020 9010 00 001)
982757314 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM BOARD P1 (0002 556 52 01 003 001)
4. OPTIONS
983834414 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (590 027 9000 06 201)
993927714 - DRILLING DRIVE HYDR RFK (582 118 7100 00 003)
983338914 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (582 104 9000 06 004)
983869314 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (519 507 9000 06 100)
983808414 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (519 418 9200 06 101)
917586114 - MODULE REFUELLING SYSTEM (0002 552 11 06 000 003)
5. ADDITIONAL DESCRIPTIONS
Electric pump EP-1
S-EP 4
Compressor
MIDI F/R 15C
SAC 120
Kelly
115 532 / 002

GENERAL DRAWINGS 1
115 532 / 002

'IV'
SEILABGANG H
ROPE OUTLET
'III'
11 10
1 1
SEILABGANG R
ROPE OUTLET
50
71 0
0
#2
#2 'II'
18
#2 1
0
56
'IV' 20 22 23
'I' 3:20 1 4 4
'III'
2:25
'I'
1:10 15 'II'
1 1:10 21
2
X = AENDERUNGSINDEX
INDEX OF ALTERATION
x=POSITIONSNUMMER, y=MENGE
x x=ITEM NUMBER, y=AMOUNT
Bezeichnung/description
y REFERS TO OUR PART-LIST
19
1 505 112 2000 00 200 VORSCHUBSYSTEM BESEILUNG
FEED SYSTEM ROPES
Zeichnungs-Nr.
drawing no. 505 112 2000 00 200
( 28)
Ind. Aenderung Datum Name
POS. 2 = HYDRAULIK Ident. Nr. Blatt/von Fertiggewicht/weight
14 13 12 16 17 hydraulic ident. no. 10525571 Sheet/of 1/1 A1

1 1 1 3 1 POS. 4 = SCHLAUCHLISTE Datum Name Allgemeintoleranzen ISO 2768-mK-E Maßstab
24 17 hose list Freimaßtoleranzen scale
-Schweißkonstruktionen ISO 13920-BF
1 1 Gezeichn./drawn 06-Aug-09 Burtscher M. Oberflaechenzeichen ISO 1302
Projektl./proj. eng.06-Aug-09 Koller
Diese Zeichnung darf ohne unsere ehmigung
Gen weder kopiert noch vervielf noch Dritten zugaenglich gemacht werd
aeltigt, en. Zuwiderhandlungen verpflichtenNgepr./insp. stand. - - CAD General tolerances ISO 2768-mK-E
General tolerances for welding 1:25
zu Schadenersatz und sind bei Vorsatz
trafbar.
s - constructions ISO 13920-BF
These drawings and all information
ontained
c herein are the propertyLiebherr.
of
Ersatz fuer/rpl. for
To copy or disclose them to any other party respectively use them except
-
-
PTC Indicating surface texture
- according ISO 1302
for projects they were provided for orbidden.
is f Anyone doing it will be
ldhe
liable therefore. LIEBHERR WERK NENZING GMBH , A-6710 Nenzing/Vlbg Ersetzt durch/rpl. by
HYDRAULICS 2
115 532 / 002

ELECTRICS 3
115 532 / 002

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
CRANE TYPE: HS / LR A
KRANTYP:
ORDER NO:
AUFTRAGSNR.:
B B
PROJECT: electric cabin
PROJEKT: Elektrik Kabine
C C
D D
E E
F F
issued
20.02.08 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH drawing no.:
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
1
Erstellt cabin EL Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
ind: mod.no.: date name approved
A6710 NENZING ident. no.: location of
Ind: Änd. Nr.: Datum Name geprüft
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Kabine EL Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
INDEX:
A INHALTSVERZEICHNIS: A
1 cabin EL
Kabine EL
2 index
Inhaltsverzeichnis
3 gerneral arrangement plugs + junction boxes
Übersicht Stecker + Klemmkästen
4 power supply
Stromversorgung
B B
6 power supply fuses
Stromversorgung Sicherungen
9 digital input / keyboard X23
Digital Eingang / Tastatur X23
10 electric cabin
Elektrik Kabine
14 floodlights
Scheinwerfer
15 monitor cabin
Monitor Kabine
C C
16 modem, service plug
Modem, Service Schnittstelle
17 control system
Steuerrechner
18 control desk X11
Steuerpult X11
21 digital input / keyboard X23
Digital Eingang / Tastatur X23
22 joystick right module
Modul Meisterschalter rechts
D D
23 joystick left module
Modul Meisterschalter links
24 foot pedal
Fusspedal
26 plug connection
Steckerbelegung
28 components identification
Gerätebezeichnung
30 name plate fuse list
Schild Sicherungsaufstellung
E E
32 device register
Geräteverzeichnis
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
2
Erstellt index Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Inhaltsverzeichnis Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
cabin switch cabinet X1
Kabine Schaltschrank X1
A +X1 A
CU1.LAN3
6+2
X1.065.X2 control system
+X23 +X22 Steuerrechner CU1.COM2
+X24 9 X1.077.X3 9 +X1 +X1
monitor MS RE Master 4
H71 CU1.LAN1 9
/15.C3 +X23 6+2
panel X23 18 X1.077.X1
Tastatur X23 X1.065.X3 9
+X23 +X22
B X1.077.X2 B
9 cabin console right
8
6+2
CU1.CAN 8
H71.PWS
+X24
+X24
H71.LAN
Kabine Konsole rechts +X1
X77.P X77.S
+X1 +X1
+X23 +X24 18 18
8 X23.1 10
XLAN1
LAN1 X25 MO1.B
9
X20.P X20.S +X1
CAN1 +X1 +X1 CAN1
36 36
opt. GSM modem
Opt. GSM Modem
CAN2/3/4
C C
X1.070.X3 9
foot pedal 2
Fusspedal 2
X21.P X21.S
+X1 +X1
X1.070.X2 cabin oben 36 36
9 X11.S
Kabine oben
+X1 36
CAN1
CAN1
X22.P X22.S
+X1 +X1
cabin Fussraum 36 36
D X1.069.X3 9 Kabine Fussraum X12.S D
+X1 36
superstructure
foot pedal 1
Fusspedal 1
Oberwagen
X13.S
+X1 36
X1.069.X2 9
X3.P
CAN1
+X10 +P1
9 24 X14.S
X1.067.X2 relay module P1
+X10 +X1 36
+X11 Relais Modul P1 spare
E X1.067.X3 X1.067.X4 X3.S E
Reserve
+X10 9 MS LI 3 control desk X11 25 control panel X12
Steuerpult X11 Steuerpult X12
X19.P X19.S X15.S
+X1 36 36 +X1 +X1 36
cabin console left
Kabine Konsole links
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
3
Erstellt gerneral arrangement plugs + junction boxes Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Übersicht Stecker + Klemmkästen Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
L+F4
L+F1
L2
A L1 A
LMM
16Q
16Q
RD 10Q
RD 25Q
WH 6Q
conductor rail
BK
BK
electric superstructure Stromschiene
Elektrik Oberwagen
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
MM M M 10A 50A 50A 13A 13A 13A 20A 10A
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B B
M M M M
10Q
10Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q LB+F8
/11.A1
34
35
34
36
X11.S X13.S
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
C 2.5Q LB+F7 C
/7.D1
2.5Q LB+F7
/7.D1
74
77
71
87 87 30 30 30
+P1 +P1 +P1 P1
K1 K2 K21 K22 K23
/5.F5 /5.F6 /5.F1 /5.F2 /5.F3
30 30 87 87a 87 87a 87 87a
D D
73
72
76
75
79
78
1.5Q
1.5Q
10Q
10Q
LIM
/6.A1
1.5Q LD+
/12.A1
1.5Q LD+
/13.A1
1.5Q
LP
/6.A1
E E
LED+
/8.A1
LI
/7.A1
XF LB+
1
/5.A1
LB+
/17.B1
X11.S
7
gear box oil cooling
F Verteilergetriebe Ölkühlung F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
4
Erstellt power supply Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Stromversorgung Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+X1 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LB+ LB+
/4.E8 /12.A1
A A
X11.S
engine running
1
Motor läuft
emergency stop superstructure
Not Aus Oberwagen
X11.S X11.S
5
B B
X20.S
5
LIF44
/7.D1
X20.P LIF44
/7.D1
5
21 13
X19.S
9
+X22 emergency stop cabin
S2 NotAus Kabine X19.P
X20.P
X20.S
11
9
22 14
entry lever
L30 Einstiegshebel
/7.D1 1 3
33 33 +4A
C S1 C
30
P0 1 2 2 4
+X22
S1 lower position, closed
ignition start key Stellung unten geschlossen
10
Zündstartschalter
12
X19.P
X19.S
10
58 15 50a
6
X20.P
X20.S
6
LISK
D /17.A1 D
L50a
/9.A1
LS1
/9.A1
15
5
K3
/5.F6
18 16
P1
86 86 86
K3
+P1 +P1 +P1 86 86 /5.F7

K21 K22 K23 A1 B1 DIP Switches

E /5.F2 + /5.F3 + /5.F4 + K1 K2 K3 Func. Time E
/5.F5 + /5.F6 + /5.F7
85 85 85 A2
LMP1 85 85 1.0s10sRV
/11.C1
10s
LED green
supply o.k.
+P1 +P1 +P1 M LED yellow
K21 K22 K23 K3 relais activ
/5.E2 /5.E2 /5.E3 /5.E6
/4.D5
87a 30
/4.D5
87a 30
/4.D6
87a 30 K1 K2 16
87 87 87 /5.E5 /5.E6 /5.E6 18 15
87 30 87 30 26
/4.D4 /4.D4
28 25
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
5
Erstellt power supply Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+X1 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LIM
/4.E8
LP
/4.E8
A A
+ +
F21 F22 F23 F24 F25 F26 F31 F32 F33 F34 F35 F36
P2 10A 10A 5A 10A 5A 5A P3 5A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
B B
21
XF
21
XF LIMF31
/9.A1
C C
LPF26
/10.C1
LPF25
/10.C1
16
33
20
11
X11.S X12.S X15.S X11.S
7
LPF24
/10.A1
LPF24
/11.A1
D D
Modul Analog Eingang 2.042
Modul Digital Eingang 2.033
Modul Digital Eingang 2.034
analog input module 2.042
digital input module 2.033
digital input module 2.034
counter module 057, 059
counter module 057, 059
Zähler Modul 057, 059
Zähler Modul 057, 059
LPF23
Versorgung Ausleger
power supply boom
/18.F1
LPF22
/11.A1
X19.S
1
LPF22
/12.A1
X19.P
1
LPF21
/10.A1
LPF21
/12.A1
E LPF21 E
/11.A1
LPF21 X11.S X12.S X15.S X11.S
10
21
32
34
12
6
8
/23.D1
MM MM
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
6
Erstellt power supply fuses Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Stromversorgung Sicherungen Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+X1 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LI
/4.E8
A A
F41 F42 F43 F44 F45 F46 F47 F48 F49 F50 F51 F52 F53 F54 F55 F56
P4 10A 15A 15A 10A 10A 10A 5A 10A 15A 15A 15A 15A 10A 10A 10A 10A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
B B
48
55
56
XF XF XF
86 86
48
30 30

K1.1 K1.2 2.5Q K1.1 K1.2
2.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
/7.C1 + /7.C1 + /7.C1 /7.C1 LIF55
87 87a 87 87a /16.A1
85 85
LIF54
/13.A1
M M
C LIF51 C
/14.A1
87a 30 87a 30 LIF50
/7.C3 /7.C4 /14.A1
87 87
LIF49
/14.A1
LIF44 LIF48
/5.B8 /9.A1
LIF44 LIF48
/5.B8 /16.C1
L30 LIF47
/5.C4 /15.D1
LB+F7 CAN3/4+
/4.C8 /17.E5
LB+F7
D /4.C8 D
CAN1/2+
/17.E5
2.5Q
2.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
17
18
29
36
32
14
15
16
31
X11.S X11.S X12.S X20.S X11.S X12.S

3
auxiliary heating (air) refuelling system digital output module 2.009

R1
Versorgung +24VDC
supply +24VDC
E common rail standard Standheizung (Luft) Betankungsanlage Modul Digital Ausgang 2.009 E

Common Rail Standart 220Ohm
power supply engine electronic 2
Stromversorgung Motorelektronik
X11.S X12.S
33
20
X12.S X12.S
32
35
30
X11.S
9
1.5Q
2.5Q
2.5Q
2.5Q
alternator D+ signal
M M M Lichtmaschine D+ Signal M M
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
7
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+X1 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A LED+ A
/4.E8
F71 F72 F73 F74 F75 F76 F77 F78 F79 F80 F81 F82 F83 F84 F85 F86
P7 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 7.5A 15A
B B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1.5Q
82
85
86
XF XF XF
C C
LED+F85
/13.B1
LED+F85
/13.A1
30
13
14
15
22
25
26
13
14
15
16
10
21
X11.S X12.S X15.S
9
Sicherheitsventil Freifall HW
security valve freefall HG
D D
Modul Analog Ausgang 2.017
Modul Analog Ausgang 2.018
Modul Digital Ausgang 2.019
analog output module 2.017
analog output module 2.018
digital output module 2.019
digital output module 2.009 digital output module 2.010
Modul Digital Ausgang 2.009 Modul Digital Ausgang 2.010
E E
X12.S X15.S
17
18
19
17
18
19
23
24
27
28
20
11
12
M M M M M
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
8
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+X1 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
X19.S
X19.P
X19.P
X19.S
LIMF31 0.75Q 0.75Q,0.75Q LMONT
/6.B8 /13.A1
A LIF48 17 17 0.75Q 18 18 A
/7.D8
LS1 16 16 0.75Q 0.75Q
/5.D8
L50a 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q
/5.D8
0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q

19 19 0.75Q
M +X12 +X12 +X12 +X12 +X12 +X12

S1 13 21 43 31 X2
S2 13 21 43 31 X2
S3 13 21 43 31 X2
S4 13 21 43 31 X2
S15 13 21 43 31 X2
S14 13 21 43 31 X2
14 22 44 32 X1 14 22 44 32 X1 14 22 44 32 X1 14 22 44 32 X1 14 22 44 32 X1 14 22 44 32 X1
B B
0.75Q
0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q
+X12
0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q
S13 13 21 43 31 X2
14 22 44 32 X1
20
22
23
30
21
C X19.P X19.P X19.P X19.P X19.P C
X19.S X19.S X19.S X19.S X19.S
21
22
20
23
30
0.75Q
0.75Q
M
17
12
X77.S
2
7
1
X77.P
17
2
12
3
7
1
0.75Q 0.75Q
D D
+X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23
24
25
17
12
X1.077.X1 X1.077.X1 X1.077.X1 X1.077.X1 X1.077.X1 X1.077.X1 X1.077.X1 X1.077.X1 X19.P
2
7
1
X19.S
24
25
17
2
12
3
7
1
+X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23

X1.077 X1.077 X1.077 X1.077 X1.077 X1.077 X1.077 X1.077
/21.B3 /21.B3 /21.B3 /21.B3 /21.B3 /21.B3 /21.C3 /21.D3
%IX1.077.33 %IX1.077.34 %IX1.077.35 %IX1.077.36 %IX1.077.38 %IX1.077.39 %IX1.077.44 0/24V
aus
out
ein
in
E engine start entry lever closed set up unsecured free fall bypass LML interlock control mode selection ground for the inputs E
Motorstart Einstiegshebel geschlossen Montagebetrieb Ungesicherter Freifall Überbrückung LMB Interlocksteuerung Vorwahl Betriebsart Masse für die Eingänge
20
15
X13.S
2
fall back support in/out
Rückfallstützen Ein/Ausfahren
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
9
Erstellt digital input / keyboard X23 Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Digital Eingang / Tastatur X23 Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+X1 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LPF21
/6.E4
LPF24
/6.D4
+X1
A M A
14
17
20
11
+X1
+P1 30 +P1 30 +P1 30 +P1 30 E2A.S
P1 P1
2
1
K2 K3 K5 K6 E2A.P
2
1
/19.F1 /19.F2 /19.F3 /19.F4
87 87a 87 87a 87 87a 87 87a +X1
B + B
+X1 24VDC
E2
12VDC
5A
+
13
16
15
19
18
22
12
21
+X1
E2B.S
2
1
E2B.P
2
1
+X1
LPF25
/6.D4
C C
LPF26
/6.C4
+X1 +X1
+X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 M M
10
X21.S X19.S X21.S X19.S
5
5
6
7
8
X21.P X19.P X21.P X19.P +X1
14
15
10
D
11
D
5
5
6
7
8
+X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 X20.S
X20.P
13
14
15
11
12
+X1
M1.X M3.X
4
2
1
2
4
4
1
+X21
E1.A
4
5
6
7
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 +
E1.B
E 1 E
+X21
2 LS1
31b
53a
31b
53a
53
53
+ +
31
31
3
4 3
M M M M +X21
5
6
4
M1 M2 M3 M4 5
E1 7 6 +
8
LS2
screen wiper front screen washer front screen wiper top screen washer top
Scheibenwischer vorne Scheibenwischerpumpe vorne Scheibenwischer oben Scheibenwischerpumpe oben
radio
Radio
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
10
Erstellt electric cabin Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Elektrik Kabine Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LPF24 LPF24
/6.D4 /12.A1
LB+F8
/4.C8
A LPF22 LPF22 A
/6.D4 /12.A1
LPF21
/6.E4
L16
/23.E1
+X1
2
X19.P
X19.S 2 1.5Q 1.5Q
+X1
80
23
53
56
59
8
+P1 30 +P1 30 +P1 30 +P1 30 +P1 30

B B
P1 86 K24 K7 K16 K17 K18
/11.C1 /19.F5 /18.F3 /18.F4 /18.F5
+P1 87 87a 87 87a 87 87a 87 87a 87 87a

K24
/11.C1 +
85 L12
/18.F1
LMP1 LMP1
/5.E4 /14.B7
82
25
24
55
54
58
57
60
81
61
+P1
K24
/11.B1
C 87a 30 +X1 +X1 C
/11.B2
+X1 X22.S X22.S
6
87
X22.S
3
X22.P X22.P
6
X22.P +X1 +X1 +X1
3
+X1 M
M12.X
3
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
5 3
+ +
375Hz 500Hz
H4 +X1 M
10
M12
11
X22.S
8
9
84W 84W
X22.P
10
D
11
D
8
9
+X1
2 4 1
M12.X M12.X
1
+X1
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
4
X22.P
X22.S
4
+X1 *
+X1 +X1
12
7
+X1 M5.X X22.P X22.P
2
3
4
1
X11.S
6
1 2 3 4 X22.S
7
+X1
I II III
E M
E
+X1 M5 +X1

M M
blower cabin control valve heating
lighting superstructure internal Lüfter Kabine Steuerventil Heizung
horn Beleuchtung Oberwagen innen
F Hupe F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
11
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LB+
/5.A8
LPF22
/6.E4
A LPF22 A
/11.A8
LPF24
/11.A8
LD+
/4.E8
LPF21 +X1
23
/6.E4
X22.S
X22.P
23
+X1
1.5Q
1
X13.S X11.S S3

22
24
B H3 B
+X1 +X1 2
/12.C1
DIP Switches
1
2 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1
24
X21.S X19.S X20.S X22.P
9
3
1
4 X21.P X19.P X20.P X22.S
24
3
9
1
5 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1
6
1Q
X4.S
1
+ +X1 +X1
volume X4.P
19
11
1
C X21.S X21.S C
0/24VDC
0/24VDC
+24VDC
+24VDC
H3
Tone 15
+
Tone 5
1 +X22
+X13 X21.P X21.P
19
/12.B2
11
+X1 P1 I1 +X1 +X1
M
2 3 + + XH2.S M1 h
1
XH2.P 2 31
1
1 2 1 2
1Q
+
H2 +X1 +X1
10
4
X19.P X20.P +X1
X19.S X20.S E1 E1
10
4
D D
+X1 +X1 10W 21W 10W 21W
+X1
13
22
21
X22.P XH2.P
X22.S XH2.S
21
3 4 3 4
22
+X1
1.5Q
2
X4.P +X1
12
X4.S X21.P
2
X21.S
12
+X1
+X1
2
E X21.P E
X21.S
2
+X1
+X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1
M M M M M M M
sounder LML flashlight switch cabinet fan hour meter cigarette lighter cabin lightning inside lighting switch cabinet room

LMB Schallgeber Blitzlicht Schaltschranklüfter Betriebsstundenzähler Zigarettenanzünder Kabinenbeleuchtung innen Beleuchtung Schaltschrankraum
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
12
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LIF54
/7.C8
LD+
/4.E8
A A
1.5Q
LMONT
/9.A8
LED+F85
/8.D7
LED+F85
/8.C7
1.5Q
35
38
44
62
32
41
+X1
X22.S
X22.P 1
B B
1
30 30 30 30 30 30
+X1 P1
K10 K11 K12 K13 K19 K9
/20.F2 /20.F3 /20.F4 /20.F5 /18.F6 /20.F1
87 87a 87 87a 87 87a 87 87a 87 87a 87 87a
+4F +4F
S1.X S2.X
1
1
1 1
tg pressure switch +4F +4F
FW Druckschalter S1 P S2 P
37
36
40
39
43
42
46
45
64
63
34
33
2 2
S1.X S2.X
2
+4F +4F +X1
16
C X22.S C
1.5Q
X22.P
16
+X1 +X1
2
X22.P
+X1 30
X22.S +4K 1
2
+X1 S1 K32

2 87 87a
+X1
1.5Q
1.5Q
17
X22.P
X22.S
17
+X1 +X1
X77.S
5
D +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 D

X77.P
13
25
10
13
12
11
5
X11.S X11.S X11.S X11.S X13.S X13.S X19.S
5
+X1
1
supply control panel
Versorgung Bedienungspult
cylinder out
Zylinder einfahren
Zylinder ausfahren
Fahrwerkschnellgang
cylinder in
rope pull in winch
tg fast speed
Seileinziehwinde
pressure switch air condition drivers seat
+X23 Druckschalter Klimaanlage Fahrersitz
X1.077.X1
5
5
+X23
X1.077
E /21.B3 X13.S X19.S E
14
2
4
%IX1.077.37 +X1 +X1
1.5Q
X11.S X11.S
29
12
pressure switch travelling gear +X1 +X1

86
Druckschalter Fahrwerk
+X1
K32
+
85
+X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1

M M M M M
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
13
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+P1 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LIF51
/7.C8
LIF50
/7.C8
LIF49
/7.C8
9
26
29
83
A A
+P1 30 +P1 30 +P1 30
86
P1 K8.1 K8.2 K25
/19.F6 /19.F7 /14.C7
+P1
87 87a 87 87a 87 87a K25
/14.C7 +
85
LMP1 LMP1
/11.C2 /18.E3
28
27
30
85
84
31
B 1.5Q 1.5Q
B
+X1 13 +X1 1.5Q
15
X21.S X21.S +X1
17
X21.P X21.P X21.S
13
15
+P1 +X1
1.5Q
1.5Q
+X1 +X1 X21.P
25
17
+X1 K25 X20.S
+4A +4A /14.A7
X1.S X2.S +4A 87a 30
1
1
/14.A6 additional heating
X1.P X2.P X3.S 87
1
Zusatzheizung
1
1
+4A +4A X3.P
1
+4A
C C
X1.S X1.S X2.S X2.S
3
3
1
1
X1.P X1.P X2.P X2.P X3.S +X1 +X1
31
3
3
1
1
X11.S X11.S
8
X3.P
1
E1.X E11.X E2.X E21.X E3.X
1
1
floodlight superstructure
1 1 1 1 1 Scheinwerfer Oberwagen
Verdrahtung komplett mit 1.5²
E1 E11 E2 E21 E3

wiring completely with 1.5²
D 2 2 2 2 2 D
X11.S X11.S
36
28
E1.X E11.X E2.X E21.X E3.X +X1 +X1
2
2
2
2
X1.P X1.P X2.P X2.P X3.P
1.5Q
1.5Q
X1.S X1.S X2.S X2.S X3.S
2
2
4
+4A +4A +4A

2
X1.P X2.P X3.P

X1.S X2.S X3.S
2
E +4A +4A +4A E
+X1 +X1 +X1

14
16
18
X21.P X21.P X21.P

X21.S X21.S X21.S
14
16
18
+X1 +X1 +X1

+X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1
M M M M M
floodlight cabin left floodlight cabin right cabin floodlight winch

F Scheinwerfer Kabine links Scheinwerfer Kabine rechts Kabine Windenbeleuchtung F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
14
Erstellt floodlights Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Scheinwerfer Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+4B von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
monitor
B B
Monitor
PWS LAN
RS232_RXD
RS232_TXD
TTY_RXD+
TTY_TXD+
TTY_RXD
TTY_TXD
C C
GND
H71
+V
/3.B1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
H71.PWS H71.LAN
8
1
2
3
6
1
X20.S
X20.P
D D
+X1
+X1
LIF47
/7.D8
16 16
18 18
GN 0.14Q LAN36
/17.D1
WHGN 0.14Q LAN33

/17.D1
OG 0.14Q LAN32
/17.D1
WHOG 0.14Q LAN31
/17.D1
E E
+X1
M
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
15
Erstellt monitor cabin Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Monitor Kabine Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+X24 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LIF55
/7.C8
A A
GSM modem EL RFK
GSM Modem EL NRS
+X1 +X1
MO1.B
MO1.A
3
M
+X1
1 2 3 4
+24V GND IGN 1 0.5Q LCOM21
/17.E2
2 1 0.5Q LCOM22
B /17.E2 B
3 2 0.5Q LCOM23
/17.E2
4 3 0.5Q LCOM24
/17.E2
5 4 0.5Q LCOM25
+X1 GSM / GPS MODEM /17.E2
6 5 0.5Q LCOM26
MO1 /17.F2
7 6 0.5Q LCOM27
/17.F2
8 7 0.5Q LCOM28
ANTENNA /17.F2
9 8 0.5Q LCOM29
/17.F2
GSM GPS 9
C C
X20.S
X20.P
+X1
+X1
LIF48
/7.D8
20 20
21 21
+X1
M
D D
X23.1
additional desk X25
Zusatzpult X25 J
H 0.75Q RSRXD
RXD /21.E2
D 0.75Q RSTXD
TXD /21.E2
E 0.75Q RSGND
GND /21.E2
K
E E
XLAN1
+X23
service plug WHOG 0.14Q LAN11

/17.B1
Service Schnittstelle 1 OG 0.14Q LAN12
/17.B1
2 WHGN 0.14Q LAN13
/17.B1
3 GN 0.14Q LAN16
/17.B1
6
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
16
Erstellt modem, service plug Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Modem, Service Schnittstelle Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+X24 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
control system
CU1
Steuerrechner
CU1.CAN
CU1.PWR
A A
GND
MCC MASTER
X20.S
X20.P
LISK 1 1
/5.D8 IGN0
2 2
IGN1
3
IGN2
PWR CAN1L
4 BU 1Q CAN1L
/21.E2
M 4 4 2 2
LB+ 5 5
CASE
24VDC
CAN1 CAN1H
5 RD 1Q CAN1H
/4.F8 /21.E2
6 6 5 3 3
X12.S
CU1.LAN1 CAN2L
3 BU 1Q
LAN11 3 2
/16.E8
LAN12 1 1 CAN2 CAN2H
6 RD 1Q
B /16.F8 B
LAN13 2 2 6 3
X15.S
/16.F8
3 3
4
5
LAN1 2 BU 1Q
CAN3L
LAN16 6 2 2
/16.F8
6 7 CAN3 CAN3H
7 RD 1Q
8 7 3
X15.S
1 BU 1Q
CAN4L
1 1 34
2 CAN4 CAN4H
8 RD 1Q
C 3 8 35 C
4
5
LAN2
6
7
8
CU1.LAN3
LAN31
/15.E8
LAN32 1 1
/15.E8
LAN33 2 2
/15.E8
3 3
D
4
5
LAN3 D
LAN36
/15.E8
6 6
7 COM1 COM2 COM3 COM4
8
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CU1.COM2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
X15.S
CAN3/4+
/7.D8
1
33
E 4 E
X12.S
LCOM21 36
/16.B8
LCOM22
/16.B8
LCOM23 CAN1/2+
/16.B8 /7.D8
LCOM24 1
X20.S
X20.P
/16.B8
LCOM25 4
/16.B8
LCOM26
/16.B8
LCOM27 CAN1/2+
/16.B8 /21.E2
LCOM28 1 1 CAN1
/16.B8 /21.E2
LCOM29 4 4
/16.C8
M M M M
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
17
Erstellt control system Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Steuerrechner Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+X1 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
X11
A T16 A
X3.S +X11
16
17
18
19
21
22
23
20
24
4
1
PE
+X11 PE
B B
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
+X1
15
X19.P
X19.S
15
+X1
C C
D D
91
22
23
16
17
18
19
20
24
21
4
1
X3.P
Relais K23
Relais K24
Relais K25
relay K23
relay K24
relay K25
P1 86 86 86 86

K16 K17 K18 K19
/18.E3 + /18.E4 + /18.E5 + /18.E6 +
E 85 85 85 85 E
LMP1 LMP1
/14.B7 /19.E1
10
92
2
1
K16 K17 K18 K19

/18.E3 /18.E4 /18.E5 /18.E6
87a 30 87a 30 87a 30 87a 30
/11.B4 /11.B4 /11.B5 /13.B6
87 87 87 87
/6.D4
LPF23 +X1
M
L12
/11.B8
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
18
Erstellt control desk X11 Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Steuerpult X11 Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+P1 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
X11
A T2 T3 T5 T6 T7 T8 A
X3.S
2
8
+X11
B B
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
C C
D D
2
8
X3.P
P1 86 86 86 86 86 86 86

K2 K3 K5 K6 K7 K8.1 K8.2
/19.E1 + /19.E2 + /19.E3 + /19.E4 + /19.E5 + /19.E6 + /19.E7 +
E E
85 85 85 85 85 85 85
LMP1 LMP1
/18.E7 /20.E1
K2 K3 K5 K6 K7 K8.1 K8.2

/19.E1 /19.E2 /19.E3 /19.E4 /19.E5 /19.E6 /19.E7
87a 30 87a 30 87a 30 87a 30 87a 30 87a 30 87a 30
/10.B2 /10.B3 /10.B4 /10.B5 /11.B3 /14.A2 /14.A4
87 87 87 87 87 87 87
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
19
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+P1 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
X11
A T9 T10 T11 T12 T13 T14 T15 A
X3.S
10
13
14
15
11
12
+X11 9
B B
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
C C
D D
10
13
14
15
12
11
9
X3.P
P1 86 86 86 86 86 86 86

K9 K10 K11 K12 K13 K14 K15
/20.E1 + /20.E2 + /20.E3 + /20.E4 + /20.E5 + /20.E6 + /20.E7 +
E E
85 85 85 85 85 85 85
LMP1 LMP1
/19.E8
K9 K10 K11 K12 K13 K14 K15

/20.E1 /20.E2 /20.E3 /20.E4 /20.E5 /20.E6 /20.E7
87a 30 87a 30 87a 30 87a 30 87a 30 87a 30 87a 30
/13.B6 /13.B3 /13.B4 /13.B4 /13.B5
87 87 87 87 87 87 87
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
20
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+P1 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
phys. addr. pin sheet/col. description
Phys. Addr. Pin Blatt/Pfad Beschreibung
engine start
%IX1.077.33 1 /9.E2
Motorstart
entry lever closed
%IX1.077.34 2 /9.E2
Einstiegshebel geschlossen
set up
%IX1.077.35 3 /9.E3
Montagebetrieb
X1.077.PE
unsecured free fall
+X23 %IX1.077.36 4 /9.E4
Ungesicherter Freifall
B B
pressure switch travelling gear
%IX1.077.37 5 /13.E2
Druckschalter Fahrwerk
bypass LML
%IX1.077.38 6 /9.E4
Überbrückung LMB
interlock control
%IX1.077.39 7 /9.E5
Interlocksteuerung
no rope tension limitation hg1
%IX1.077.40 8 keine Seilzugbegrenzung HW1
+X1
24
no rope tension limitation hg2
X20.P %IX1.077.41 9 keine Seilzugbegrenzung HW2
X20.S
24
presel. ground compaction hg1
+X1 %IX1.077.42 10 Vorwahl Rammsteuerung HW1
C presel. ground compaction hg2
C
%IX1.077.43 11 Vorwahl Rammsteuerung HW2
mode selection
%IX1.077.44 12 /9.E6
Vorwahl Betriebsart
preselection mooring operation
%IX1.077.45 13 Vorwahl Mooringbetrieb
%IX1.077.46 14
ext. preselection hammer
+X1 %IX1.077.47 15 externe Vorwahl Hammer
M
preselection switch off by slack rope
%IX1.077.48 16 Vorwahl Schlappseilabschaltung
D ground for the inputs D
0/24V 17 /9.E7
Masse für die Eingänge
0/24V 18
+X23
X1.077 keyboard modul X23
Tastaturmodul X23
X1.077.X3
CAN1/2+ 0.75Q 0.75Q CAN1+
/17.F8 24V+ 24V+ /22.C1
CAN1L BU 0.5Q 1 1 1 1 BU 0.5Q CAN1L
/17.A8 CAN_L +X23 CAN_L /22.C1
E 2 2 2 2 E
BSL BSL
RSRXD 0.75Q 3 3
/16.E8 RXD RXD
RSTXD 0.75Q 4 4 4
/16.E8 TXD TXD
RSGND 0.75Q 5 5 5
/16.E8 GND(5V) GND(5V)
CAN1H RD 0.5Q 6 6 6 RD 0.5Q CAN1H
/17.B8 CAN_H CAN_H /22.D1
CAN1 0.75Q 7 7 7 7 0.75Q CAN1
/17.F8 GND(24V) GND(24V) /22.D1
8 8 8 8
SPARE SPARE
9 9
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
21
Erstellt digital input / keyboard X23 Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Digital Eingang / Tastatur X23 Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
+X22
X1.065
B B
X1.065.X2
X1.065.X3
+X22
+X22
C C
CAN1+ 0.75Q CAN1+
/21.E7 24V+ 24V+ /23.C1
CAN1L 1 1 1 1 BU 0.5Q CAN1L
/21.E7 CAN_L CAN_L /23.C1
2 2 2 2
BSL BSL
3 3
RXD RXD
4 4
TXD TXD
5 5
GND(5V) GND(5V)
CAN1H 6 6 RD 0.5Q CAN1H
/21.E7 CAN_H CAN_H /23.D1
CAN1 7 7 7 7 0.75Q CAN1
/21.E7 GND(24V) GND(24V) /23.D1
8 8 8 8
SPARE SPARE
9 9
D D
E E
joystick
Meisterschalter
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
22
Erstellt joystick right module Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Modul Meisterschalter rechts Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
+X10
X1.067
B B
X1.067.X2
X1.067.X3
+X10
+X10
C C
CAN1+ 0.75Q CAN1+
/22.C8 24V+ 24V+ /24.C1
/22.C8 CAN_L CAN_L /24.C1
2 2 2 2
BSL BSL
3 3
RXD RXD
4 4
TXD TXD
5 5
GND(5V) GND(5V)
/22.D8 CAN_H CAN_H /24.D1
CAN1 7 7 7 7 0.75Q CAN1
/22.D8 GND(24V) GND(24V) /24.D1
8 8 8 8
SPARE SPARE
9 9
D D
X1.067.X4
+X10
LPF21 24V+
/6.E4
A A
hardwired
button
festverdrahtet
Druckknopf
CAN input
GND
Can Eingang
E L16 signal E
/11.A2
B B
joystick
Meisterschalter
additional devices
F Zusatzeinrichtungen F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
23
Erstellt joystick left module Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Modul Meisterschalter links Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
X1.069.X1
B B
X1.069.X2
X1.069.X3
C C
CAN1+ 0.75Q CAN1+
/23.C8 24V+ 24V+ /25.C1
/23.C8 CAN_L CAN_L /25.C1
2 2 2 2
BSL BSL
3 3
RXD RXD
4 4
TXD TXD
5 5
GND(5V) GND(5V)
/23.D8 CAN_H CAN_H /25.D1
CAN1 7 7 7 7 0.75Q CAN1
/23.D8 GND(24V) GND(24V) /25.D1
8 8 8 8
SPARE SPARE
9 9
D D
E E
foot pedal
Fusspedal
additional devices
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
24
Erstellt foot pedal Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Fusspedal Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
X1.070.X1
B B
X1.070.X2
X1.070.X3
C C
CAN1+
/24.C8 24V+ 24V+
CAN1L 1 1 1 1
/24.C8 CAN_L CAN_L
2 2 2 2
BSL BSL
3 3 3
RXD
120Ohm
RXD
4 4 4
TXD TXD
5 5 5
GND(5V) GND(5V)
CAN1H 6 6 6
/24.D8 CAN_H CAN_H
CAN1 7 7 7 7
/24.D8 GND(24V) GND(24V)
8 8 8 8
SPARE SPARE
9 9 9
D D
E E
foot pedal
Fusspedal
additional devices
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
25
Erstellt foot pedal Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Fusspedal Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
C
E
B
A
Ind:
ind:
X22.P
X22.S
X21.P
X21.S
X20.P
X20.S
X19.P
X19.S
/13.B2 /13.B2 /12.C2 /12.B2 /17.F8 /17.F8
mod.no.: date
1 1 1 1 1 1
Änd. Nr.: Datum
/13.C2 /13.C2 /12.E2 /12.E2 /17.A8 /17.A8 /6.E2 /6.D2
2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1
1
1
/11.C3 /11.C3 /10.D2 /10.D2 /17.B8 /17.B8 /11.B1 /11.B1

3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2
/11.D3 /11.D3 /10.D2 /10.D2 /17.F8 /17.F8 /12.C4 /12.B4
4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3
Name
name
/11.C7 /11.C7 /10.D2 /10.D2 /5.B2 /5.B2 /12.D4 /12.D4
5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4
/11.C7 /11.C7 /10.D2 /10.D2 /5.D2 /5.D2 /10.D3 /10.D3
6 6 6 6 6 6 5 5
/11.E7 /11.E7 /10.D4 /10.D4 /5.D2 /5.D2 /10.D3 /10.D3
7 7 7 7 7 7 6 6
issued
Erstellt
geprüft
/11.D4 /11.D4 /10.D4 /10.D4 /5.D2 /5.D2 /10.D5 /10.D5
approved
8 8 8 8 8 8 7 7
/11.D4 /11.D4 /10.D4 /10.D4 /12.C5 /12.B5 /10.D5 /10.D5
9 9 9 9 9 9 8 8
/11.D5 /11.D5 /10.D5 /10.D5 /12.D5 /12.D5 /5.C7 /5.B7
10 10 10 10 10 10 9 9
/11.D5 /11.D5 /12.C6 /12.C6 /10.D7 /10.D7 /5.C7 /5.D7
11 11 11 11 11 11 10 10
/11.E7 /12.E6 /12.E6 /10.D7 /5.C7
12 12 12 12 12 12 11 11
/12.D1 /14.B2 /14.B2 /10.D7 /5.C7
13 13 13 13 13 13 12 12
/14.E2 /14.E2 /10.D7 /10.D7 /13.D7
14 14 14 14 14 14 13 13
/14.B3 /14.B3 /10.D7 /10.D7 /13.E7
20.02.08 lwnkas1
15 15 15 15 15 15 14 14
2
2
/13.C6 /13.C6 /14.E3 /14.E3 /15.D3 /15.D2 /18.C8 /18.C8

16 16 16 16 16 16 15 15
/13.D6 /13.D6 /14.B4 /14.B4 /9.A2 /9.A1
17 17 17 17 17 17 16 16
/14.E4 /14.E4 /15.D3 /15.D2 /9.A2 /9.A1
18 18 18 18 18 18 17 17
/12.C6 /12.C6 /9.A8 /9.A8
19 19 19 19 19 19 18 18
/16.C2 /16.C2 /9.A2 /9.A1
20 20 20 20 20 20 19 19
/12.D1 /12.D1 /16.C2 /16.C2 /9.C2 /9.C2
21 21 21 21 21 21 20 20
/12.D2 /12.D2 /9.C3 /9.C3
22 22 22 22 22 22 21 21
/12.B6 /12.A6 /9.C4 /9.C4
23 23 23 23 23 23 22 22
/12.B6 /12.C6 /21.C1 /21.C1 /9.C5 /9.C5
24 24 24 24 24 24 23 23
/14.B8 /9.D7 /9.E7
25 25 25 25 25 25 24 24
/9.D8 /9.E8
26 26 26 26 26 26 25 25
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
27 27 27 27 27 27 26 26
3
3
28 28 28 28 28 28 27 27
A6710 NENZING
29 29 29 29 29 29 28 28
30 30 30 30 30 30 29 29
/9.C6 /9.C6
31 31 31 31 31 31 30 30
/7.E4
32 32 32 32 32 32 31 31
/5.C3 /5.C3
LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH

33 33 33 33 33 33 32 32
34 34 34 34 34 34 33 33
35 35 35 35 35 35 34 34
36 36 36 36 36 36 35 35
36 36
plug connection
Steckerbelegung
4
4
X77.P
X77.S
+4B
+4B
+X23
XLAN1
X1.P
X1.S
/9.D2 /9.D2
1 1
/14.C2 /14.C2 /16.E2 /9.D2 /9.D2
1 1 1 2 2
/14.D2 /14.E2 /16.F2 /9.D3 /9.D3
2 2 2 3 3
/14.C2 /14.C2 /16.F2 /9.D4 /9.D4
5
5
3 3 3 4 4
/14.D2 /14.E2 /13.D2 /13.D2
4 4 4 5 5
/9.D4 /9.D4
5 6 6
/16.F2 /9.D5 /9.D5
6 7 7
7 8 8
8 9 9
+4B
+4B
X3.P
X3.S
10 10
/14.C4 /14.C4
1 1 11 11
/14.D4 /14.E4 /9.D6 /9.D6
2 2 12 12
13 13
14 14
15 15
16 16
+4B
+4B
+X24
X23.1
X2.P
X2.S
6
6
/9.D7 /9.D7
17 17
/14.C3 /14.C3 /16.E2
1 1 H 18 18
/14.D3 /14.E3
2 2 B
/14.C4 /14.C4
Identnr.:
3 3 C
ident. no.:
/14.D4 /14.E4 /16.E2

drawing no.:
4 4 D
Zeichnungsnr.:
/16.E2
E
F
G
/16.E2
J
XH2.P
XH2.S
+4A
+4A
A
/12.C2 /12.C2 /16.E2
1 1 K
/12.D2 /12.D2
2 2
7
7
984511414
514 020 9020 06 100
Ort
Anlage
location
assembly group
8
8
+X1
=KB
of
von
Blatt
sheet
33
26
F
C
E
B
A
F
C
E
B
A
Ind:
ind:
mod.no.: date
Änd. Nr.: Datum
1
1
Name
name
issued
Erstellt
geprüft
approved
X15.S
X13.S
X12.S
X11.S
/17.E7 /13.D6 /17.E7 /5.A2

1 1 1 1
/17.B8 /13.E6 /17.B8 /5.B2
2 2 2 2
/17.B8 /13.D6 /17.B8 /7.E2
3 3 3 3
/17.E7 /13.E6 /17.E7 /7.E2
4 4 4 4
/13.D6 /6.D6 /5.B5
5 5 5 5
/6.E6 /11.E3
20.02.08 lwnkas1
6 6 6 6
2
2
/6.D7 /6.D6 /4.F5

7 7 7 7
/6.E7 /6.E6 /14.C5
8 8 8 8
/8.D6 /6.D7 /7.E4
9 9 9 9
/8.D6 /6.E7 /13.D4
10 10 10 10
/8.E6 /6.D7 /13.D5
11 11 11 11
/8.E6 /13.D5 /6.E7 /13.E4
12 12 12 12
/8.D4 /8.D2 /13.D3
13 13 13 13
/8.D4 /8.D2 /7.E5
14 14 14 14
/8.D5 /9.E8 /8.D2 /7.E6
15 15 15 15
/8.D5 /7.E6 /6.D5
16 16 16 16
/8.E4 /8.E2 /7.E1
17 17 17 17
Copyright (c)
/8.E4 /8.E2 /7.E1
Urheberrecht (c)
18 18 18 18
/8.E5 /8.E2
3
3
19 19 19 19
/8.E5 /9.E7 /7.E6 /6.D8
A6710 NENZING
20 20 20 20
/8.D3 /6.E8
21 21 21 21
/12.B1 /8.D3
22 22 22 22
/8.E3
23 23 23 23
/8.E3 /12.B2
LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH

24 24 24 24
/8.D3 /13.D3
25 25 25 25
/8.D4
26 26 26 26
/8.E3
27 27 27 27
/8.E4 /14.D6
28 28 28 28
/7.E2 /13.E3
29 29 29 29
/7.E2 /8.D1
30 30 30 30
/7.E3 /14.C6
plug connection
31 31 31 31
Steckerbelegung
4
4
/7.E3 /6.E5
32 32 32 32
/17.E7 /6.D6 /7.E5
33 33 33 33
/17.C8 /4.C2 /6.E6 /4.C2
34 34 34 34
/17.C8 /7.E2 /4.C2
35 35 35 35
/17.E7 /4.C2 /7.E3 /14.D5
36 36 36 36
5
5
6
6
Identnr.:
ident. no.:
drawing no.:
Zeichnungsnr.:
7
7
984511414
514 020 9020 06 100
Ort
Anlage
location
assembly group
8
8
+X1
=KB
of
von
Blatt
sheet
33
27
F
C
E
B
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS IDENTIFICATION
Bezeichnung elektrischer Geräte
A A
CABLES COMPONENTS & INSTRUMENTS LOCATION

Kabel Geräte & Instrumente Ort
1 W 20 . 1 =DS + 4H S01 X... panel..., junction box...
Schaltschrank..., Klemmkasten...
sequential number kind of item, sequential number 4... field device
laufende Nummer Art des Betriebsmittels, laufende Nummer externe Geräte
to location location, function group ..1 sequential number
zum Einbauort Einbauort, Funktionsgruppe laufende Nummer
from location assembly group
B B
vom Einbauort Anlage
ASSEMBLY GROUP FUNCTION GROUP KIND OF ITEM COLOUR CODE FOR CABLE CORES

Anlage Funktionsgruppe Art des Betriebsmittels Farb Code für Kabeladern
AL boom A general control A amplifier BK black

Ausleger Allgemeine Steuerung Verstärker SW Schwarz
AW drive wagon B lighting and heating B converter BN brown
C Antriebswagen Beleuchtung und Heizung Umformer C
BR Braun
DB slewing platform C clamping cylinder / casing oszillator C capacitor
RD red
Drehbühne Anpresszylinder / Verrohrungsmaschine Kondensator
DS slewing column D slewing gear D binary elements RT Rot
Drehsäule Drehwerk Binäre Elemente OG orange
ET external E luffing gear E anything else OR Orange
Extern Wippwerk Verschiedenes YE yellow
FB travelling beam F travelling gear F protective devices GE Gelb
Fahrbalken Fahrwerk Schutzeinrichtungen GN green
FS drivers cabin G grab control G generators, power supplies
GN Grün
Fahrerhaus Greifersteuerung Generatoren, Stromversorgungen
GE generator H hoisting gear (main) H indicating devices BU blue
Generator Hubwerk ( Haupt) Anzeigegeräte BL Blau
GS base column K trolley gear K contactors, relais VT violet
D Grundsäule Katzfahrwerk Schütze, Relais VI Violett D
HW hoisting gear L steering L inductance GY grey
Hubwerk Lenkung Induktivität GR Grau
KB cabin M mill M motors
WH withe
Kabine Fräse Motoren
WS Weiss
KZ trolley N cable drum P test devices
PK pink
Katze Kabeltrommel Prüfeinrichtungen
MA mast Q strut cylinder / outrigger Q power switch gears RS Rosa
Mast Abstützung / Schwenkholme Starkstromgeräte TQ turquoise
MH engine room S spreader R resistors TK Türkis
Maschinenhaus Spreader Widerstände GNYE green/yellow
OW superstructure T additional devices S switches GNGE Grün/Gelb
Oberwagen Zusatzeinrichtungen Schalter SR silver
QT girder V drilling devices T transformers
Silber
E Querträger Bohrgerät Transformatoren E
RK slewing head X whip hoist gear V semiconductors
Rollenkopf Hilfshubwerk Halbleiter
ST strut Y tugger winch W cables, transmission paths
Stütze Beruhigungswinde Kabel, Übertragungswege
TM tower Z closing winch X terminal strips, plugs, sockets
Turm Schliesswinde Klemmleisten, Stecker, Steckdosen
TK tank Y valves
Tank Ventile
UW under carriage
Unterwagen
ZA aggregate
Aggregat
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
28
Erstellt components identification Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Gerätebezeichnung Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
MODULE IDENTIFICATION
Bezeichnung der Elektronik Module
%IX1.033.1
channel no.
Kanal Nr.
module no.
B Modul Nr. B
canline no.
CanLinie Nr.
digital input module digital input module
Digitale EingangsModule Digitale EingangsModule
%IX
digital input module
Digitale EingangsModule
%IW analog input module
analog input module
Analoge EingangsModule
C C
%QX
digital output module
Digitale AusgangsModule digital output module
%QW
Digitale AusgangsModule
analog output module
Analoge AusgangsModule
%ID
input counter module analog output module
D Zähler EingangsModule D
X1.033.1 interface socket input or output signals
Anschlussstecker Eingangs oder Ausgangs Signale input counter module
X1.033.2 interface socket canbus input Zähler EingangsModule
Anschlussstecker Can Bus Eingang
X1.033.3 interface socket canbus output
Anschlussstecker Can Bus Ausgang
E E
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
29
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
FUSE LIST FUSE LIST
Sicherungsliste Sicherungsliste
NAME: RANGE: ADJUST.: DEVICES: NAME: RANGE: ADJUST.: DEVICES:
Name: Bereich: Einstell.: Geräte: Name: Bereich: Einstell.: Geräte:
+X1F1 10A / main fuse, control system +X1F36 10A / supply module 034, 043
Hauptsicherung, Steuerrechner Versorgung Module 034, 043
+X1F2 50A / main fuse +X1F41 10A / power supply engine electronic
Hauptsicherung Stromversorgung Motorelektronik
B B
+X1F5 13A / main fuse +X1F44 10A / entry lever
Hauptsicherung Einstiegshebel
+X1F6 13A / main fuse +X1F45 10A / canbus
Hauptsicherung CANBus
+X1F7 20A / main fuse +X1F46 10A / canbus
Hauptsicherung CANBus
+X1F8 10A / blower cabin +X1F47 5A / monitor
C C
Lüfter Kabine Monitor
+X1F21 10A / fan switch cabinet, horn +X1F48 10A / keyboard cabin
Lüfter Schaltschrank, Hupe Tastatur Kabine
+X1F22 10A / lighting +X1F49 15A / floodlight cabin
Beleuchtung Scheinwerfer Kabine
+X1F23 5A / control desk X11 +X1F50 15A / floodlight superstructure
Steuerpult X11 Scheinwerfer Oberwagen
+X1F24 10A / cigarette lighter, screen washer +X1F51 15A / floodlight superstructure
Zigarettenanzünder, Scheibenwaschanlage Scheinwerfer Oberwagen
+X1F25 5A / screen wiper front +X1F52 15A / fuel tank system
D D
Scheibenwischer vorne Betankungsanlage
+X1F26 5A / screen wiper top +X1F53 10A / module digital output 009
Scheibenwischer oben Ausgangsmodul digital 009
+X1F31 5A / power supply boom, fallback support +X1F54 10A / drivers seat
Versorgung Ausleger, Rückfallstütze Fahrersitz
+X1F32 10A / counter module 057, 059 +X1F55 10A / GSM modem EL RFK
Zähler Modul 057, 059 GSM Modem EL NRS
+X1F33 10A / module digital input 033 +X1F56 10A / additional devices
Eingangsmodul digital 033 Zusatzeinrichtungen
+X1F34 10A / module analog input 041 +X1F71 10A / module digital output 009
E E
Eingangsmodul analog 041 Ausgangsmodul digital 009
+X1F35 10A / module analog input 042 +X1F72 10A / module digital output 009
Eingangsmodul analog 042 Ausgangsmodul digital 009
installation note the fuse list has to be placed inside the relevant switch cabinet on a good visible location
Installationshinweis: Die Sicherungsliste muss innen im jeweiligen Schaltschrank gut sichtbar platziert werden.
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group sheet
30
Erstellt name plate fuse list Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Schild Sicherungsaufstellung Identnr.: 984511414 Ort von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
FUSE LIST
Sicherungsliste
NAME: RANGE: ADJUST.: DEVICES:
Name: Bereich: Einstell.: Geräte:
+X1F73 10A / module digital output 009
Ausgangsmodul digital 009
+X1F74 10A / module analog output 017
Ausgangsmodul analog 017
B B
C C
+X1F82 10A / additional devices
Zusatzeinrichtungen
+X1F85 7.5A / control panel cabin
D D
Bedienungspult Kabine
+X1F86 15A / additional devices
Zusatzeinrichtungen
E E
installation note the fuse list has to be placed inside the relevant switch cabinet on a good visible location
Installationshinweis: Die Sicherungsliste muss innen im jeweiligen Schaltschrank gut sichtbar platziert werden.
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
31
Erstellt name plate fuse list Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Schild Sicherungsaufstellung Identnr.: 984511414 Ort von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
device name assembly location sheet/col. description device name assembly location sheet/col. description
Gerätename Anlage Ort Blatt/Pfad Beschreibung Gerätename Anlage Ort Blatt/Pfad Beschreibung
control system main fuse
A CU1 =KB +X1 /17.A2/983773914 Steuerrechner F4 =KB +X1 /4.B5/983773914 Hauptsicherung A
cabin lightning inside power supply engine electronic
E1 =KB +4A /12.C6/983773914 Kabinenbeleuchtung innen F41 =KB +X1 /7.A2/983773914 Stromversorgung Motorelektronik
floodlight cabin left power supply engine electronic
E1 =KB +4B /14.D2/983773914 Scheinwerfer Kabine links F42 =KB +X1 /7.A2/983773914 Stromversorgung Motorelektronik
lighting switch cabinet room power supply engine electronic
E1 =KB +X1 /12.C7/983773914 Beleuchtung Schaltschrankraum F43 =KB +X1 /7.A3/983773914 Stromversorgung Motorelektronik
radio entry lever
E1 =KB +X21 /10.E7/983773914 Radio F44 =KB +X1 /7.A3/983773914 Einstiegshebel
B floodlight cabin left canbus B
E11 =KB +4B /14.D2/983773914 Scheinwerfer Kabine links F45 =KB +X1 /7.A3/983773914 CANBus
floodlight cabin right canbus
E2 =KB +4B /14.D3/983773914 Scheinwerfer Kabine rechts F46 =KB +X1 /7.A4/983773914 CANBus
opt. power supply unit 24VDC/12VDC monitor
E2 =KB +X1 /10.B7/983773914 Opt. Netzgerät 24VDC/12VDC F47 =KB +X1 /7.A4/983773914 Monitor
floodlight cabin right keyboard cabin
E21 =KB +4B /14.D4/983773914 Scheinwerfer Kabine rechts F48 =KB +X1 /7.A4/983773914 Tastatur Kabine
cabin floodlight winch floodlight cabin
E3 =KB +4B /14.D4/983773914 Kabine Windenbeleuchtung F49 =KB +X1 /7.A5/983773914 Scheinwerfer Kabine
C main fuse control system main fuse C
F1 =KB +X1 /4.B4/983773914 Hauptsicherung Steuerrechner F5 =KB +X1 /4.B5/983773914 Hauptsicherung
main fuse floodlight superstructure
F2 =KB +X1 /4.B4/983773914 Hauptsicherung F50 =KB +X1 /7.A5/983773914 Scheinwerfer Oberwagen
fan switch cabinet, horn, exiting resistor floodlight superstructure
F21 =KB +X1 /6.A2/983773914 Lüfter Schaltschrank, Hupe, Erregerwiderstand F51 =KB +X1 /7.A5/983773914 Scheinwerfer Oberwagen
lighting fuel tank system
F22 =KB +X1 /6.A2/983773914 Beleuchtung F52 =KB +X1 /7.A6/983773914 Betankungsanlage
control desk X11 module digital output 009
F23 =KB +X1 /6.A2/983773914 Steuerpult X11 F53 =KB +X1 /7.A6/983773914 Ausgangsmodul digital 009
D cigarette lighter, screen washer drivers seat D
F24 =KB +X1 /6.A3/983773914 Zigarettenanzünder, Scheibenwaschanlage F54 =KB +X1 /7.A6/983773914 Fahrersitz
screen wiper front GSM modem EL RFK
F25 =KB +X1 /6.A3/983773914 Scheibenwischer vorne F55 =KB +X1 /7.A7/983773914 GSM Modem EL NRS
screen wiper top additional devices
F26 =KB +X1 /6.A3/983773914 Scheibenwischer oben F56 =KB +X1 /7.A7/983773914 Zusatzeinrichtungen
main fuse main fuse
F3 =KB +X1 /4.B4/983773914 Hauptsicherung F6 =KB +X1 /4.B6/983773914 Hauptsicherung
power supply boom, fallback support main fuse
F31 =KB +X1 /6.A5/983773914 Versorgung Ausleger, Rückfallstütze F7 =KB +X1 /4.B6/983773914 Hauptsicherung
E counter module 057, 059 module digital output 009 E
F32 =KB +X1 /6.A6/983773914 Zähler Modul 057, 059 F71 =KB +X1 /8.B2/983773914 Ausgangsmodul digital 009
module digital input 033 module digital output 009
F33 =KB +X1 /6.A6/983773914 Eingangsmodul digital 033 F72 =KB +X1 /8.B2/983773914 Ausgangsmodul digital 009
module analog input 041 module digital output 009
F34 =KB +X1 /6.A6/983773914 Eingangsmodul analog 041 F73 =KB +X1 /8.B2/983773914 Ausgangsmodul digital 009
module analog input 042 module analog output 017
F35 =KB +X1 /6.A7/983773914 Eingangsmodul analog 042 F74 =KB +X1 /8.B3/983773914 Ausgangsmodul analog 017
supply module 034, 043 module analog output 017
F36 =KB +X1 /6.A7/983773914 Versorgung Module 034, 043 F75 =KB +X1 /8.B3/983773914 Ausgangsmodul analog 017
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
32
Erstellt device register Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Geräteverzeichnis Identnr.: 984511414 Ort von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
module analog output 018 GSM modem EL RFK
A F76 =KB +X1 /8.B3/983773914 Ausgangsmodul analog 018 MO1 =KB +X1 /16.B4/983773914 GSM Modem EL NRS A
module analog output 018 hour meter
F77 =KB +X1 /8.B4/983773914 Ausgangsmodul analog 018 P1 =KB +X13 /12.C4/983773914 Betriebsstundenzähler
module analog output 018 exiting resistor
F78 =KB +X1 /8.B4/983773914 Ausgangsmodul analog 018 R1 =KB +X1 /7.E4/983773914 Erregerwiderstand
module analog output 018 entry lever
F79 =KB +X1 /8.B4/983773914 Ausgangsmodul analog 018 S1 =KB +4A /5.C7/983773914 Einstiegshebel
blower cabin tg pressure switch
F8 =KB +X1 /4.B7/983773914 Lüfter Kabine S1 =KB +4F /13.B2/983773914 FW Druckschalter
B module analog output 018 air condition B
F80 =KB +X1 /8.B5/983773914 Ausgangsmodul analog 018 S1 =KB +4K /13.C6/983773914 Klimaanlage
module analog output 018 ignition start key
F81 =KB +X1 /8.B5/983773914 Ausgangsmodul analog 018 S1 =KB +X22 /5.C2/983773914 Zündstartschalter
additional devices tg pressure switch
F82 =KB +X1 /8.B5/983773914 Zusatzeinrichtungen S2 =KB +4F /13.B2/983773914 FW Druckschalter
module analog output 019 emergency stop cabin
F83 =KB +X1 /8.B6/983773914 Ausgangsmodul analog 019 S2 =KB +X22 /5.B2/983773914 NotAus Kabine
module analog output 019
F84 =KB +X1 /8.B6/983773914 Ausgangsmodul analog 019
C control panel cabin C
F85 =KB +X1 /8.B6/983773914 Bedienungspult Kabine
additional devices
F86 =KB +X1 /8.B7/983773914 Zusatzeinrichtungen
flashlight
H2 =KB +4A /12.D2/983773914 Blitzlicht
horn
H4 =KB +4A /11.D3/983773914 Hupe
monitor
H71 =KB +X24 /15.A5/983773914 Monitor
D cigarette lighter D
I1 =KB +X22 /12.C5/983773914 Zigarettenanzünder
loudspeaker
LS1 =KB +4A /10.E8/983773914 Lautsprecher
loudspeaker
LS2 =KB +4A /10.E8/983773914 Lautsprecher
screen wiper front
M1 =KB +4A /10.E2/983773914 Scheibenwischer vorne
switch cabinet fan
M1 =KB +X1 /12.C3/983773914 Schaltschranklüfter
E control valve heating E
M12 =KB +4A /11.D7/983773914 Steuerventil Heizung
screen washer front
M2 =KB +4A /10.E3/983773914 Scheibenwischerpumpe vorne
screen wiper top
M3 =KB +4A /10.E4/983773914 Scheibenwischer oben
screen washer top
M4 =KB +4A /10.E5/983773914 Scheibenwischerpumpe oben
blower cabin
M5 =KB +4A /11.E4/983773914 Lüfter Kabine
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
33
Erstellt device register Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
CRANE TYPE: LB 15 / 20 / 24 / 28 / 36 A
KRANTYP:
ORDER NO:
AUFTRAGSNR.:
B B
PROJECT: electric superstructure
PROJEKT: Elektrik Oberwagen
C C
D D
E E
F F
76092 18.09.08 lwnkas1

issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH circuit diagram drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Blatt 1
06
Erstellt Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage
ind: mod.no.: date name approved A6710 NENZING ident. no.: location of
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Stromlaufplan Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
INDEX:
1 circuit diagram 34 analog output module 017
Stromlaufplan Modul Analog Ausgang 017
2 index 35 analog output module 018
Inhaltsverzeichnis Modul Analog Ausgang 018
3 components identification 36 analog output module 019
Gerätebezeichnung Modul Analog Ausgang 019
5 gerneral arrangement plugs + junction boxes 37 digital input module 033
Übersicht Stecker + Klemmkästen Modul Digital Eingang 033
B B
6 general hydraulic 38 analog input module 041
Allgemeine Hydraulik Modul Analog Eingang 041
9 inputs + outputs auxiliary winch 39 analog input module 042
Eingänge + Ausgänge Hilfswinde Modul Analog Eingang 042
10 outputs slewing gear 40 counter module 057
Ausgänge Drehwerk Zähler Modul 057
11 inputs crowd winch 41 counter module 059
Eingänge Vorschubwinde Zähler Modul 059
13 outputs crowd winch 42 digital input module 034
Ausgänge Vorschubwinde Modul Digital Eingang 034
C C
14 inputs main winch 43 plug connection
Eingänge Hauptwinde Steckerbelegung
15 outputs main winch 44 device register
Ausgänge Hauptwinde Geräteverzeichnis
16 outputs drilling drive 1 46 modification index
Ausgänge Bohrantrieb 1 Änderungsindex
18 inputs leader adjustment
Eingänge Mäklerverstellung
19 outputs leader adjustment
Ausgänge Mäklerverstellung
D D
21 additional leader sustain cylinder z8
Zusatz Mäklerfussabstützung Z8
22 additional reinforcement vibrator
Zusatz Armierungsrüttler
23 additional drilling drives
Zusatz Bohrantriebe
27 lighting crane
Beleuchtung Kran
28 electric superstructure
Elektrik Oberwagen
E E
29 electric leader
Elektrik Mäkler
30 power supply
Stromversorgung
31 central power unit EL
Zentralaggregat EL
32 digital output module 009
Modul Digital Ausgang 009
33 digital output module 010
F Modul Digital Ausgang 010 F
70039 29.02.08 lwnkas1

issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH index drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Blatt 2
02
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A

B B


BR Braun
RD red
GN Grün
WH withe
WS Weiss
PK pink
Silber
TK tank Y valves
Tank Ventile
UW under carriage
Unterwagen
ZA aggregate
Zentralaggregat
F F
issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH components identification drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Erstellt Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt 3
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
MODULE IDENTIFICATION
Bezeichnung der Elektronik Module
%IX1.033.1
channel no.
Kanal Nr.
module no.
B Modul Nr. B
canline no.
CanLinie Nr.
digital input module digital input module
Digitale EingangsModule Digitale EingangsModule
%IX
digital input module
Digitale EingangsModule
%IW analog input module
analog input module
C C
%QX
digital output module
Digitale AusgangsModule digital output module
%QW
Digitale AusgangsModule
analog output module
%ID
input counter module analog output module
D Zähler EingangsModule D
X1.033.1 interface socket input or output signals
Anschlussstecker Eingangs oder Ausgangs Signale input counter module
X1.033.2 interface socket canbus input Zähler EingangsModule
Anschlussstecker Can Bus Eingang
X1.033.3 interface socket canbus output
Anschlussstecker Can Bus Ausgang
E E
F F
issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH components identification drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
bulkhead plate superstructure
Schottplatte Oberwagen X2.009.X1
10
X2.033.X1
10
A X10.S 70 X2.009 70 X2.033 A
+4T /32.E2 /37.E2
7
10 10
X13.S
10 10
+4T X2.010.X1 X2.034.X1
leader 25 70 X2.010 70 X2.034
Mäkler /33.E2 /42.E2
10 10
X1.S
B 47 B
10 10
X2.017.X1 X2.041.X1
70 X2.017 70 X2.041
/34.E2 /38.E2
CAN2
10 10
module
Modul
10 10
X2.018.X1 X2.042.X1
70 X2.018 70 X2.042
/35.E2 /39.E2
10 10
C C
10 10
X2.019.X1 X2.057.X1
70 X2.019 70 X2.057
/36.E2 /40.E2
10 10
=KB
+X1
10
X15.P X2.059.X1
36 70 X2.059
/41.E2
D D
=KB
+X1
X14.P
36
=KB
+X1
X13.P CAN2 ZA.X2.P
switch cabinet X1 36 W2 12
Schaltschrank X1 =KB
+X1
E X12.P E
36
CAN2 ZA.X1.S
=KB 12 central aggregate
+X1 Zentralaggregat
X11.P
36
ZA.X4.S
4
F F
issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH gerneral arrangement plugs + junction boxes drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Übersicht Stecker + Klemmkästen Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
S +24V +24V +24V S +24V
X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.041
29
30
16
2
/37.B4 /37.B4 /37.B4 /38.A4
X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.041.X1
2
16
29
30
B B
B42.1
br sw bl
+4T
1
S20.X C S57.X S11.X A S11.KS
6 1 3
85°C
50°C
C 1 A
A
C +4T C
S20 P S57 P S13 S11
B
A B 2 4 110°C B 3 4 5
7 5 2
S20.X B S57.X 2 S11.X B R
+4T bridging plug
Überbrückungsstecker B42
420mA
temperature switch gear oil
Temperaturschalter Getriebeöl 1 2 low=4mA
high=20,7mA
D D
20
21
19
X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.041.X1

6
4
21
6
19
20
4
X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.041
E /37.A1 /37.B1 /37.B1 /37.B1 /38.A1 E
%IX2.033.03 %IX2.033.06 %IX2.033.07 %IX2.033.08 %IW2.041.01
hydraulic filter feed pressure ok return flow filter ok content of hydraulic tank ok gear oil temperature ok content diesel tank
Hydraulikfilter Speisedruck ok Rückflussfilter ok Inhalt Hydrauliköltank ok Getriebeöltemperatur ok Inhalt Dieseltank
depends on type of machine
F abhängig vom Gerätetyp F
70039 13.03.08 lwnkas1

issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH general hydraulic drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Blatt 6
02
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Allgemeine Hydraulik Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
enable cylinder adjustment flashlight movement buzzer sounder LML stop engine running release LS signal leaderpump release leaderpump hydraulic oil heater

Freigabe für Zylinderverstellung Blitzlicht Bewegungs Summer Schallgeber LMBStop Motor läuft Freigabe LS Signal Mäklerpumpe Freigabe Mäklerpumpe Hydraulikölheizung
%QX2.009.07 %QX2.009.30 %QX2.009.31 %QX2.009.32 %QX2.009.29 %QX2.009.08 %QX2.009.26 %QX2.009.14
X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009

20
51
52
53
50
21
37
47
/32.B1 /32.C5 /32.C5 /32.C5 /32.C5 /32.B1 /32.B5 /32.C1
B B
X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1
51
21
52
20
53
50
37
47
C C
+4T =KB =KB =KB +4T +4T +4T
Y44.X 1 +X1 X2.S +X1 +X1 Y73.X Y50.X 1 Y71.X 1
1
24
22
5
1 X11.P X2.P X13.P X11.P 1 1 1
1
+4T +4T +4T +4T
Y44 Y73 Y50 Y71
2 1 2 2 2
Y44.X 2 H1 Y50.X 2 Y71.X 2
2
+4T 2
2 +4T +4T
D X2.P D
X2.S
2
E E
31
69
40
63
17
X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1
31
69
40
63
17
X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009
/32.D4 /32.D8 /32.D4 /32.E5 /32.D1
S 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V
additional devices
issued
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
LUDV pump 1 LUDV pump 2 pressure control travelling gear LUDV pump 3

LUDV Pumpe 1 LUDV Pumpe 2 Fahrwerk Druckregler LUDV Pumpe 3
%QW2.017.07 %QW2.017.08 %QW2.017.12 %QW2.018.04
X2.017 X2.017 X2.017 X2.018
20
21
11
7
/34.B1 /34.B1 /34.B5 /35.B1
B B
X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.018.X1
21
11
20
7
C C
+4F
Y1.X Y1.1.X Y2.X Y2.1.X Y1.X 1 Y4.X
1
1
1 1 1 1 1 1
+4F
Y1 Y1.1 Y2 Y2.1 Y1 Y4
2 2 2 2 2 2
Y1.X Y1.1.X Y2.X Y2.1.X Y1.X 2 Y4.X
2
2
+4F
D D
E E
62
63
64
59
X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.018.X1
62
63
64
59
X2.017 X2.017 X2.017 X2.018
/34.B4 /34.B4 /34.B8 /35.B4
S 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V S 0/24V
additional devices depends on type of machine
F Zusatzeinrichtungen abhängig vom Gerätetyp F
issued
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
power supply 24VDC measuring supply 0/24V
A Stromversorgung 24VDC Messmasse 0/24V A
X11.P X11.P
32
16
+X1 +X1 aux. winch lifting aux. winch lowering aux. winch brake
=KB =KB Hilfswinde heben Hilfswinde senken Bremse Hilfswinde
%QW2.017.09 %QW2.017.10 %QX2.009.13
X2.017 X2.017 X2.009
46
8
9
/34.A5 /34.A5 /32.C1
B B
X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.009.X1
46
18
X1.S X1.S
1
X1.S X1.S X1.S
21
C C
2
+4H +4H
14
Y1.X 1 Y2.X 1 X1.S
1 1
+4H +4H
Y1 Y2
2 2
Y1.X 2 Y2.X 2 X1.S
17
+4H +4H
D D
24
25
18
X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.042.X1

24
25
18
X2.033 X2.033 X2.042

E /37.B5 /37.B5 /39.B1 E
%IX2.033.23 %IX2.033.24 %IW2.042.05
26
40
12
X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.009.X1
aux. winch upper limit switch aux. winch lower limit switch force transmitter auxiliary winch
12
26
40
Hilfswinde Endschalter oben Hilfswinde Endschalter unten Kraftmesslasche Hilfswinde
X2.017 X2.017 X2.009
F S
/34.A8
0/24V
/34.B8
0/24V S
/32.D1
0/24V
additional devices
76092 18.09.08 lwnkas1

issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH inputs + outputs auxiliary winch drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Blatt 9
06
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Eingänge + Ausgänge Hilfswinde Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
slewing gear right slewing gear left slewing gear brake

Drehwerk rechts Drehwerk links Drehwerk Bremse
%QW2.017.05 %QW2.017.06 %QX2.009.06
X2.017 X2.017 X2.009
18
19
19
/34.B1 /34.B1 /32.B1
B B
X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.009.X1
18
19
19
X13.P
21
+X1
=KB
C C
+4D +4D +4D

Y1.X 1 Y2.X 1 Y5.X 1
1 1 1
+4D +4D +4D
Y1 Y2 Y5
2 2 2
Y1.X 2 Y2.X 2 Y5.X 2
+4D +4D +4D
D D
E E
60
61
26
X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.009.X1
61
60
26
X2.017 X2.017 X2.009
/34.B4 /34.B4 /32.E1
S 0/24V 0/24V S 0/24V
F F
issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH outputs slewing gear drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Ausgänge Drehwerk Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
C C
X1.S X1.S X1.S X1.S

5
10
13
D D
46
22
19
X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1
5
22
46
19
X2.033 X2.033 X2.041 X2.041
E /37.C1 /37.B5 /38.A1 /38.B1 E
%IX2.033.13 %IX2.033.21 %IW2.041.02 %IW2.041.06
upper limit switch CW ok lower limit switch CW ok system pressure CC lifting system pressure CC lowering
Endschalter oben VW ok Endschalter unten VW ok Systemdruck VZ heben Systemdruck VZ senken
p p
F F
issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH inputs crowd winch drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Eingänge Vorschubwinde Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
C C
X1.S X1.S X1.S X1.S
11
32
12
20
D D
19
X2.042.X1 X2.042.X1 X2.057.X1 X2.057.X1

7
9
7
19
9
X2.042 X2.042 X2.057 X2.057
E /39.B1 /39.B1 /40.A5 /40.A5 E
%IW2.042.04 %IW2.042.06 %ID2.057.5A %ID2.057.5B
system pressure crowd winch Pull Up force transmitter CW Pull Down rope length indication ch A CW rope length indication ch B CW
Systemdruck Vorschubwinde Pull Up Kraftmesslasche VW Pull Down Seillängenmessung Kanal A VW Seillängenmessung Kanal B VW
P F
F F
69666 19.02.08 lwnoee0

issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH inputs crowd winch drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Blatt 12
01
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Eingänge Vorschubwinde Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
P p p
crowd winch lifting crowd winch lowering pressure control CW surface pressure control crowd winch lowering surface pressure control crowd winch lifting feed action system activ trimot crowd winch
Vorschubwinde heben Vorschubwinde senken Drucksteuerung VW Anpressdrucksteuerung VW senken Anpressdrucksteuerung VW heben Vorschubsystem aktiv Trimot Vorschubwinde
%QW2.017.01 %QW2.017.02 %QW2.019.14 %QW2.019.07 %QW2.019.08 %QX2.009.22 %QX2.009.18
X2.017 X2.017 X2.019 X2.019 X2.019 X2.009 X2.009
23
20
21
23
4
9
/34.A1 /34.A1 /36.B5 /36.B1 /36.B1 /32.B5 /32.A5
B B
X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1
21
4
23
20
23
9
X14.P
12
+X1
=KB
C C
+4V +4V +4V +4V +4V
15
16
Y3.X 1 Y4.X 1 Y8.X Y15.X 1 Y14.X X1.S X1.S
1
1 1 1 1 1
+4V +4V +4V +4V +4V
Y3 Y4 Y8 Y15 Y14
2 2 2 2 2
Y3.X 2 Y4.X 2 Y8.X Y15.X 2 Y14.X
2
2
+4V +4V +4V +4V +4V
D D
E E
31
66
62
63
17
X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1

31
62
17
66
63
X2.017 X2.017 X2.019 X2.019 X2.019
/34.A4 /34.B4 /36.B8 /36.B4 /36.B4
S 0/24V 0/24V S 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V
F F
73774 30.06.08 lwnkas1

issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH outputs crowd winch drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Blatt 13
04
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Ausgänge Vorschubwinde Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
C C
X1.S X1.S X1.S X1.S X1.S X1.S

9
19
24
25
D D
47
23
24
25
X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.042.X1 X2.057.X1 X2.057.X1
8
6
47
23
24
25
X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.042 X2.057 X2.057
E /37.C1 /37.B5 /37.A5 /39.A1 /40.B5 /40.B5 E
%IX2.033.14 %IX2.033.22 %IX2.033.17 %IW2.042.03 %ID2.057.8A %ID2.057.8B
standstill indicator main winch main winch lower limit switch main winch upper limit switch force transmitter main winch rope lenght sensor chanel A hg rope lenght sensor chanel B hg
Stillstandswächter Hauptwinde Hauptwinde Endschalter unten Hauptwinde Endschalter oben Kraftmessachse Hauptwinde Seillängenmessung Kanal A HW Seillängenmessung Kanal B HW
HW
STOP
F
F F
issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH inputs main winch drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Eingänge Hauptwinde Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
main winch lifting main winch lowering main winch lifting 2 main winch lowering 2 free turn main winch 2 free turn main winch main winch brake trimot main winch

Hauptwinde heben Hauptwinde senken Hauptwinde heben 2 Hauptwinde senken 2 Freilauf Hauptwinde 2 Freilauf Hauptwinde Bremse Hauptwinde Trimot Hauptwinde
%QW2.017.03 %QW2.017.04 %QW2.019.09 %QW2.019.10 %QW2.018.01 %QW2.018.02 %QX2.009.03 %QX2.009.05
X2.017 X2.017 X2.019 X2.019 X2.018 X2.018 X2.009 X2.009
18
6
6
/34.A1 /34.B1 /36.A5 /36.A5 /35.A1 /35.A1 /32.A1 /32.B1
B B
X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.018.X1 X2.018.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1
6
18
C C
+4G +4G +4G +4G +4G
33
31
22
Y1.X 1 Y2.X 1 Y3.X 1 Y4.X 1 X1.S X1.S X1.S Y20.X
1
1 1 1 1 1
+4G +4G +4G +4G +4G
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y20
2 2 2 2 2
Y1.X 2 Y2.X 2 Y3.X 2 Y4.X 2 Y20.X
2
+4G +4G +4G +4G +4G
D D
E E
45
59
26
40
16
X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.009.X1
45
59
26
40
16
X2.017 X2.017 X2.019 X2.019 X2.009
/34.B4 /34.B4 /36.A8 /36.B8 /32.D1
S 0/24V 0/24V S 0/24V 0/24V S 0/24V
F F
75030 13.08.08 lwnkas1

issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH outputs main winch drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Blatt 15
05
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Ausgänge Hauptwinde Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
S 0/24V +24V 0/24V +24V
X2.041 X2.041 X2.041 X2.041
67
69
40
27
/38.D8 /38.B8 /38.C8 /38.A8
X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1
67
69
40
27
B B
0 400 bar 0 400 bar
P P
+4V +4V
C B4 420mA B1 420mA C
+ sig. + sig.
1 3 2 1 3 2
B4.X 1 3 2 B1.X 1 3 2
+4V +4V
D D
24
X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1
9
24
9
X2.041 X2.041
E /38.B5 /38.A5 E
%IW2.041.15 %IW2.041.10
syst.press. vib./hammer/drilling dr. 1 syst. pressure vib./hammer/drilling dr. 2
Systemdr. Rüttler/Hammer/Bohrantr. 1 Systemdr. Rüttler/Hammer/Bohrantr. 2
p p
VdW: auger VdW: casing
VdW: Schnecke VdW: Rohr
F F
issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH outputs drilling drive 1 drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Ausgänge Bohrantrieb 1 Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
drilling drive left P1 drilling drive right P1 drilling drive left P2 drilling drive right P2

Bohrantrieb links P1 Bohrantrieb rechts P1 Bohrantrieb links P2 Bohrantrieb rechts P2
%QW2.018.15 %QW2.018.16 %QW2.018.12 %QW2.018.13
X2.018 X2.018 X2.018 X2.018
24
25
22
11
/35.B5 /35.B5 /35.B5 /35.B5
B B
X2.018.X1 X2.018.X1 X2.018.X1 X2.018.X1
11
22
24
25
C C
+4V +4V +4V +4V

Y33.X 1 Y32.X 1 Y31.X 1 Y30.X 1
1 1 1 1
+4V +4V +4V +4V
Y33 Y32 Y31 Y30
hydr. connection A hydr. connection B hydr. connection A hydr. connection B
Hydr. Anschluß A 2 Hydr. Anschluß B 2 Hydr. Anschluß A 2 Hydr. Anschluß B 2
Y33.X 2 Y32.X 2 Y31.X 2 Y30.X 2
+4V +4V +4V +4V
D D
E E
67
68
64
65
X2.018.X1 X2.018.X1 X2.018.X1 X2.018.X1
67
68
64
65
X2.018 X2.018 X2.018 X2.018
/35.B8 /35.B8 /35.B8 /35.B8
S 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V
VdW: auger VdW: casing
VdW: Schnecke VdW: Rohr
F F
issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH outputs drilling drive 1 drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Ausgänge Bohrantrieb 1 Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
S +24V S 0/24V +24V
X2.033 X2.041 X2.041
41
62
43
/37.B8 /38.D4 /38.B4
X2.033.X1 X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1
41
62
43
B B
0 400 bar
P
+4T
B3 420mA
+4T 1 3 + sig.
C S14 1 3 2 C
2 4 B3.X 1 3 2
+4T
X1.S X1.S X1.S X1.S
29
30
27
28
D D
36
20
21
X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1
4
8
21
36
20
8
X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.041 X2.041 X2.041
E /37.B5 /37.A1 /37.A1 /38.B1 /38.B1 /38.A5 E
%IX2.033.25 %IX2.033.01 %IX2.033.02 %IW2.041.07 %IW2.041.08 %IW2.041.09
limit switch Z4 inclination limit switch right inclination limit switch left system pressure leader pump inclinometer xaxis inclinometer yaxis
Endschalter Z4 Neigungsendschalter rechts Neigungsendschalter links Systemdruck Mäklerpumpe Neigungsmesser XAchse Neigungsmesser YAchse
p x y
F F
issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH inputs leader adjustment drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Eingänge Mäklerverstellung Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
tension cyl. crowd system rel. tension tension cyl. crowd system tension pile guide open pile guide close

Spannzyl. Vorschub entspannen Spannzyl. Vorschub spannen Pfahlführung öffnen Pfahlführung schließen
%QX2.010.01 %QX2.010.02 %QX2.010.09 %QX2.010.10
X2.010 X2.010 X2.010 X2.010
32
33
4
5
/33.A1 /33.A1 /33.B1 /33.B1
B B
X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1
32
4
33
C C
+4V +4V +4T +4T

Y10.X 1 Y9.X Y28.X Y29.X
1
1 1 1 1
+4V +4V +4T +4T
Y10 Y9 Y28 Y29
2 2 2 2
Y10.X Y9.X Y28.X Y29.X
2
2
+4V +4V +4T +4T
D D
E E
54
27
X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1
3
3
54
27
X2.010 X2.010 X2.010
/33.D1 /33.E4 /33.E1
S 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V
additional devices
70961 27.03.08 lwnkas1

issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH outputs leader adjustment drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Blatt 19
03
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Ausgänge Mäklerverstellung Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Z2 right out Z2 right in Z4 in Z4 out Z2 left out Z2 left in

Z2 rechts ausf. Z2 rechts einf. Z4 einfahren Z4 ausfahren Z2 links ausf. Z2 links einf.
%QW2.019.01 %QW2.019.02 %QW2.019.03 %QW2.019.04 %QW2.019.05 %QW2.019.06
X2.019 X2.019 X2.019 X2.019 X2.019 X2.019
18
19
4
7
/36.A1 /36.A1 /36.A1 /36.B1 /36.B1 /36.B1
B B
X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1
18
19
C C
+4T +4T +4T +4T +4T +4T

Y33.X 1 Y32.X 1 Y20.X 1 Y21.X 1 Y17.X 1 Y16.X 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
+4T +4T +4T +4T +4T +4T
Y33 Y32 Y20 Y21 Y17 Y16
2 2 2 2 2 2
Y33.X 2 Y32.X 2 Y20.X 2 Y21.X 2 Y17.X 2 Y16.X 2
+4T +4T +4T +4T +4T +4T
D D
E E
31
45
59
60
61
17
X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1

31
61
17
45
59
60
X2.019 X2.019 X2.019 X2.019 X2.019 X2.019
/36.A4 /36.B4 /36.B4 /36.B4 /36.B4 /36.B4
S 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V
F F
issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH outputs leader adjustment drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Ausgänge Mäklerverstellung Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Z8 in Z8 out
Mastabstütz. einf. Mastabstütz. ausf.
%QW2.019.12 %QW2.019.11
X2.019 X2.019
11
10
/36.B5 /36.A5
B B
X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1
11
10
C C
+4V +4V
Y36.X 1 Y37.X 1
1 1
+4V +4V
X1.S Y36 Y37
8
2 2
Y36.X 2 Y37.X 2
+4V +4V
D D
11
X2.041.X1
11
X2.041
E /38.B5 E
%IW2.041.12
64
54
X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1
system pressure tower brace Z8
64
54
Systemdruck Mastabstützung Z8
X2.019 X2.019
p /36.B8 /36.B8
S 0/24V 0/24V
additional devices
issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH additional leader sustain cylinder z8 drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Zusatz Mäklerfussabstützung Z8 Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
S 0/24V +24V
X2.041 X2.041
54
28
clamping jaw closing clamping jaw opening reinforcement vibrator
/38.C8 /38.B8 Klemmzange schliessen Klemmzange öffnen Armierungsrüttler
X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1
54
28
%QX2.009.25 %QX2.010.28 %QW2.018.03
X2.009 X2.010 X2.018
36
39
6
/32.B5 /33.C5 /35.A1
B B
X2.009.X1 X2.010.X1 X2.018.X1
36
39
6
0 400 bar
P
+4V
B3 420mA
+ sig.
C 1 3 2 C
B3.X
1
2
3
+4V
+4V +4V +4V
Y43.X Y44.X Y29.X
1
1 1 1
+4V +4V +4V
Y43 Y44 Y29
2 2 2
Y43.X Y44.X Y29.X
2
+4V +4V +4V
D D
10
X2.041.X1
10
X2.041
E /38.A5 E
%IW2.041.11
62
65
45
X2.009.X1 X2.010.X1 X2.018.X1
system pressure clamping jaw closing
62
65
45
Systemdruck Klemmzange schließen
X2.009 X2.010 X2.018
/32.D5 /33.D8 /35.B4
p S 0/24V S 0/24V S 0/24V
additional devices
70039 29.02.08 lwnkas1

issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH additional reinforcement vibrator drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Blatt 22
02
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Zusatz Armierungsrüttler Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
VdW information
VdW Information
drilling drive 1 = VdW auger drive
A Bohrantrieb 1 = VdW Schneckenantrieb A
S +24V 0/24V
drilling drive 2 = VdW casing drive
Bohrantrieb 2 = VdW Rohrantrieb
X2.033 X2.033
27
26
/37.A8 /37.C8
X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1
27
26
B B
+4T +4T
X13.S X13.S 24
1
C C
X13.S X13.S X13.S X13.S X13.S X13.S
2
8
14
17
+4T +4T +4T +4T +4T +4T
LN1
/26.B1
LN2
/26.B1
D D
39
11
18
18
X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.041.X1 X2.057.X1 X2.057.X1
6
11
18
39
18
X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.041 X2.057 X2.057
E /37.B5 /37.B1 /37.C5 /38.A1 /40.A1 /40.B1 E
%IX2.033.20 %IX2.033.05 %IX2.033.28 %IW2.041.03 %ID2.057.2A %ID2.057.3A
oilflow drilling drive 1 gear box temp. drilling drive 1 drilling drive mounted concrete pressure speed sensor drilling dr.1 speed sensor drilling dr.2
Ölfluß Bohrantrieb 1 Getriebeöltemp. Bohrantrieb 1 Bohrantrieb montiert Betondruck Drehzahlsensor Bohrantr.1 Drehzahlsensor Bohrantr.2
p
additional devices
issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH additional drilling drives drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Zusatz Bohrantriebe Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
VdW information
VdW Information
gear box drilling drive 1 trimot drilling drive 1 free turn drilling dr.1
Schaltgetriebe Bohrantr.1 Trimot Bohrantrieb 1 Freilauf Bohrantr.1
%QX2.009.11 %QX2.009.12 %QX2.010.29
X2.009 X2.009 X2.010
34
35
50
/32.C1 /32.C1 /33.C5
B B
X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.010.X1
34
35
50
C C
+4T +4T +4T
16
15
19
X13.S X13.S X13.S
X13.S
23
D D
+4T
E E
X2.009.X1
2
2
X2.009
/32.D1
S 0/24V
additional devices
issued
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
VdW information
VdW Information
worm cleaner out worm cleaner in free turn worm cleaner gear box drilling drive 2 VdW shift cyl. drive out VdW shift cyl. drive in
Schneckenputzer ausf. Schneckenputzer einf. Freilauf Schneckenputzer Schaltgetriebe Bohrantr.2 Relativversch. Zyl. ausf. Relativversch. Zyl. einf.
%QX2.010.04 %QX2.010.05 %QX2.010.13 %QX2.010.25 %QX2.010.23 %QX2.010.24
X2.010 X2.010 X2.010 X2.010 X2.010 X2.010
46
36
24
25
18
/33.B1 7 /33.B1 /33.C1 /33.B5 /33.B5 /33.B5
B B
X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1
7
18
46
36
24
25
C C
+4V +4V +4T +4T +4T
20
21
22
Y25.X Y26.X X13.S X13.S X13.S
1
1 1
+4V +4V
Y25 Y26
2 2 X1.S 34
Y25.X Y26.X
2
+4V +4V
D D
E E
13
16
X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1
13
16
X2.010 X2.010
/33.D1 /33.D1
S 0/24V 0/24V
additional devices
70961 27.03.08 lwnkas1

issued
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Blatt 25
03
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
LN2
/23.D8
X14.P
2
B B
X14.P +X1
1
LN1 +X1 =KB
/23.D8
=KB
XSPX13.14 1 5 XSPX13.17 1 5
C C
2 3 4 2 3 4
D D
22
23
X2.059.X1 X2.059.X1 X2.059.X1 X2.059.X1 X2.059.X1 X2.059.X1
4
22
4
23
X2.059 X2.059 X2.059 X2.059 X2.059 X2.059
E /41.A1 /41.A1 /41.A5 /41.A5 /41.B5 /41.B5 E
%ID2.059.1A %ID2.059.2A %ID2.059.5A %ID2.059.5B %ID2.059.7A %ID2.059.7B
period puls sensor 1 period puls sensor 2 period difference sensor 1 period difference sensor 2 sensor 1 sensor 2
Periodendauer Sensor 1 Periodendauer Sensor 2 Periodendifferenz Sensor 1 Periodendifferenz Sensor 2 Sensor 1 Sensor 2
t t
additional devices
issued
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A X11.P X11.P X11.P A
31
6
8
+X1 +X1 +X1
=KB =KB =KB
1.5Q
1.5Q
XSPX11.6 1 XSPX11.8 1 XSPX11.31 1
B B
/27.B1 /27.B1 /27.B1 /27.B1 /27.B4 /27.B4 /27.B4 /27.B6 /27.B6 /27.B6
XSPX11.6 2 4 XSPX11.6 3 5 XSPX11.8 2 XSPX11.8 3 XSPX11.8 4 XSPX11.31 2 XSPX11.31 3 XSPX11.31 4
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
+4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B
E11.X 1 E12.X E31.X 1 E32.X E4.X 1 E5.X 1 E51.X 1 E6.X 1 E61.X 1 E1.X 1
1
1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
C +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B C
E11 E12 E31 E32 E4 E5 E51 E6 E61 E1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
E11.X 2 E12.X E31.X 2 E32.X E4.X 2 E5.X 2 E51.X 2 E6.X 2 E61.X 2 E1.X 2
2
+4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
XMX11.35 2 5 XMX11.35 3 6 XMX11.36 2 XMX11.36 3 XMX11.36 4 XMX11.28 2 XMX11.28 3 XMX11.28 4
D /27.E1 /27.E1 /27.E1 /27.E1 /27.D4 /27.D4 /27.D4 /27.D6 /27.D6 /27.D6 D
XMX11.36 1 XMX11.28 1
XMX11.35 1
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
E E
=KB =KB =KB

+X1 +X1 +X1
35
36
28
X11.P machine room lighting right X11.P floodlight superstructure right X11.P spot light superstructure
Maschinenraumbeleuchtung rechts Scheinwerfer Oberwagen rechts Suchscheinwerfer Oberwagen
floodlight base boom
Scheinwerfer Grundarm
machine room lighting left floodlight rear ballast floodlight superstructure right floodlight superstructure right
Maschinenraumbeleuchtung links Scheinwerfer Heckballast Scheinwerfer Oberwagen rechts Scheinwerfer Oberwagen rechts
additional devices
issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH lighting crane drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Beleuchtung Kran Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
cabin EL A
Kabine EL
X11.P X11.P X13.P
1
2
22
2
7
14
15
33
4
+X1 +X1 +X1
=KB =KB =KB
B B
1.5Q
21
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
S3
emergency stop aggregate 22
S15.X A NotAus Dieselmotor
A
C S15 +X2 C
X3.S
5
1
temperature switch gear oil 85°C C X3.P
1
2
Temperaturschalter Getriebeöl S15.X C +X2
1.5Q
E1.X 2 E1.X 3 T1.X 1 2

2 3 1 2
M15.X 2
2 P M
gear oil cooler 21 E1
+X2
D Getriebeölkühler M15 M S1 T1 D
22
1 emergency stop superstructure 4 1
M15.X 1 Not Aus Oberwagen E1.X 4 E1.X 1
condenser air condition compressor air condition
Kondensator Klimaanlage Kompressor Klimaanlage
1.5Q
E E
XMX11.35 4
/27.E1
gear oil cooler air condition (opt.)
Getriebeölkühler Klimaanlage (Opt.)
additional devices
issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH electric superstructure drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Elektrik Oberwagen Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
leader el.
A Mäkler El. A
X1.S X1.S
41
26
B B
C C
D D
=KB
+X1
19
X11.P X2.042.X1
9
9
X2.042
E obstruction light /39.A5 E
Flugwarnlicht
%IW2.042.10
air speed indicator leader head
Windgeschwindigkeitsanzeiger Mäklerkopf
F F
70961 27.03.08 lwnkas1

issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH electric leader drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Blatt 29
03
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Elektrik Mäkler Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
power supply fuses
Stromversorgung Sicherungen
+ +
F1 F2 F3 F4

100A 100A 100A 50A
P1
+ 1 2 3 4
B B
+
170Ah battery
G2 Batterie
+ BKks 95Q
RD 25Q
RD 10Q
C C
L+
170Ah
L+F3 central power unit EL
battery
G1 Batterie L+F2 Zentralaggregat EL
L
BKks 95Q
D D
3 3 3
904 L+F4
S1
901 L+F1
battery main switch 4 4 4 cabin EL
Batteriehauptschalter WH 6Q 913 LMM
Kabine EL
911 L1
L2
BKks 95Q
912
E E
BK 16Q
BK 16Q
M 1 M 2 M 3 M 4
depends on type of machine
abhängig vom Gerätetyp
F F
issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH power supply drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
X11.P X11.P X12.P X12.P
31
2
32
3
17
18
29
30
35
+X1 +X1 +X1 +X1
=KB =KB =KB =KB
B B
S24.X C

Y3.X 1
2.5Q
2.5Q
2.5Q
2.5Q
2.5Q
2.5Q
2.5Q
BU 1Q
RD 1Q 1 1
S24 S55 P
Y3 B12
2
C C
2 1 2 + sig.
Y3.X 2 B12.X 1 2 S24.X A B
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
D D
10
11
12
9
1
ZA.X1.S ZA.X4.S ZA.X1.S ZA.X1.S ZA.X2.P ZA.X2.P ZA.X2.P ZA.X2.P
9
4
1
power supply power supply CR canline power supply fan drive level of cooling water air filter 1 dirty

Stromversorgung Stromversorgung CR CanLinie Stromversorgung Lüfter Antrieb Kühlwasserniveau Luftfilter 1 verschmutzt
temperature of hydraulic oil
Hydrauliköltemperatur
E E
central power unit EL
Zentralaggregat EL
F F
issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH central power unit EL drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Zentralaggregat EL Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
phys. addr. pin sheet/col. description phys. addr. pin sheet/col. phys. addr. pin sheet/col. description phys. addr. pin sheet/col.
Phys. Addr. Pin Blatt/Pfad Beschreibung Phys. Addr. Pin Blatt/Pfad Phys. Addr. Pin Blatt/Pfad Beschreibung Phys. Addr. Pin Blatt/Pfad
pressure control casing oscillator
%QX2.009.01 4 +24V 1 /32.F1 %QX2.009.17 8 Drucksteuerung Verrohrungsmaschine +24V 14 /32.F2
A A
trimot crowd winch
%QX2.009.02 5 %QX2.009.18 9 /13.B8
Trimot Vorschubwinde
main winch brake
%QX2.009.03 6 /15.B7
Bremse Hauptwinde
%QX2.009.19 10
%QX2.009.04 7 %QX2.009.20 11
trimot main winch
%QX2.009.05 18 /15.B8
Trimot Hauptwinde
+24V 15 /32.F1 %QX2.009.21 22 +24V 28 /32.F2
slewing gear brake feed action system activ
%QX2.009.06 19 /10.B7
Drehwerk Bremse
%QX2.009.22 23 /13.B7
Vorschubsystem aktiv
enable cylinder adjustment
%QX2.009.07 20 /7.B2
Freigabe für Zylinderverstellung
%QX2.009.23 24
B B
release LS signal leaderpump release casing oscillator
%QX2.009.08 21 /7.B6
Freigabe LS Signal Mäklerpumpe
%QX2.009.24 25 Freigabe Verrohrungsmaschine
clamping jaw closing
%QX2.009.09 32 +24V 29 /32.F2 %QX2.009.25 36 /22.B4
Klemmzange schliessen
+24V 42 /32.F3
release leaderpump
%QX2.009.10 33 %QX2.009.26 37 /7.B7
Freigabe Mäklerpumpe
gear box drilling drive 1
%QX2.009.11 34 /24.B2
Schaltgetriebe Bohrantr.1
%QX2.009.27 38
trimot drilling drive 1
%QX2.009.12 35 /24.B3
Trimot Bohrantrieb 1
%QX2.009.28 39
aux. winch brake engine running
%QX2.009.13 46 /9.B8
Bremse Hilfswinde
+24V 43 /32.F2 %QX2.009.29 50 /7.B5
Motor läuft
+24V 56 /32.F3
C hydraulic oil heater flashlight C
%QX2.009.14 47 /7.B8
Hydraulikölheizung
%QX2.009.30 51 /7.B2
Blitzlicht
movement buzzer
%QX2.009.15 48 %QX2.009.31 52 /7.B3
Bewegungs Summer
sounder LML stop
%QX2.009.16 49 %QX2.009.32 53 /7.B4
Schallgeber LMBStop
0/24V 2 /24.E2 0/24V 30 /32.F3 0/24V 57 0/24V 65
0/24V 3 0/24V 31 /7.E2 0/24V 58 0/24V 66
0/24V 12 /9.E8 0/24V 40 /7.E6 0/24V 59 0/24V 67 /32.F4
D 0/24V 13 0/24V 41 /32.F4 0/24V 60 /32.F4 0/24V 68 D
0/24V 16 /15.E8 0/24V 44 0/24V 61 0/24V 69 /7.E3
0/24V 17 /7.E8 0/24V 45 0/24V 62 /22.E4 0/24V 70
0/24V 26 /10.E7 0/24V 54 0/24V 63 /7.E7
0/24V 27 0/24V 55 0/24V 64

digital output module 009 cod. B
X2.009 /5.A6
Digitale AusgangsModule 009 Kod. B
E X12.P =KB E
X2.009.X2 X2.009.X3
+X1 +X1
ZA.X2.P
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
=KB X12.P 1Q H H 24V+ H H WH 0.5Q CAN2+

24V+ /33.E5
1 B B CAN_L B B GN 0.5Q CAN2L
CAN_L /33.E5
C SPARE C
SPARE
BU 1Q D RXD D
29
43
28
42
56
30
41
60
67
15
14
X2.009.X1 RXD
1
11 RD 1Q E TXD E
12 TXD
F SPARE F
SPARE
1
41
42
15
29
43
14
28
56
30
60
67
G G CAN_H G G YE 0.5Q CAN2H

CAN_H /33.F5
X2.009 1Q J J GND(24V) J J BN 0.5Q CAN2
=KB GND(24V) /33.F5
/32.A4 /32.B4 /32.B4 /32.C4 /32.A8 /32.B8 /32.B8 /32.C8 /32.D4 /32.D4 /32.D5 /32.D8 4 A BSL A
+X1 BSL
+24V +24V +24V +24V +24V +24V +24V +24V 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V X12.P K GND(5V) K
F S GND(5V) F
issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH digital output module 009 drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Modul Digital Ausgang 009 Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
tension cyl. crowd system rel. tension
%QX2.010.01 4 /19.B3
Spannzyl. Vorschub entspannen
+24V 1 /33.F1 %QX2.010.17 8 +24V 14 /33.F2
A A
tension cyl. crowd system tension
%QX2.010.02 5 /19.B4
Spannzyl. Vorschub spannen
%QX2.010.18 9
%QX2.010.03 6 %QX2.010.19 10
%QX2.010.04 7 /25.B2 %QX2.010.20 11
%QX2.010.05 18 /25.B2 +24V 15 /33.F1 %QX2.010.21 22 +24V 28 /33.F2
%QX2.010.06 19 %QX2.010.22 23
VdW shift cyl. drive out
%QX2.010.07 20 %QX2.010.23 24 /25.B5
Relativversch. Zyl. ausf.
B B
VdW shift cyl. drive in
%QX2.010.08 21 %QX2.010.24 25 /25.B6
Relativversch. Zyl. einf.
pile guide open gear box drilling drive 2
%QX2.010.09 32 /19.B5
Pfahlführung öffnen
+24V 29 /33.F2 %QX2.010.25 36 /25.B4
Schaltgetriebe Bohrantr.2
+24V 42 /33.F3
pile guide close
%QX2.010.10 33 /19.B6
Pfahlführung schließen
%QX2.010.26 37
%QX2.010.11 34 %QX2.010.27 38
clamping jaw opening
%QX2.010.12 35 %QX2.010.28 39 /22.B6
Klemmzange öffnen
free turn worm cleaner free turn drilling dr.1
%QX2.010.13 46 /25.B3
Freilauf Schneckenputzer
+24V 43 /33.F2 %QX2.010.29 50 /24.B6
Freilauf Bohrantr.1
+24V 56 /33.F3
C C
%QX2.010.14 47 %QX2.010.30 51
%QX2.010.15 48 %QX2.010.31 52
%QX2.010.16 49 %QX2.010.32 53
0/24V 2 0/24V 30 /33.F3 0/24V 57 0/24V 65 /22.E6
0/24V 3 /19.E3 0/24V 31 0/24V 58 0/24V 66
0/24V 12 0/24V 40 0/24V 59 0/24V 67 /33.F4
D 0/24V 13 /25.E2 0/24V 41 /33.F4 0/24V 60 /33.F4 0/24V 68 D
0/24V 16 /25.E2 0/24V 44 0/24V 61 0/24V 69
0/24V 17 0/24V 45 0/24V 62 0/24V 70
0/24V 26 0/24V 54 /19.E4 0/24V 63
0/24V 27 /19.E5 0/24V 55 0/24V 64

digital output module 010 cod. B
X2.010 /5.B6
Digitale AusgangsModule 010 Kod. B
E X15.P E
X2.010.X2 X2.010.X3
+X1
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
=KB CAN2+ H H 24V+ H H WH 0.5Q CAN2+

/32.E8 24V+ /34.E5
CAN2L B B CAN_L B B GN 0.5Q CAN2L
/32.E8 CAN_L /34.E5
C SPARE C
SPARE
D RXD D
29
43
28
42
56
30
41
60
67
15
14
X2.010.X1 RXD
1
E TXD E
TXD
F SPARE F
SPARE
1
41
42
15
29
43
14
28
56
30
60
67
CAN2H G G CAN_H G G YE 0.5Q CAN2H

/32.F8 CAN_H /34.F5
X2.010 CAN2 J J GND(24V) J J BN 0.5Q CAN2
/32.F8 GND(24V) /34.F5
/33.A4 /33.B4 /33.B4 /33.C4 /33.A8 /33.B8 /33.B8 /33.C8 /33.D4 /33.D4 /33.D5 /33.D8 A BSL A
BSL
+24V +24V +24V +24V +24V +24V +24V +24V 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V K GND(5V) K
F S GND(5V) F
issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH digital output module 010 drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Modul Digital Ausgang 010 Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
crowd winch lifting aux. winch lifting
%QW2.017.01 4 /13.B1
Vorschubwinde heben
+24V 1 /34.F1 %QW2.017.09 8 /9.B6
Hilfswinde heben
+24V 14 /34.F1
A A
crowd winch lowering aux. winch lowering
%QW2.017.02 5 /13.B2
Vorschubwinde senken
0/24V 3 /34.F2 %QW2.017.10 9 /9.B6
Hilfswinde senken
0/24V 12 /34.F2
main winch lifting
%QW2.017.03 6 /15.B1
Hauptwinde heben
0/24V 17 /13.E1 %QW2.017.11 10 0/24V 26 /9.E6
main winch lowering pressure control travelling gear
%QW2.017.04 7 /15.B2
Hauptwinde senken
0/24V 31 /13.E2 %QW2.017.12 11 /8.B5
Fahrwerk Druckregler
0/24V 40 /9.E6
slewing gear right casing oscillator control
%QW2.017.05 18 /10.B3
Drehwerk rechts
0/24V 45 /15.E1 %QW2.017.13 22 Verrohrungsmaschine Regelung
0/24V 54
slewing gear left casing oscillator control P2
%QW2.017.06 19 /10.B4
Drehwerk links
0/24V 59 /15.E2 %QW2.017.14 23 Verrohrungsmaschine Regelung P2
0/24V 64 /8.E5
LUDV pump 1
%QW2.017.07 20 /8.B2
LUDV Pumpe 1
0/24V 60 /10.E3 %QW2.017.15 24 0/24V 65
B B
LUDV pump 2
%QW2.017.08 21 /8.B3
LUDV Pumpe 2
0/24V 61 /10.E4 %QW2.017.16 25 0/24V 66
0/24V 62 /8.E2 0/24V 67
0/24V 63 /8.E3 0/24V 68
nc 2 nc 38 nc 55
nc 13 nc 39 nc 56
nc 15 nc 41 nc 57
C C
nc 16 nc 42 nc 58
nc 27 nc 43 nc 69
nc 28 nc 44 nc 70
nc 29 nc 46
nc 30 nc 47
nc 32 nc 48
D nc 33 nc 49 D
nc 34 nc 50
nc 35 nc 51
nc 36 nc 52
nc 37 nc 53
analog output module 017 cod. D
X2.017 /5.B6
Analoge AusgangsModule 017 Kod. D
E X12.P E
X2.017.X2 X2.017.X3
+X1
21
22
23
24

/33.E8 24V+ /35.E5
/33.E8 CAN_L /35.E5
C SPARE C
SPARE
D RXD D
14
12
X2.017.X1 RXD
3
1
E TXD E
TXD
F SPARE F
SPARE
1
12
14

/33.F8 CAN_H /35.F5
/33.F8 GND(24V) /35.F5
/34.A4 /34.A8 /34.A4 /34.A8 A BSL A
BSL
+24V +24V 0/24V 0/24V K GND(5V) K
F S GND(5V) F
issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH analog output module 017 drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Modul Analog Ausgang 017 Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
free turn main winch 2
%QW2.018.01 4 /15.B5
Freilauf Hauptwinde 2
+24V 1 /35.F1 %QW2.018.09 8 +24V 14 /35.F1
A A
free turn main winch
%QW2.018.02 5 /15.B6
Freilauf Hauptwinde
0/24V 3 /35.F2 %QW2.018.10 9 0/24V 12 /35.F2
reinforcement vibrator
%QW2.018.03 6 /22.B8
Armierungsrüttler
0/24V 17 %QW2.018.11 10 0/24V 26
LUDV pump 3 drilling drive left P2
%QW2.018.04 7 /8.B7
LUDV Pumpe 3
0/24V 31 %QW2.018.12 11 /17.B5
Bohrantrieb links P2
0/24V 40
drilling drive right P2
%QW2.018.05 18 0/24V 45 /22.E8 %QW2.018.13 22 /17.B6
Bohrantrieb rechts P2
0/24V 54
%QW2.018.06 19 0/24V 59 /8.E7 %QW2.018.14 23 0/24V 64 /17.E5

drilling drive left P1
%QW2.018.07 20 0/24V 60 %QW2.018.15 24 /17.B3
Bohrantrieb links P1
0/24V 65 /17.E6
B B
%QW2.018.08 21 0/24V 61 %QW2.018.16 25 /17.B4
Bohrantrieb rechts P1
0/24V 66
0/24V 62 0/24V 67 /17.E3
0/24V 63 0/24V 68 /17.E4
nc 2 nc 38 nc 55
nc 13 nc 39 nc 56
nc 15 nc 41 nc 57
C C
nc 16 nc 42 nc 58
nc 27 nc 43 nc 69
nc 28 nc 44 nc 70
nc 29 nc 46
nc 30 nc 47
nc 32 nc 48
D nc 33 nc 49 D
nc 34 nc 50
nc 35 nc 51
nc 36 nc 52
nc 37 nc 53
X2.018 /5.C6
E X12.P E
X2.018.X2 X2.018.X3
+X1
25
26
27
28

/34.E8 24V+ /36.E5
/34.E8 CAN_L /36.E5
C SPARE C
SPARE
D RXD D
14
12
X2.018.X1 RXD
3
1
E TXD E
TXD
F SPARE F
SPARE
1
12
14

/34.F8 CAN_H /36.F5
/34.F8 GND(24V) /36.F5
/35.A4 /35.A8 /35.A4 /35.A8 A BSL A
BSL
+24V +24V 0/24V 0/24V K GND(5V) K
F S GND(5V) F
75030 14.08.08 lwnkas1

issued
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Blatt 35
05
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Z2 right out main winch lifting 2
%QW2.019.01 4 /20.B3
Z2 rechts ausf.
+24V 1 /36.F1 %QW2.019.09 8 /15.B3
Hauptwinde heben 2
+24V 14 /36.F1
A A
Z2 right in main winch lowering 2
%QW2.019.02 5 /20.B3
Z2 rechts einf.
0/24V 3 /36.F2 %QW2.019.10 9 /15.B4
Hauptwinde senken 2
0/24V 12 /36.F2
Z4 in Z8 out
%QW2.019.03 6 /20.B4
Z4 einfahren
0/24V 17 /20.E3 %QW2.019.11 10 /21.B6
Mastabstütz. ausf.
0/24V 26 /15.E3
Z4 out Z8 in
%QW2.019.04 7 /20.B5
Z4 ausfahren
0/24V 31 /20.E3 %QW2.019.12 11 /21.B5
Mastabstütz. einf.
0/24V 40 /15.E4
Z2 left out
%QW2.019.05 18 /20.B5
Z2 links ausf.
0/24V 45 /20.E4 %QW2.019.13 22 0/24V 54 /21.E6
Z2 left in pressure control CW
%QW2.019.06 19 /20.B6
Z2 links einf.
0/24V 59 /20.E5 %QW2.019.14 23 /13.B3
Drucksteuerung VW
0/24V 64 /21.E5
surface pressure control crowd winch lowering
%QW2.019.07 20 /13.B4
Anpressdrucksteuerung VW senken
0/24V 60 /20.E5 %QW2.019.15 24 0/24V 65
B B
surface pressure control crowd winch lifting
%QW2.019.08 21 /13.B6
Anpressdrucksteuerung VW heben
0/24V 61 /20.E6 %QW2.019.16 25 0/24V 66 /13.E3
0/24V 62 /13.E4 0/24V 67
0/24V 63 /13.E6 0/24V 68
nc 2 nc 38 nc 55
nc 13 nc 39 nc 56
nc 15 nc 41 nc 57
C C
nc 16 nc 42 nc 58
nc 27 nc 43 nc 69
nc 28 nc 44 nc 70
nc 29 nc 46
nc 30 nc 47
nc 32 nc 48
D nc 33 nc 49 D
nc 34 nc 50
nc 35 nc 51
nc 36 nc 52
nc 37 nc 53
X2.019 /5.C6
E X15.P E
X2.019.X2 X2.019.X3
+X1
11
12
9
10

/35.E8 24V+ /37.E5
/35.E8 CAN_L /37.E5
C SPARE C
SPARE
D RXD D
14
12
X2.019.X1 RXD
3
1
E TXD E
TXD
F SPARE F
SPARE
1
12
14

/35.F8 CAN_H /37.F5
/35.F8 GND(24V) /37.F5
/36.A4 /36.A8 /36.A4 /36.A8 A BSL A
BSL
+24V +24V 0/24V 0/24V K GND(5V) K
F S GND(5V) F
issued
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
inclination limit switch right main winch upper limit switch
%IX2.033.01 4 /18.E2
Neigungsendschalter rechts
+24V 1 /37.E1 %IX2.033.17 8 /14.E4
Hauptwinde Endschalter oben
+24V 14 /37.E1
A A
inclination limit switch left
%IX2.033.02 5 /18.E3 +24V 2 %IX2.033.18 9 +24V 13
Neigungsendschalter links
hydraulic filter feed pressure ok
%IX2.033.03 6 /6.E2 +24V 15 %IX2.033.19 10 +24V 27 /23.A2
Hydraulikfilter Speisedruck ok
oilflow drilling drive 1
%IX2.033.04 7 +24V 16 /6.A2 %IX2.033.20 11 /23.E2 +24V 28
Ölfluß Bohrantrieb 1
gear box temp. drilling drive 1 lower limit switch CW ok
%IX2.033.05 18 /23.E2 +24V 29 /6.A4 %IX2.033.21 22 /11.E4 +24V 41 /18.A1
Getriebeöltemp. Bohrantrieb 1 Endschalter unten VW ok
return flow filter ok main winch lower limit switch
%IX2.033.06 19 /6.E3
Rückflussfilter ok
+24V 30 /6.A5 %IX2.033.22 23 /14.E3
Hauptwinde Endschalter unten
+24V 42
content of hydraulic tank ok aux. winch upper limit switch
%IX2.033.07 20 /6.E4
Inhalt Hydrauliköltank ok
+24V 43 %IX2.033.23 24 /9.E1
Hilfswinde Endschalter oben
+24V 55
B B
gear oil temperature ok aux. winch lower limit switch
%IX2.033.08 21 /6.E5
Getriebeöltemperatur ok
+24V 44 %IX2.033.24 25 /9.E2
Hilfswinde Endschalter unten
+24V 56
limit switch Z4
%IX2.033.09 32 +24V 57 %IX2.033.25 36 /18.E1
Endschalter Z4
+24V 69
%IX2.033.10 33 +24V 58 %IX2.033.26 37 +24V 70
%IX2.033.11 34 0/24V 3 /37.E2 %IX2.033.27 38 0/24V 12 /37.E2
drilling drive mounted
%IX2.033.12 35 0/24V 17 %IX2.033.28 39 /23.E3 0/24V 26 /23.A2
Bohrantrieb montiert
upper limit switch CW ok
%IX2.033.13 46 /11.E3 0/24V 31 %IX2.033.29 50 0/24V 40
Endschalter oben VW ok
C standstill indicator main winch C
%IX2.033.14 47 /14.E2 0/24V 45 %IX2.033.30 51 0/24V 54
Stillstandswächter Hauptwinde
%IX2.033.15 48 0/24V 59 %IX2.033.31 52 0/24V 64
%IX2.033.16 49 0/24V 60 %IX2.033.32 53 0/24V 65
0/24V 61 0/24V 66
0/24V 62 0/24V 67
0/24V 63 0/24V 68
D D
digital input module 033 cod. A
X2.033 /5.A8
Digitale EingangsModule 033 Kod. A
E E
X2.033.X2 X2.033.X3
S +24V +24V 0/24V 0/24V CAN2+ H H 24V+ H H WH 0.5Q CAN2+
/36.E8 24V+ /38.E5
/37.A4 /37.A8 /37.C4 /37.C8 CAN2L B B CAN_L B B GN 0.5Q CAN2L
/36.E8 CAN_L /38.E5
C SPARE C
X2.033 SPARE
14
12
D RXD D
3
1
RXD
E TXD E
TXD
X2.033.X1 F SPARE F
1
12
14
SPARE
/36.F8 CAN_H /38.F5
CAN2 J J GND(24V) J J BN 0.5Q CAN2
/36.F8 GND(24V) /38.F5
A BSL A
=KB BSL
K GND(5V) K
7
F +X1 GND(5V) F
X12.P
issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH digital input module 033 drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Modul Digital Eingang 033 Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
content diesel tank inclinometer yaxis
%IW2.041.01 4 /6.E7
Inhalt Dieseltank
+24V 1 /38.E1 %IW2.041.09 8 /18.E8
Neigungsmesser YAchse
+24V 14 /38.E1
A A
system pressure CC lifting syst. pressure vib./hammer/drilling dr. 2
%IW2.041.02 5 /11.E6
Systemdruck VZ heben
+24V 2 /6.A7 %IW2.041.10 9 /16.E6
Systemdr. Rüttler/Hammer/Bohrantr. 2
+24V 13
concrete pressure system pressure clamping jaw closing
%IW2.041.03 6 /23.E5
Betondruck
+24V 15 %IW2.041.11 10 /22.E3
Systemdruck Klemmzange schließen
+24V 27 /16.A6
%IW2.041.04 7 +24V 16 %IW2.041.12 11 /21.E3
+24V 28 /22.A2
%IW2.041.05 18 +24V 29 %IW2.041.13 22 +24V 41

system pressure CC lowering system pressure pump 1
%IW2.041.06 19 /11.E7
Systemdruck VZ senken
+24V 30 %IW2.041.14 23 Systemdruck Pumpe 1
+24V 42
system pressure leader pump syst.press. vib./hammer/drilling dr. 1
%IW2.041.07 20 /18.E6
Systemdruck Mäklerpumpe
+24V 43 /18.A5 %IW2.041.15 24 /16.E4
Systemdr. Rüttler/Hammer/Bohrantr. 1
+24V 55
B B
inclinometer xaxis
%IW2.041.08 21 /18.E7
Neigungsmesser XAchse
+24V 44 %IW2.041.16 25 +24V 56
+24V 57 +24V 69 /16.A3
+24V 58 +24V 70
0/24V 3 /38.E2 0/24V 12 /38.E2
0/24V 17 0/24V 26
0/24V 31 0/24V 40 /16.A5

C C
0/24V 45 0/24V 54 /22.A1
0/24V 59 0/24V 64
0/24V 60 0/24V 65
0/24V 61 0/24V 66
0/24V 62 /18.A5 0/24V 67 /16.A2
0/24V 63 0/24V 68
D nc 32 nc 37 nc 48 nc 53 D
nc 33 nc 38 nc 49
nc 34 nc 39 nc 50
nc 35 nc 46 nc 51
nc 36 nc 47 nc 52
analog input module 041 cod. C
X2.041 /5.B8
Analoge EingangsModule 041 Kod. C
E E
X2.041.X2 X2.041.X3
/37.E8 24V+ /39.E5
/37.E8 CAN_L /39.E5
C SPARE C
X2.041 SPARE
14
12
D RXD D
3
1
RXD
E TXD E
TXD
X2.041.X1 F SPARE F
1
12
14
SPARE
/37.F8 CAN_H /39.F5
/37.F8 GND(24V) /39.F5
A BSL A
=KB BSL
K GND(5V) K
10
9
F +X1 GND(5V) F
X12.P
issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH analog input module 041 drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Modul Analog Eingang 041 Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
system pressure hg lifting
%IW2.042.01 4 +24V 1 /39.E1 %IW2.042.09 8 Systemdruck HW heben
+24V 14 /39.E1
A A
air speed indicator leader head
%IW2.042.02 5 +24V 2 %IW2.042.10 9 /29.E5
Windgeschwindigkeitsanzeiger Mäklerkopf
+24V 13
force transmitter main winch
%IW2.042.03 6 /14.E5
Kraftmessachse Hauptwinde
+24V 15 %IW2.042.11 10 +24V 27
system pressure crowd winch Pull Up
%IW2.042.04 7 /12.E3
Systemdruck Vorschubwinde Pull Up
+24V 16 %IW2.042.12 11 +24V 28
force transmitter auxiliary winch concrete pressure 2
%IW2.042.05 18 /9.E4
Kraftmesslasche Hilfswinde
+24V 29 %IW2.042.13 22 Betondruck 2
+24V 41
force transmitter CW Pull Down system pressure pump 2
%IW2.042.06 19 /12.E4
Kraftmesslasche VW Pull Down
+24V 30 %IW2.042.14 23 Systemdruck Pumpe 2
+24V 42
%IW2.042.07 20 +24V 43 %IW2.042.15 24 +24V 55

B B
%IW2.042.08 21 +24V 44 %IW2.042.16 25 +24V 56
+24V 57 +24V 69
+24V 58 +24V 70
0/24V 3 /39.E2 0/24V 12 /39.E2
0/24V 17 0/24V 26
0/24V 31 0/24V 40
C C
0/24V 45 0/24V 54
0/24V 59 0/24V 64
0/24V 60 0/24V 65
0/24V 61 0/24V 66
0/24V 62 0/24V 67
0/24V 63 0/24V 68
D nc 32 nc 37 nc 48 nc 53 D
nc 33 nc 38 nc 49
nc 34 nc 39 nc 50
nc 35 nc 46 nc 51
nc 36 nc 47 nc 52
analog input module 042 cod. C
X2.042 /5.C8
Analoge EingangsModule 042 Kod. C
E E
X2.042.X2 X2.042.X3
/38.E8 24V+ /40.E5
/38.E8 CAN_L /40.E5
C SPARE C
X2.042 SPARE
14
12
D RXD D
3
1
RXD
E TXD E
TXD
X2.042.X1 F SPARE F
1
12
14
SPARE
/38.F8 CAN_H /40.F5
/38.F8 GND(24V) /40.F5
A BSL A
=KB BSL
K GND(5V) K
11
12
F +X1 GND(5V) F
X12.P
issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH analog input module 042 drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Modul Analog Eingang 042 Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
rope length indication ch A CW
%ID2.057.1A 4 +24V 1 /40.E1 %ID2.057.5A 8 /12.E6
Seillängenmessung Kanal A VW
+24V 14 /40.E1
A A
rope length indication ch B CW
%ID2.057.1B 5 +24V 15 %ID2.057.5B 9 /12.E7
Seillängenmessung Kanal B VW
+24V 28
speed sensor drilling dr.1
%ID2.057.2A 6 /23.E7
Drehzahlsensor Bohrantr.1
+24V 29 %ID2.057.6A 10 +24V 42
%ID2.057.2B 7 +24V 43 %ID2.057.6B 11 +24V 56

speed sensor drilling dr.2
%ID2.057.3A 18 /23.E8
Drehzahlsensor Bohrantr.2
+24V 57 %ID2.057.7A 22 +24V 70
%ID2.057.3B 19 0/24V 3 /40.E3 %ID2.057.7B 23 0/24V 12 /40.E3

rope lenght sensor chanel A hg
%ID2.057.4A 20 0/24V 17 %ID2.057.8A 24 /14.E7
Seillängenmessung Kanal A HW
0/24V 26
B B
rope lenght sensor chanel B hg
%ID2.057.4B 21 0/24V 31 %ID2.057.8B 25 /14.E8
Seillängenmessung Kanal B HW
0/24V 40
0/24V 45 0/24V 54
0/24V 59 0/24V 64
0/24V 60 0/24V 65
0/24V 61 0/24V 66
0/24V 62 0/24V 67
C C
0/24V 63 0/24V 68
nc 2 nc 37 nc 51
nc 13 nc 38 nc 52
nc 16 nc 39 nc 53
nc 27 nc 41 nc 55
nc 30 nc 44 nc 58
D nc 32 nc 46 nc 69 D
nc 33 nc 47
nc 34 nc 48
nc 35 nc 49
nc 36 nc 50
counter module 057 cod. A
X2.057 /5.C8
Zähler Modul 057 Kod. A
E E
X2.057.X2 X2.057.X3
/39.E8 24V+ /41.E5
/40.A4 /40.A8 /40.B4 /40.B8 CAN2L B B CAN_L B B GN 0.5Q CAN2L
/39.E8 CAN_L /41.E5
C SPARE C
X2.057 SPARE
14
12
D RXD D
3
1
RXD
E TXD E
TXD
X2.057.X1 F SPARE F
1
12
14
SPARE
L5 L6 CAN2H G G CAN_H G G YE 0.5Q CAN2H
/41.F1 /41.F1 /39.F8 CAN_H /41.F5
L33 L12 CAN2 J J GND(24V) J J BN 0.5Q CAN2
/41.F1 /41.F1 /39.F8 GND(24V) /41.F5
=KB A BSL A
BSL
33
34
+X1 K GND(5V) K
5
F GND(5V) F
X12.P
issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH counter module 057 drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Zähler Modul 057 Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
period puls sensor 1 period difference sensor 1
%ID2.059.1A 4 /26.E2
Periodendauer Sensor 1
+24V 1 /41.E1 %ID2.059.5A 8 /26.E4
Periodendifferenz Sensor 1
+24V 14 /41.E2
A A
period difference sensor 2
%ID2.059.1B 5 +24V 15 %ID2.059.5B 9 /26.E5
Periodendifferenz Sensor 2
+24V 28
period puls sensor 2
%ID2.059.2A 6 /26.E3
Periodendauer Sensor 2
+24V 29 %ID2.059.6A 10 +24V 42
%ID2.059.2B 7 +24V 43 %ID2.059.6B 11 +24V 56

concrete volume 1 sensor 1
%ID2.059.3A 18 Betonmenge 1
+24V 57 %ID2.059.7A 22 /26.E6
Sensor 1
+24V 70
sensor 2
%ID2.059.3B 19 0/24V 3 /41.E2 %ID2.059.7B 23 /26.E7
Sensor 2
0/24V 12 /41.E2
concrete volume 2
%ID2.059.4A 20 Betonmenge 2
0/24V 17 %ID2.059.8A 24 0/24V 26
B B
%ID2.059.4B 21 0/24V 31 %ID2.059.8B 25 0/24V 40
0/24V 45 0/24V 54
0/24V 59 0/24V 64
0/24V 60 0/24V 65
0/24V 61 0/24V 66
0/24V 62 0/24V 67
C C
0/24V 63 0/24V 68
nc 2 nc 37 nc 51
nc 13 nc 38 nc 52
nc 16 nc 39 nc 53
nc 27 nc 41 nc 55
nc 30 nc 44 nc 58
D nc 32 nc 46 nc 69 D
nc 33 nc 47
nc 34 nc 48
nc 35 nc 49
nc 36 nc 50
counter module 059 cod. A
X2.059 /5.D8
Zähler Modul 059 Kod. A
E E
X2.059.X2 X2.059.X3
/40.E8 24V+ /42.E5
/41.A4 /41.A8 /41.B4 /41.B8 CAN2L B B CAN_L B B GN 0.5Q CAN2L
/40.E8 CAN_L /42.E5
C SPARE C
X2.059 SPARE
14
12
D RXD D
3
1
RXD
E TXD E
TXD
X2.059.X1 F SPARE F
1
12
14
SPARE
L5 CAN2H G G CAN_H G G YE 0.5Q CAN2H
/40.F2 /40.F8 CAN_H /42.F5
L33 CAN2 J J GND(24V) J J BN 0.5Q CAN2
/40.F2 /40.F8 GND(24V) /42.F5
L6 A BSL A
/40.F4 BSL
L12 K GND(5V) K
/40.F4 GND(5V)
F F
issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH counter module 059 drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Zähler Modul 059 Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
%IX2.034.01 4 +24V 1 /42.E1 %IX2.034.17 8 +24V 14 /42.E1
A A
%IX2.034.02 5 +24V 2 %IX2.034.18 9 +24V 13
fault central lubrication
%IX2.034.03 6 +24V 15 %IX2.034.19 10 +24V 27
Störung Zentralschmierung
%IX2.034.04 7 +24V 16 %IX2.034.20 11 +24V 28
%IX2.034.05 18 +24V 29 %IX2.034.21 22 +24V 41

wearout indication pump hg 1
%IX2.034.06 19 Verschleißanzeige Pumpe HW 1
+24V 30 %IX2.034.22 23 +24V 42
wearout indication pump hg 2
%IX2.034.07 20 Verschleißanzeige Pumpe HW 2
+24V 43 %IX2.034.23 24 +24V 55
B B
wearout indication pump sg
%IX2.034.08 21 Verschleißanzeige Pumpe DW
+24V 44 %IX2.034.24 25 +24V 56
wearout indication pump LUDV 1
%IX2.034.09 32 Verschleißanzeige Pumpe LUDV 1
+24V 57 %IX2.034.25 36 +24V 69
%IX2.034.10 33 Verschleißanzeige Pumpe LUDV 3
+24V 58 %IX2.034.26 37 +24V 70
%IX2.034.11 34 0/24V 3 /42.E2 %IX2.034.27 38 0/24V 12 /42.E2
Verschleißanzeige Pumpe LUDV 2
wearout indication pump leader
%IX2.034.12 35 0/24V 17 %IX2.034.28 39 0/24V 26
Verschleißanzeige Pumpe Mäkler
%IX2.034.13 46 0/24V 31 %IX2.034.29 50 0/24V 40

C C
%IX2.034.14 47 0/24V 45 %IX2.034.30 51 0/24V 54
%IX2.034.15 48 0/24V 59 %IX2.034.31 52 0/24V 64
%IX2.034.16 49 0/24V 60 %IX2.034.32 53 0/24V 65
0/24V 61 0/24V 66
0/24V 62 0/24V 67
0/24V 63 0/24V 68
D D
digital input module 034 cod. A
X2.034 /5.B8
Digitale EingangsModule 034 Kod. A
E E
X2.034.X2 X2.034.X3
S +24V +24V 0/24V 0/24V CAN2+ H H 24V+ H
/41.E8 24V+
/42.A4 /42.A8 /42.C4 /42.C8 CAN2L B B CAN_L B B
/41.E8 CAN_L
C SPARE C
X2.034 SPARE
14
12
D RXD D
3
1
RXD
120Ohm
E TXD E
TXD
X2.034.X1 F SPARE F
1
12
14
SPARE
CAN2H G G CAN_H G
/41.F8 CAN_H
CAN2 J J GND(24V) J G
/41.F8 GND(24V)
=KB A BSL A
+X1 BSL
K GND(5V) K
7
F X15.P GND(5V) F
issued
16.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH digital input module 034 drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Modul Digital Eingang 034 Identnr.: 984370714 Ort
+4A von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
A
E
B
D
C
05
75030
X2.P
X2.S
ZA.X2.P
=KB
X15.P
=KB
X14.P
=KB
X13.P
=KB
X12.P
=KB
X11.P
+X1
+X1
+X1
+X1
+X1
/7.C3 /7.C3 /31.D5 /26.B3 /28.B5 /32.E5 /28.B3
ind: mod.no.: date

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Ind: Änd. Nr.: Datum

/7.D3 /7.D3 /31.D6 /26.B7 /28.B8 /31.A2 /28.B3
13.08.08
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1
1
/31.D6 /28.B6 /31.A3 /31.A1

3 3 3 3 3 3
/31.D6 /28.B8 /32.F5 /31.A1
4 4 4 4 4 4
name
Name
/31.D7 /28.B7 /40.F1 /7.C5
lwnkas1
5 5 5 5 5 5
/31.D7 /40.F3 /27.A1
6 6 6 6 6 6
/31.D7 /42.F1 /37.F1 /28.B2
7 7 7 7 7 7
issued
Erstellt
geprüft
/31.D8 /42.F2 /37.F2 /27.A4
approved
8 8 8 8 8 8
/31.D8 /36.E1 /38.F1 /31.A1
9 9 9 9 9 9
/36.E1 /38.F2
10 10 10 10 10 10
/32.E5 /36.E2 /39.F1
11 11 11 11 11 11
/32.F5 /36.E2 /13.C7 /39.F2
12 12 12 12 12 12
/33.E1 /32.E1
13 13 13 13 13
/33.E2 /32.E2 /28.B4
14 14 14 14 14
/33.E2 /32.E2 /28.B4
15 15 15 15 15
16.11.07 lwnpes3
/33.E3 /32.E3 /9.A1
2
2
16 16 16 16 16
/33.E3 /32.E3 /31.A2
17 17 17 17 17
/33.E4 /32.E4 /31.A2
18 18 18 18 18
/33.E4 /32.E4 /29.E3
19 19 19 19 19
/33.E4 /32.E4
20 20 20 20 20
/10.C6 /34.E1
21 21 21 21 21
/7.C4 /34.E1 /28.B4
22 22 22 22 22
/34.E2
23 23 23 23 23
/34.E2 /7.C3
A6710
24 24 24 24 24
/35.E1
25 25 25 25 25
/35.E1
26 26 26 26 26
Copyright (c)
/35.E2
Urheberrecht (c)
27 27 27 27 27
/35.E2 /27.E6
28 28 28 28 28
3
3
/31.A3
NENZING
29 29 29 29 29
/31.A3
30 30 30 30 30
/31.A3 /27.A6
31 31 31 31 31
/31.A4 /9.A2
32 32 32 32 32
/40.F1 /28.B4
33 33 33 33 33
/40.F3
34 34 34 34 34
/31.A4 /27.E1
35 35 35 35 35
/27.E4
36 36 36 36 36
LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH plug connection

Steckerbelegung
4
4
+4T
X1.S
ZA.X1.S
X13.S
/9.B1 /31.D3 /23.C2

1 1 1
/9.C1 /31.D3 /23.C3
2 2 2
/14.C4
3 3 3
/14.C3 /31.D4
4 4 4
5
5
/11.C3 /31.D1
5 5 5
/9.C2
6 6 6
/11.C4 /31.D3 /23.C2
7 7 7
/21.D3 /31.D4 /23.C2
8 8 8
/14.C2 /31.D1 /23.C5
9 9 9
/11.C6 /31.D1
10 10 10
/12.C6 /31.D2
11 11 11
/12.C7 /31.D3
12 12 12
/11.C7
13 13
/9.C8 /23.C7
14 14
/13.C7 /24.C3
15 15
/13.C8 /24.C2
16 16
/9.D8 /23.C8
6
6
17 17
/9.B2
18 18
/14.C5 /24.C6
19 19
/12.C3 /25.C4
Identnr.:
20 20
ident. no.:
ZA.X4.S
/9.C4 /25.C5
drawing no.:
21 21
Zeichnungsnr.:
/15.C7 /31.D2 /25.C6

22 1 22
/31.D2 /24.D2
23 2 23
/14.C7 /23.C2
24 3 24
/14.C8
25 4
/29.B3
26 PE
/18.C7
27
/18.C8
28
/18.C2
29
7
7
/18.C3
30
/15.C6
31
/12.C4
32
984370714
/15.C5
33
/25.D3
34
514 025 9090 06 106
35
36
37
Ort
38
Anlage
location
39
40
assembly group
/29.B5
41
42
8
8
+4A
43
=OW
44
45
of
46
von
sheet
PE
46
Blatt 43
F
A
E
B
D
C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
system pressure drilling drive 2 limit switch Z4
A B1 =OW +4V /16.C6/984370714 Systemdruck Bohrantrieb 2 S14 =OW +4T /18.C1/984370714 Endschalter Z4 A
temperature of hydraulic oil temperature switch gear oil
B12 =OW +4A /31.C6/984370714 Hydrauliköltemperatur S15 =OW +4A /28.C2/984370714 Temperaturschalter Getriebeöl
system pressure pump 3 hydraulic filter feed pressure ok
B3 =OW +4T /18.C6/984370714 Systemdruck Pumpe 3 S20 =OW +4T /6.C2/984370714 Hydraulikfilter Speisedruck ok
system pressure clamping jaw closing level of cooling water
B3 =OW +4V /22.C2/984370714 Systemdruck Klemmzange schließen S24 =OW +4A /31.C7/984370714 Kühlwasserniveau
syst.press. vib./hammer/drilling dr. 1 emergency stop aggregate
B4 =OW +4V /16.C4/984370714 Systemdr. Rüttler/Hammer/Bohrantr. 1 S3 =OW +4A /28.B3/984370714 NotAus Dieselmotor
B content diesel tank air filter 1 dirty B
B42 =OW +4A /6.D7/984370714 Inhalt Dieseltank S55 =OW +4A /31.C8/984370714 Luftfilter 1 verschmutzt
condenser air condition return flow filter ok
E1 =OW +4A /28.D5/984370714 Kondensator Klimaanlage S57 =OW +4A /6.C3/984370714 Rückflussfilter ok
machine room lighting left compressor air condition
E11 =OW +4B /27.C1/984370714 Maschinenraumbeleuchtung links T1 =OW +4A /28.D7/984370714 Kompressor Klimaanlage
machine room lighting left LUDV pump 1
E12 =OW +4B /27.C2/984370714 Maschinenraumbeleuchtung links Y1 =OW +4A /8.C2/984370714 LUDV Pumpe 1
machine room lighting right slewing gear right
E31 =OW +4B /27.C2/984370714 Maschinenraumbeleuchtung rechts Y1 =OW +4D /10.C3/984370714 Drehwerk rechts
C machine room lighting right pressure control travelling gear C
E32 =OW +4B /27.C3/984370714 Maschinenraumbeleuchtung rechts Y1 =OW +4F /8.C5/984370714 Fahrwerk Druckregler
floodlight rear ballast main winch lifting
E4 =OW +4B /27.C4/984370714 Scheinwerfer Heckballast Y1 =OW +4G /15.C1/984370714 Hauptwinde heben
floodlight superstructure right aux. winch lifting
E5 =OW +4B /27.C5/984370714 Scheinwerfer Oberwagen rechts Y1 =OW +4H /9.C6/984370714 Hilfswinde heben
floodlight superstructure right tension cyl. crowd system rel. tension
E51 =OW +4B /27.C5/984370714 Scheinwerfer Oberwagen rechts Y10 =OW +4V /19.C3/984370714 Spannzyl. Vorschub entspannen
floodlight superstructure right surface pressure control crowd winch lifting
E6 =OW +4B /27.C6/984370714 Scheinwerfer Oberwagen rechts Y14 =OW +4V /13.C6/984370714 Anpressdrucksteuerung VW heben
D spot light superstructure surface pressure control crowd winch lowering D
E61 =OW +4B /27.C7/984370714 Suchscheinwerfer Oberwagen Y15 =OW +4V /13.C4/984370714 Anpressdrucksteuerung VW senken
battery Z2 left in
G1 =OW +4A /30.D2/984370714 Batterie Y16 =OW +4T /20.C6/984370714 Z2 links einf.
battery Z2 left out
G2 =OW +4A /30.C2/984370714 Batterie Y17 =OW +4T /20.C5/984370714 Z2 links ausf.
movement buzzer LUDV pump 2
H1 =OW +4A /7.D3/984370714 Bewegungs Summer Y2 =OW +4A /8.C3/984370714 LUDV Pumpe 2
gear oil cooler slewing gear left
M15 =OW +4A /28.D2/984370714 Getriebeölkühler Y2 =OW +4D /10.C4/984370714 Drehwerk links
E power supply fuses main winch lowering E
P1 =OW +4A /30.B2/984370714 Stromversorgung Sicherungen Y2 =OW +4G /15.C2/984370714 Hauptwinde senken
battery main switch aux. winch lowering
S1 =OW +4A /30.D2/984370714 Batteriehauptschalter Y2 =OW +4H /9.C6/984370714 Hilfswinde senken
emergency stop superstructure trimot main winch
S1 =OW +X2 /28.D3/984370714 Not Aus Oberwagen Y20 =OW +4G /15.C8/984370714 Trimot Hauptwinde
gear oil temperature ok Z4 out
S11 =OW +4A /6.C5/984370714 Getriebeöltemperatur ok Y20 =OW +4T /20.C4/984370714 Z4 ausfahren
content of hydraulic tank ok Z4 in
S13 =OW +4A /6.C4/984370714 Inhalt Hydrauliköltank ok Y21 =OW +4T /20.C5/984370714 Z4 einfahren
F F
70961 27.03.08 lwnkas1

issued LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH device register drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
Blatt 44
03
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
worm cleaner out pressure control CW
A Y25 =OW +4V /25.C2/984370714 Schneckenputzer ausf. Y8 =OW +4V /13.C3/984370714 Drucksteuerung VW A
worm cleaner in tension cyl. crowd system tension
Y26 =OW +4V /25.C3/984370714 Schneckenputzer einf. Y9 =OW +4V /19.C4/984370714 Spannzyl. Vorschub spannen
pile guide open
Y28 =OW +4T /19.C5/984370714 Pfahlführung öffnen
pile guide close
Y29 =OW +4T /19.C6/984370714 Pfahlführung schließen
reinforcement vibrator
Y29 =OW +4V /22.C8/984370714 Armierungsrüttler
B fan drive B
Y3 =OW +4A /31.C5/984370714 Lüfter Antrieb
main winch lifting 2
Y3 =OW +4G /15.C4/984370714 Hauptwinde heben 2
crowd winch lifting
Y3 =OW +4V /13.C1/984370714 Vorschubwinde heben
Y30 =OW +4V /17.C6/984370714 Bohrantrieb rechts P2
Y31 =OW +4V /17.C5/984370714 Bohrantrieb links P2
C Z2 right in C
Y32 =OW +4T /20.C3/984370714 Z2 rechts einf.
Y32 =OW +4V /17.C4/984370714 Bohrantrieb rechts P1
Z2 right out
Y33 =OW +4T /20.C3/984370714 Z2 rechts ausf.
Y33 =OW +4V /17.C3/984370714 Bohrantrieb links P1
Z8 in
Y36 =OW +4V /21.C5/984370714 Mastabstütz. einf.
D Z8 out D
Y37 =OW +4V /21.C6/984370714 Mastabstütz. ausf.
LUDV pump 3
Y4 =OW +4A /8.C7/984370714 LUDV Pumpe 3
main winch lowering 2
Y4 =OW +4G /15.C4/984370714 Hauptwinde senken 2
crowd winch lowering
Y4 =OW +4V /13.C2/984370714 Vorschubwinde senken
guiding clamp closing
Y43 =OW +4V /22.C5/984370714 Klemmzange schliessen
E enable cylinder adjustment E
Y44 =OW +4T /7.C2/984370714 Freigabe für Zylinderverstellung
clamping jaw opening
Y44 =OW +4V /22.C6/984370714 Klemmzange öffnen
slewing gear brake
Y5 =OW +4D /10.C7/984370714 Drehwerk Bremse
release leaderpump
Y50 =OW +4T /7.C7/984370714 Freigabe Mäklerpumpe
hydraulic oil heater
Y71 =OW +4T /7.C8/984370714 Hydraulikölheizung
F F
70961 27.03.08 lwnkas1

issued LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH device register drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
Blatt 45
03
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
modification index
A Änderungsindex A
revision revision revision revision revision revision revision revision revision revision
Revision 1 Revision 2 Revision 3 Revision 4 Revision 5 Revision 6 Revision 7 Revision 8 Revision 9 Revision 10
date date date date date date date date date date
Datum
19.02.08 Datum
13.03.08 Datum
03.04.08 Datum
30.06.08 Datum
14.08.08 Datum
18.09.08 Datum Datum Datum Datum
mod.no.: mod.no.: mod.no.: mod.no.: mod.no.: mod.no.: mod.no.: mod.no.: mod.no.: mod.no.:
Änd. Nr.:
69666 Änd. Nr.:
70039 Änd. Nr.:
70961 Änd. Nr.:
73774 Änd. Nr.:
75030 Änd. Nr.:
76092 Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.:
mod./pages mod./pages mod./pages mod./pages mod./pages mod./pages mod./pages mod./pages mod./pages mod./pages
Änder.:/Seiten Änder.:/Seiten Änder.:/Seiten Änder.:/Seiten Änder.:/Seiten Änder.:/Seiten Änder.:/Seiten Änder.:/Seiten Änder.:/Seiten Änder.:/Seiten
1 1 1 1 1 1

12 2 19 13 15 9
45 6 25 46 35 46
B B
13 29 43
19 43 46
22 44
25 45
44 46
45
46
C C
D D
E E
F F
76092 18.09.08 lwnkas1

issued LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH modification index drawing no.:
514 025 9090 06 106
Blatt 46
06
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Änderungsindex Identnr.: 984370714 Ort von
46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
CRANE TYPE: HS A
KRANTYP:
ORDER NO:
AUFTRAGSNR.:
B B
PROJECT: MAN D846A7 central power unit EL
PROJEKT: MAN D846A7 Zentralaggregat EL
C C
D D
E E
F F
67579 11.12.07 lwnpes3

issued
514 010 9040 06 002
assembly group
=ZA
sheet
1
02
Erstellt central power unit EL Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A

B B


BR Braun
RD red
GN Grün
WH withe
WS Weiss
PK pink
Silber
TK tank Y valves
Tank Ventile
UW under carriage
Unterwagen
ZA aggregate
Zentralaggregat
F F
issued
514 010 9040 06 002
assembly group
=ZA
sheet
2
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ZA.X1.P
module engine control
PLD.X1.F
=OW
Modul Dieselsteuerung
2.5Q 2 2
A 2 2.5Q 16 16
PS1 A
emergency start 3 66 66
GND PS1
Notstart 4 2.5Q 3 3
DI4
GND PS2
emergency speed 6 67 67
Notdrehzahl 2.5Q 1 1
DI5
8 2.5Q 15 15
PS1
9 4 4
GND PS1
10 68 68
PS2
11 BU 1Q 9 9
KL15
12 RD 1Q 8 8
CAN1 LOW
CAN1 HIGH
B B
ZA.X4.P
=OW
ZA.X3.P
1
power supply CR
2
=OW
Stromversorgung CR
RD 1Q 36 36
J BU 1Q 37 37
RS232 TXD
H BK 1Q 38 38
RS232 RXD
L+F2 G GND RS232
C 88 88 C
K1
ZA.X2.S
/3.F6
=OW
88a 88a
1 27 27
fan valve control DO6
2 26 26
BK 10Q
BK 10Q
Lüfterventil Ansteuerung GND DO6
3 RD 1Q 60 60
temperature of hydraulic oil TI1
4 BU 1Q 46 46
Hydrauliköltemperatur GND TI1
5 RD 1Q 63 63
X1 X2 POWER AI11
cooling water level ok 6 BU 1Q 62 62
Kühlwasserstand ok AI11 (0...36V)
7 BK 1Q 61 61
D GND AI11 D
8 RD 1Q 7 7
REF1 (AI1)
E1 air filter dirty 9 BU 1Q 6 6
Luftfilter verschmutzt AI1 (0...5V)
10 BK 1Q 5 5
11 BU 1Q 40 40
GND AI1
canline CAN1 LOW
~ 1,5kW CanLinie 12 RD 1Q 45 45
CAN1 HIGH
1.5Q LSTRT
/4.F1
D+
/4.F1
RD 25Q LKL15 53 53
/4.F1 DO1
30 +50 B2+ B1+
L+ 30 DFM 39 39
DO2
E
30
M 31
W
G L
BS Y3.X
E
1
15 86
1
88y
31 31 suction flap
G1 Ansaugklappe Y3 K1 K1
/3.F6 + /3.F6
M1 88b
2 85
Y3.X 64 64
2
L
DI2
12 12
GND DO5
88 88a
/3.C2
additional devices 87z 87a
F Zusatzeinrichtungen 88y 88b F
/3.E7
50069 12.05.06 lwnkas1

issued
514 010 9040 06 002
assembly group
=ZA
sheet
3
01
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PLD.X2.M
PLD.X2.M
module engine control module engine control ÖLD oil press. sensor signal
Modul Dieselsteuerung Modul Dieselsteuerung ÖLD Öldruckgeber Signal
A A
63 63 1 13 13 1
REF2 (AI3) DO7 KSD fuel press. sensor signal
49 49 3 27 27 2 KMV Y700
AI3 (0...5V) 2
ÖLD GND DO7 KSD Kraftstoffdruckgeber Signal
35 35 B701
GND AI3 14 14 2
62 62 1 DO8 28 28 1 AGR LLD char. air press sensor signal
Y701
REF2 (AI4) 48 48 3 GND DO8 43 43 3 LLD Ladeluftdruckgeber Signal
AI4 (0...5V) 2
KSD Power PS1 4
34 34 B702 65 65 AGR RM
GND AI4 DI8
LLT char. air temp.sensor signal
61 61 2 9 9 2
REF3 (AI5) CURR1 HIGH LLT Ladelufttemp. Geber Signal
47 47 1 10 10 1 MRV Y703
AI5 (0...5V) 3
LLD CURR1 LOW
33 33 B703
B GND AI5 RD rail press. sensor 1 signal B
60 60 3 RD Raildruckgeber 1 Signal
REF3 (AI6) 46 46 2
AI6 (0...5V) 1
RD KWT cool. water temp.sen. signal
32 32 B704
GND AI6 KWT Kühlwassertemp.Geb. Signal
22 22 X1
AHIGH (MV1) KST fuel press.temp. sen. signal
8 8 X2 MV Y731 KST Kraftstofftemp. Geb. Signal
MV1
21 21 X1
AHIGH (MV2) 7 7 X2 MV WS water sensor signal
Y732
MV2 WS Wassergeber Signal
C 20 20 X1 C
AHIGH (MV3) 6 6 X2 MV SPEED1 speed sensor 1 signal
Y733
MV3 SPEED1 Drehzahlgeber 1 Signal
51 51 1
TI3 INDEX index sensor signal
37 37 3 KWT B708 INDEX Indexgeber Signal
GND TI3 18 18 X1
52 52 1 BHIGH (MV5) 4 4 X2 MV Y734
TI4 38 38 3 LLT MV5 KMV turbo charger valve control
B707
GND TI4 17 17 X1 KMV Turboladerventil Ansteuerung
BHIGH (MV6) X2 MV
X701.P X701.S A701.X 3 3 Y735
53 53 2 2 RD 1Q 2 2
MV6 AGR AGR valve control
TI5 39 39 1 1 1 1 WS 16 16 X1
D GND TI5
BU 1Q A701
BHIGH (MV7) AGR AGR Ventil Ansteuerung D
2 2 X2 MV Y736
69 69 3 MV7
Power SPEED1 2
AGRRM AGR valve feedback
55 55
SPEED1 1
SPEED 1 AGRRM AGR Ventil Rückmessung
41 41 B711
GND SPEED1
MRV high press. contr. valve HS 1
MRV Hochdruckregel. Ventil HS 1
MV magnetic valve 1 / high
70 70 3 29 29
Power INDEX DO9 (12A) MV Magnetventil 1 / High
56 56 2
INDEX 1
INDEX
42 42 B713 64 64
GND INDEX DI1
E E
67 67
DO13
LKL15
/3.E4
D+
/3.E4
F LSTRT F
/3.E4
67579 10.12.07 lwnpes3

issued
514 010 9040 06 002
assembly group
=ZA
sheet
4
02
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
pin description pin sheet/col. description pin description pin sheet/col. description pin description pin sheet/col. description pin description pin sheet/col. description
Pin Beschr. Pin Blatt/Pfad Beschreibung Pin Beschr. Pin Blatt/Pfad Beschreibung Pin Beschr. Pin Blatt/Pfad Beschreibung Pin Beschr. Pin Blatt/Pfad Beschreibung
battery plus (KL30) spare press. sensor supply CANBUS 2 low cool. water level sen. ground
PS1 1 /3.A7
Batterieplus (KL30)
REF1 (AI2) 21 Res. Druckgeber Versorg.
CAN2 LOW 41 CANBus 2 Low
GND AI11 61 /3.D7
Kühlwasserstandgeber Masse
battery plus (KL30) CANBUS 2 high spare digital output LS cool. water level sen. signal
PS1 2 /3.A7
Batterieplus (KL30)
CAN2 HIGH 22 CANBus 2 High
DO12 (LS) 42 Res. Digitalausgang LS
AI11 (0...36V) 62 /3.D7
Kühlwasserstandgeber Signal
battery minus (KL31) CANBUS 2 low not connected cool. water level sen. supply
GND PS2 3 /3.A7
Batterieminus (KL31)
CAN2 LOW 23 CANBus 2 Low
nc 43 Nicht angeschlossen
POWER AI11 63 /3.D7
Kühlwasserstandgeber Vers.
B B
battery plus (KL30) CANBUS 2 ground not connected heating flange 1 monitoring
PS2 4 /3.B7
Batterieplus (KL30)
GND CAN2 24 CANBus 2 Masse
DI2 64 /3.F7
Heizflansch 1 Überwachung
air filter press. sensor ground control heating flange 2 CANBUS 1 high heating flange 2 monitoring
GND AI1 5 /3.D7
Luftfilterdruckgeber Masse
DO3 25 Ansteuerung Heizflansch 2
CAN1 HIGH 45 /3.D7
CANBus 1 High
DI3 65 Heizflansch 2 Überwachung
air filter press. sensor signal fan valve ground spare temp. sensor ground motor start signal KL50
AI1 (0...5V) 6 /3.D7
Luftfilterdruckgeber Signal
GND DO6 26 /3.D7
Lüfterventil Masse
GND TI1 46 /3.D7
Res. Temp. Geber Masse
DI4 66 /3.A7
Motorstartsignal KL50
air filter press. sensor supply fan valve control accelerator pedal 2 ground spare digital input
REF1 (AI1) 7 /3.D7
Luftfilterdruckgeber Versorg.
DO6 27 /3.C7
Lüfterventil Ansteuerung
GND AI10 47 Fahrpedal 2 Masse
DI5 67 /3.A7
Res. Digitaleingang
CANBUS 1 high spare digital output accelerator pedal 2 signal ignition KL15
CAN1 HIGH 8 /3.B7
CANBus 1 High
DO11 (LS) 28 Res. Digitalausgang
AI10 (0...20mA) 48 Fahrpedal 2 Signal
KL15 68 /3.B7
Zündung KL15
CANBUS 1 low not connected accelerator pedal 2 supply spare digital input
CAN1 LOW 9 /3.B7
CANBus 1 Low
POWER AI10 49 Fahrpedal 2 Versorg.
DI6 69 Res. Digitaleingang
C CANBUS 1 ground not connected LSB supply test stand identifying (LML)
C
GND CAN1 10 CANBus 1 Masse
POWER LSB 50 LSB Versorgung
DI7 70 Prüfstandskennung (LMB)
motor brake valve control not connected LSB signal
DO4 11 Motorbremsventil Ansteuerung
LSB 51 LSB Signal
spare digital output ground not connected LSB ground
GND DO5 12 /3.F7
Res. Digitalausgang Masse
GND LSB 52 LSB Masse
spare digital output accelerator pedal 1 ground spare digital output
DO5 13 Res. Digitalausgang
GND AI9 33 Fahrpedal 1 Masse
DO1 53 /3.E7
Res. Digitalausgang
fault lamp accelerator pedal 1 signal CANBUS1 with 120Ohm end
DO10 (LS) 14 Fehlerlampe
AI9 (0...20mA) 34 Fahrpedal 1 Signal
CAN1 RES 54 CANBus 1 mit 120Ohm Ende
battery minus (KL31) accelerator pedal 1 supply CANBUS2 with 120Ohm end
GND PS1 15 /3.B7
POWER AI9 35 Fahrpedal 1 Versorg.
CAN2 RES 55 CANBus 2 mit 120Ohm Ende
D battery minus (KL31) diagnostic interface TxD speed output signal D
GND PS1 16 /3.A7
RS232 TXD 36 /3.C7
Diagnoseschnittstelle TxD
FO 56 Drehzahlausgangssignal
not connected diagnostic interface RxD not connected
RS232 RXD 37 /3.C7
Diagnoseschnittstelle RxD
not connected diagnostic interface ground not connected
GND RS232 38 /3.C7
Diagnoseschnittstelle Masse
spare press. sensor ground control heating flange 1 CANBUS 2 high
GND AI2 19 Res. Druckgeber Masse
DO2 39 /3.E7
Ansteuerung Heizflansch 1
CAN2 HIGH 59 CANBus 2 High
spare press. sensor signal CANBUS 1 low spare temp. sensor signal
AI2 (0...5V) 20 Res. Druckgeber Signal
CAN1 LOW 40 /3.D7
CANBus 1 Low
TI1 60 /3.D7
Res. Temp. Geber Signal
diesel engine
Dieselmotor
E E
PLD
F F
issued
514 010 9040 06 002
assembly group
=ZA
sheet
5
Erstellt engine control PLD +X1.F Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Motorsteuerung PLD +X1.F Identnr.: 983886814 Ort
+4A von
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
pin description pin sheet/col. description pin description pin sheet/col. description pin description pin sheet/col. description pin description pin sheet/col. description
Pin Beschr. Pin Blatt/Pfad Beschreibung Pin Beschr. Pin Blatt/Pfad Beschreibung Pin Beschr. Pin Blatt/Pfad Beschreibung Pin Beschr. Pin Blatt/Pfad Beschreibung
magnetic valve 8 / low magnetic valve 2 / high speed sensor 1 ground char. air press sensor supply
MV8 1 Magnetventil 8 / Low
AHIGH (MV2) 21 /4.C5
Magnetventil 2 / High
GND SPEED1 41 /4.D2
Drehzahlgeber 1 Masse
REF3 (AI5) 61 /4.B2
Ladeluftdruckgeber Versorg.
magnetic valve 7 / low magnetic valve 1 / high index sensor ground fuel press. sensor supply
MV7 2 /4.D5
Magnetventil 7 / Low
GND INDEX 42 /4.E2
Indexgeber Masse
REF2 (AI4) 62 /4.A2
Kraftstoffdruckgeber Vers.
magnetic valve 6 / low spare rate sensor ground supply battery oil press. sensor supply
MV6 3 /4.D5
GND FI1 23 Res. Frequenzgeber Masse
Power PS1 43 /4.B5
Versorgung Batterie
REF2 (AI3) 63 /4.A2
Öldruckgeber Versorg.
B B
magnetic valve 5 / low spare rate sensor signal spare press. sensor signal alternator D+ signal
MV5 4 /4.D5
FI1 24 Res. Frequenzgeber Signal
AI8 (0...5V) 44 Res. Druckgeber Signal
DI1 64 /4.E5
Lichtmaschine D+ Signal
magnetic valve 4 / low spare rate sensor signal rail press. sensor 2 signal AGR valve feedback
MV4 5 Magnetventil 4 / Low
FI2 25 Res. Frequenzgeber Signal
AI7 (0...5V) 45 Raildruckgeber 2 Signal
DI8 65 /4.B5
AGR Ventil Rückmessung
magnetic valve 3 / low spare rate sensor ground rail press. sensor 1 signal spare digital input
MV3 6 /4.C5
GND FI2 26 Res. Frequenzgeber Masse
AI6 (0...5V) 46 /4.B2
Raildruckgeber 1 Signal
DI9 66 Res. Digitaleingang
magnetic valve 2 / low turbo charger valve ground char. air press sensor signal ignition KL15
MV2 7 /4.C5
GND DO7 27 /4.A5
Turboladerventil Masse
AI5 (0...5V) 47 /4.B2
Ladeluftdruckgeber Signal
DO13 67 /4.E5
Zündung KL15
magnetic valve 1 / low AGR valve ground fuel press. sensor signal speed sensor 2 supply
MV1 8 /4.C5
GND DO8 28 /4.A5
AGR Ventil Masse
AI4 (0...5V) 48 /4.B2
Kraftstoffdruckgeber Signal
Power SPEED2 68 Drehzahlgeber 2 Versorg.
high press. contr. valve HS 1 starter control KL50A oil press. sensor signal speed sensor 1 supply
CURR1 HIGH 9 /4.B5
Hochdruckregel. Ventil HS 1
DO9 (12A) 29 /4.E5
Anlassersteuerung KL50A
AI3 (0...5V) 49 /4.A2
Öldruckgeber Signal
Power SPEED1 69 /4.D2
Drehzahlgeber 1 Versorg.
C high press. contr. valve LS 1 spare press. sensor ground char. air temp.sensor signal index sensor supply
C
CURR1 LOW 10 /4.B5
Hochdruckregel. Ventil LS 1
GND AI8 30 Res. Druckgeber Masse
TI2 50 Ladelufttemp. Geber Signal
Power INDEX 70 /4.E2
Indexgeber Versorg.
high press. contr. valve HS 2 rail press. sensor 2 ground cool. water temp.sen. signal
CURR2 HIGH 11 Hochdruckregel. Ventil HS 2
GND AI7 31 Raildruckgeber 2 Masse
TI3 51 /4.C2
Kühlwassertemp.Geb. Signal
high press. contr. valve LS 2 rail press. sensor 1 ground fuel press.temp. sen. signal
CURR2 LOW 12 Hochdruckregel. Ventil LS 2
GND AI6 32 /4.B2
Raildruckgeber 1 Masse
TI4 52 /4.D2
Kraftstofftemp. Geb. Signal
turbo charger valve control char. air press sensor ground water sensor signal
DO7 13 /4.A5
Turboladerventil Ansteuerung
GND AI5 33 /4.B2
Ladeluftdruckgeber Masse
TI5 53 /4.D2
Wassergeber Signal
AGR valve control fuel press. sensor ground speed sensor 2 signal
DO8 14 /4.A5
AGR Ventil Ansteuerung
GND AI4 34 /4.B2
Kraftstoffdruckgeber Masse
SPEED2 54 Drehzahlgeber 2 Signal
magnetic valve 8 / high oil press. sensor ground speed sensor 1 signal
BHIGH (MV8) 15 Magnetventil 8 / High
GND AI3 35 /4.A2
Öldruckgeber Masse
SPEED1 55 /4.D2
Drehzahlgeber 1 Signal
D magnetic valve 7 / high char. air press sensor ground index sensor signal D
BHIGH (MV7) 16 /4.D5
GND TI2 36 Ladeluftdruckgeber Masse
INDEX 56 /4.E2
Indexgeber Signal
magnetic valve 6 / high cool. water temp.sen. ground water sensor supply
BHIGH (MV6) 17 /4.D5
GND TI3 37 /4.C2
Kühlwassertemp.Geb. Masse
Power PS1 57 Wassergeber Versorgung
magnetic valve 5 / high fuel press.temp. sen. ground spare press. sensor supply
BHIGH (MV5) 18 /4.C5
GND TI4 38 /4.D2
Kraftstofftemp. Geb. Masse
REF4 (AI8) 58 Res. Druckgeber Versorg.
magnetic valve 4 / high water sensor ground rail press. sensor 2 supply
AHIGH (MV4) 19 Magnetventil 4 / High
GND TI5 39 /4.D2
Wassergeber Masse
REF4 (AI7) 59 Raildruckgeber 2 Versorg.
magnetic valve 3 / high speed sensor 2 ground rail press. sensor 1 supply
GND SPEED2 40 Drehzahlgeber 2 Masse
REF3 (AI6) 60 /4.B2
Raildruckgeber 1 Versorg.
diesel engine
Dieselmotor
E E
PLD
F F
issued
514 010 9040 06 002
assembly group
=ZA
sheet
6
Erstellt engine control PLD +X2.M Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Motorsteuerung PLD +X2.M Identnr.: 983886814 Ort
+4A von
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
/3.A2
/3.A2
/3.A2
/3.A2
/3.B2
/3.B2
/3.B2
/3.B2
/3.B2
=OW
10
12
11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
ZA.X1.P
B B
/3.D5
/3.D5
/3.D5
/3.D5
/3.D5
/3.D5
/3.D5
/3.D5
/3.D5
/3.D5
/3.D5
/3.D5
=OW
10
12
ZA.X2.S 11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
/3.C5
/3.C5
/3.C5
=OW
A
G
B
D
E
H
F
ZA.X3.P
C C
/3.B2
/3.B2
=OW
2
3
4
1
ZA.X4.P
D D
E E
F F
50069 12.05.06 lwnkas1

issued
514 010 9040 06 002
assembly group
=ZA
sheet
7
01
Erstellt plug connection Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Steckerbelegung Identnr.: 983886814 Ort
+4A von
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
modification index
A Änderungsindex A
Datum
12.05.06 Datum
10.12.07 Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum
Änd. Nr.:
50069 Änd. Nr.:
67579 Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.:
1 1
3 4
7 8
B B
8
C C
D D
E E
F F
67579 10.12.07 lwnpes3

issued LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH drawing no.:
514 010 9040 06 002
8
02
Erstellt modification index Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
CRANE TYPE: LB 20 / 24 / 28 / 36 A
KRANTYP:
ORDER NO:
AUFTRAGSNR.:
B B
PROJECT: leader el.

PROJEKT: Mäkler El.
C C
D D
E E
F F
78502 16.03.10 lwnkas1

issued
24.09.07 lwnkas1 LIEBHERR-WERK NENZING GMBH leader el. drawing no.:
550 107 9000 06 103
assembly group
=MK
sheet
Blatt 1
03
ind: mod.no.: date name approved A-6710 NENZING ident. no.: location of
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Mäkler El. Identnr.: 984375514 Ort
+4A von
12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
INDEX:
1 leader el.
Mäkler El.
2 index
Inhaltsverzeichnis
3 components identification
Gerätebezeichnung
4 general arrangement leader
Übersicht Mäkler
B B
5 leader el.
Mäkler El.
10 plug connection
Steckerbelegung
11 device register
Geräteverzeichnis
C C
D D
E E
F F
issued
24.09.07 lwnkas1 LIEBHERR-WERK NENZING GMBH index drawing no.:
550 107 9000 06 103
assembly group
=MK
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A A

1 W 20 . 1 =DS + 4H - S01 X... panel..., junction box...
B B
ASSEMBLY GROUP FUNCTION GROUP KIND OF ITEM COLOUR - CODE FOR CABLE CORES
Anlage Funktionsgruppe Art des Betriebsmittels Farb - Code für Kabeladern

BR Braun
RD red
GN Grün
Generator Hubwerk ( Haupt-) Anzeigegeräte BL Blau
WH withe
WS Weiss
PK pink
- Silber
TK tank Y valves
Tank Ventile
UW under carriage
Unterwagen
ZA aggregate
Aggregat
F F
issued
24.09.07 lwnkas1 LIEBHERR-WERK NENZING GMBH components identification drawing no.:
550 107 9000 06 103
assembly group
=MK
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
A
E
B
D
C
03
-B16.X -B9.X
air speed indicator leader head v +4H -2W4.3 kN +4H force transmitter auxiliary winch
-B16
78502
7
mA mA
3
Windgeschwindigkeitsanzeiger Mäklerkopf -B9 Kraftmesslasche Hilfswinde
=MK+KLD2 -B9.X
ind: mod.no.: date

+4G -2W4.1 kN +4G force transmitter main winch

-H1.X.S
05.12.08
mA
3
warning lights H1 -B9 Kraftmessachse Hauptwinde
1
1
-H1
4
4
12 terminals
Warnleuchte H1
-H1.X.P 12 Klemmen -2W2
name
Name
+4H aux. winch upper limit switch
lwnkas1
+KLD2 -S1 Hilfswinde Endschalter oben
-H2.X.S
25
warning lights H2 -H2 -X23.P
4
4
-2W4.2
issued
Warnleuchte H2 -2W1
Erstellt
geprüft
-X23.S +4G main winch upper limit switch
25
-H2.X.P
approved
+KLD2 -S1 Hauptwinde Endschalter oben
3m Kabel am Geber
additional devices
crowd winch
Zusatzeinrichtungen
+4V upper limit switch CW ok gallows
Vorschubwinde -S7 Endschalter oben VW ok
+4V
Galgen
+4V
-Y6.X
trimot crowd winch +4V P +4V system pressure crowd winch Pull Up
4
-B9.X 4
mA
24.09.07 lwnkas1
Trimot Vorschubwinde -Y6 -B9 Systemdruck Vorschubwinde Pull Up
2
2
+4V
-6W4.24
-Y5.X
brake crowd winch +4V
4
Bremse Vorschubwinde -Y5
+4V
-6W4.23
rpm -B7.X
rope length indication CW +4V leader Oberteil
12
Seillängenmessung VW -B7
A-6710
+4V
Mäkler Oberteil
-6W4.22
-B5.X
system pressure CW lifting, hydr. connection A +4V
Copyright (c)
P
Urheberrecht (c)
4
Systemdruck VW heben, Hydr. Anschluß A -B5 mA leader Mittelteil
3
3
-6W20
+4V
NENZING
-6W4.32
-6W4.20 Mäkler Mittelteil

-B6.X
system pressure CW lowering, hydr. connection B +4V P
Systemdruck VW senken, Hydr. Anschluß B -B6 mA 4
=MK+KLD6
cable register leader el. KLD2
-6W4.21
Kabel - Register Mäkler El. KLD2
-6W4.35
+4V
+4V
kN -B10.X
force transmitter CW Pull Down -B10
leader
3
Kraftmesslasche VW Pull Down /7.F6 mA

Mäkler
+4T
-X10.1.S
-6W4.36
free turn worm cleaner

Freilauf Schneckenputzer 6
Übersicht Mäkler
4
4
+4T
-X13.S
24 -6W4.31
inclination limit switch left +4T 50 terminals
Neigungsendschalter links -S12 50 Klemmen
LIEBHERR-WERK NENZING GMBH general arrangement leader

inclination limit switch right +4T
-6W4.30
-6W12
auxiliary winch Neigungsendschalter rechts -S13

-6W4.10
-6W4.34
-6W4.33
Hilfswinde
+4H
+4H
aux. winch brake -Y5.X
5
5
-Y5
4
Bremse Hilfswinde
cable register leader el. KLD6
Kabel - Register Mäkler El. KLD6
main winch
-1W6
Hauptwinde
-13W13
+4G
+4G
-Y8.X
free turn main winch -Y8
4
Freilauf Hauptwinde
6
6
+4G
-6W4.3
+4G -Y8.1.X
free turn main winch 2 -Y8.1
4
Identnr.:
Freilauf Hauptwinde 2
ident. no.:
8m Kabel am Geber
drawing no.:
Zeichnungsnr.:
+4G
-6W4.5
+4G
-Y5.X inclinometer x / y - axis
mA
main winch brake -Y5 Neigungsmesser x / y - Achse

4
Bremse Hauptwinde
+4T
+4G -B12
-6W4.2
+4G
-S45.X
standstill indicator main winch -S45
4
Stillstandswächter Hauptwinde
leader lower part
7
7
-6W4.4
+4G +4G
Mäkler Unterteil
-B14.X
+4V
-B7 rpm -B7.X

gear cam limit switch main winch
984375514
12
Getriebenockenendsch. Hauptwinde
-6W4.1
P

mA
550 107 9000 06 103
+4V
-B14
Ort
+4T
=OW
Anlage
location
assembly group
8
8
=OW
+4A
=MK
lower limit switch CW ok

rope lenght sensor hg
-X13.P 25 -X1.P 47
Endschalter unten VW ok
Seillängenmessung HW
of
von
+4V
sheet
main winch lower limit switch
-S8
Hauptwinde Endschalter unten
Blatt 4
12
F
A
E
B
D
C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
to fuse F31
zur Sicherung F31 P
power supply 24VDC aux. winch upper limit switch main winch upper limit switch main winch lower limit switch upper limit switch CW ok aux. winch lower limit switch lower limit switch CW ok system pressure tower brace Z8
A Stromversorgung 24VDC Hilfswinde Endschalter oben Hauptwinde Endschalter oben Hauptwinde Endschalter unten Endschalter oben VW ok Hilfswinde Endschalter unten Endschalter unten VW ok Systemdruck Mastabstützung Z8 A
-X1.P 1 -X1.P 2 -X1.P 3 -X1.P 4 -X1.P 5 -X1.P 6 -X1.P 7 -X1.P 8

LIM
=OW =OW =OW =OW =OW =OW =OW =OW
1,46 1Q,1Q
2 1Q
3 1Q
4 1Q
5 1Q
6 1Q
7 1Q
8 1Q
B B
+KLD6
Stromversorgung 24VDC Messmasse 0/24V
MM
-X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 -X1
+
+
2
8
C C
1 1Q
2 1Q
3 1Q
4 1Q
1
5
2
+4G
-B7.X 6
6 +4V
+KLD2 +KLD2 +KLD2 +KLD2
2
1
-B14.X
S1.1
D -X23.S 1 -X23.S 2 -X23.S 3 -X23.S 4 +4V 1 3 1 3 2 D
+4G /4.C8 + -
-X23.P 1 -X23.P 2 -X23.P 3 -X23.P -S8 sig.
-B7 4 /4.C8 -B14
/4.D7
S1.2 2 4 4-20mA
S1.4
+KLD2 +KLD2 +4V
7 8 P
-X1 -X1 2 -X1 3 -X1 4 0 - 400 bar
+
-B7.X 8
+4G
1
4
2
E 4 3 1 4 3 1 E
+4V 1 3
+4H +4G -S7
-S1 -S1 /4.C2
/4.B1 /4.B1 2 4
2 2
2
F F
78502 05.12.08 lwnkas1

issued
550 107 9000 06 103
assembly group
=MK
sheet
Blatt 5
03
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
STOP
P P
standstill indicator main winch system pressure CW lifting rope length indication CW system pressure CW lowering
A Stillstandswächter Hauptwinde Systemdruck VW heben Seillängenmessung VW Systemdruck VW senken A
-X1.P -X1.P -X1.P -X1.P

9 10 12 11 13
=OW =OW =OW =OW
9 1Q
10 1Q
12 1Q
11 1Q
13 1Q
B B
+KLD6
Stromversorgung 24VDC Messmasse 0/24V
MM
10
12
11
13
-X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 -X1
+
9
C C
1
1
4
2
+4V
+4G -B7.X 2 1 3 4
-S45.X 1 4 3 2 1 5 3 4
1 4 3 2 +4V +4V
-B5.X 1 3 2 -B6.X 1 3 2
D 1 3 2 + 0 A B 1 3 2 D
-
/4.D7 + - sig. /4.D3 + - sig. /4.D3 /4.D3 + - sig.
-S45 -B5 4-20mA -B7 -B6 4-20mA
+4G +4V +4V +4V
P P
0 - 400 bar RPM 0 - 400 bar
E E
additional devices
70039 07.03.08 lwnkas1

issued
550 107 9000 06 103
assembly group
=MK
sheet
Blatt 6
01
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
P F F
aux. winch brake brake crowd winch trimot crowd winch power supply 0/24V system pressure crowd winch Pull Up force transmitter CW Pull Down measuring supply 0/24V force transmitter main winch
A Bremse Hilfswinde Bremse Vorschubwinde Trimot Vorschubwinde Leistungsmasse 0/24V Systemdruck Vorschubwinde Pull Up Kraftmesslasche VW Pull Down Messmasse 0/24V Kraftmessachse Hauptwinde A
-X1.P -X1.P -X1.P -X1.P -X1.P -X1.P -X1.P -X1.P

14 15 16 17 20 32 18 19
=OW =OW =OW =OW =OW =OW =OW =OW
17,47 1Q,1Q
18,48 1Q,1Q
14 1Q
15 1Q
16 1Q
20 1Q
32 1Q
19 1Q
B B
+KLD6
MM
20
32
14
15
16
19
M
M
-X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 -X1
+
C C
GNYE 1Q
11 1Q
8 1Q
1
+4H +4V +4V

-Y5.X 1 -Y5.X 1 -Y6.X 1
1 1 1
+4H +4V +4V +KLD2 +KLD2 +KLD2
D -Y5 -Y5 -Y6 -X23.S 24 -X23.S 23 -X23.S 8 D
/4.D5 /4.D2 /4.D2 -X23.P +KLD2 -X23.P -X23.P 8
2 2 2 24 23
-Y5.X 2 -Y5.X 2 -Y6.X 2 +KLD2 power supply 24VDC
+4H +4V +4V Stromversorgung 24VDC
2
-X1 M -X1 -X1 MM -X1 8
+
E E
1
1
2
2
+4V +4V +4G
-B9.X 1 3 2 -B10.X A C B -B9.X A C B
1 3 2 A C B A C B
/4.B2 + - sig. /4.D4 + - sig. /4.B1 + - sig.
-B9 4-20mA -B10 4-20mA -B9 4-20mA
+4V +4V +4G
additional devices
P
F Zusatzeinrichtungen
0 - 400 bar kN kN F
70039 07.03.08 lwnkas1

issued
550 107 9000 06 103
assembly group
=MK
sheet
Blatt 7
01
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
HW
F x y
force transmitter auxiliary winch main winch brake rope lenght sensor hg inclinometer x / y - axis
A Kraftmesslasche Hilfswinde Bremse Hauptwinde Seillängenmessung HW Neigungsmesser x / y - Achse A
-X1.P -X1.P -X1.P -X1.P

21 22 25 24 27 28
=OW =OW =OW =OW
21 1Q
22 1Q
25 1Q
24 1Q
27 1Q
28 1Q
B B
+KLD6
power supply 0/24V power supply 24VDC measuring supply 0/24V
Leistungsmasse 0/24V Stromversorgung 24VDC Messmasse 0/24V
MM
21
22
25
24
27
28
M
-X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 -X1
+
C C
5 1Q
4
1
2
1
+4G
+4G -B7.X 2 1 3 4
-Y5.X 1 2 1 5 3 4
2
1 1
+KLD2 +4G
D -X23.S 5 -Y5 + 0 A B 3 4 5 6 1 2 D
-
+KLD2 measuring supply 0/24V -X23.P /4.D7 /4.D7 /4.C7 X GND Y GND +24V GND
Messmasse 0/24V 5 2 -B7 -B12
power supply 24VDC -Y5.X 2 +4G +4T 4-20mA
Stromversorgung 24VDC +4G
-X1 -X1 MM -X1 5 RPM

+
2
1
E E
+4H
-B9.X A C B
A C B
/4.B1 + - sig.
-B9 4-20mA
+4H
additional devices
F Zusatzeinrichtungen kN F
70039 07.03.08 lwnkas1

issued
550 107 9000 06 103
assembly group
=MK
sheet
Blatt 8
01
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
inclination limit switch right inclination limit switch left free turn main winch free turn main winch 2 free turn worm cleaner obstruction light leader head air speed indicator leader head
A Neigungsendschalter rechts Neigungsendschalter links Freilauf Hauptwinde Freilauf Hauptwinde 2 Freilauf Schneckenputzer Flugwarnlicht Mäklerkopf Windgeschwindigkeitsanzeiger Mäklerkopf A
-X1.P -X1.P -X1.P -X1.P -X1.P -X1.P
33
34
26
29 30 31 41
=OW =OW =OW =OW =OW =OW
29 1Q
30 1Q
31 1Q
33 1Q
34 1Q
26 1Q
41 1Q
B B
+KLD6
power supply 24VDC power supply 0/24V
Stromversorgung 24VDC Leistungsmasse 0/24V
29
30
31
33
34
26
M
-X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 41
+
C C
6 1Q
7 1Q
1
1
+4G +4G +4T
-Y8.X 1 -Y8.1.X -X10.1.S
2
1
1 1
+4T 1 3 +4T 1 3 +4G +4G +KLD2 +KLD2
D adapter connector bulkhead plate D
-S13 -S12 -Y8 -Y8.1 -X23.S 6 -X23.S 7
/4.C5 /4.C4 /4.D6 /4.D6 Übergabestecker Schottplatte +KLD2
2 4 2 4 -X23.P 6 -X23.P 7
2 2
-Y8.X 2 -Y8.1.X -X10.1.S
6
+4G +4G +4T
-X1 6 -X1 7
2
E E
additional devices
78502 05.12.08 lwnkas1

issued
550 107 9000 06 103
assembly group
=MK
sheet
Blatt 9
03
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
A
E
B
D
C
02
75030
ind: mod.no.: date
=OW
+KLD2
-X23.P
-X23.S
+KLD2
-X1.P

13.08.08
1
1
/5.D1 /5.D1 /5.A1

1 1 1
/5.D2 /5.D2 /5.A2
2 2 2
name
Name
/5.D3 /5.D3 /5.A3
lwnkas1
3 3 3
/5.D5 /5.D5 /5.A4
4 4 4
/8.D2 /8.D2 /5.A5
5 5 5
issued
Erstellt
geprüft
/9.D7 /9.D7 /5.A6
approved
6 6 6
/9.D8 /9.D8 /5.A7
7 7 7
/7.D8 /7.D8 /5.A8
8 8 8
/6.A2
9 9 9
/6.A3
10 10 10
/6.A7
11 11 11
/6.A6
12 12 12
/6.A8
13 13 13
24.09.07 lwnkas1
/7.A1
2
2
14 14 14
/7.A2
15 15 15
/7.A3
16 16 16
/7.A4
17 17 17
/7.A7
18 18 18
/7.A8
19 19 19
/7.A5
20 20 20
/8.A2
21 21 21
/8.A4
A-6710
22 22 22
/7.D7 /7.D7
23 23 23
/7.D4 /7.D4 /8.A5
24 24 24
Copyright (c)
/8.A5
Urheberrecht (c)
25
/9.A7
PE PE 26
3
3
/8.A7
NENZING
27
/8.A8
28
/9.A1
29
/9.A2
30
/9.A3
31
/7.A6
32
/9.A4
33
/9.A5
34
35
36
37
38
4
4
39
40
/9.A8
41
42
43
44
45
LIEBHERR-WERK NENZING GMBH plug connection + connection cable

46
Steckerbelegung + Verbindungskabel
PE
5
5
+4T
=OW
+4T
-X13.S
-X13.P
1 0.5Q
1 2 0.5Q 1
2 3 0.5Q 2
3 4 0.5Q 3
6
6
4 5 0.5Q 4
5 6 0.5Q 5
6 7,25 0.5Q,1Q 6
Identnr.:
0.5Q,1Q 7
ident. no.:
7 8,26
drawing no.:
8 9 0.5Q 8
Zeichnungsnr.:
9 10,27 0.5Q,1Q 9
10 11,28 0.5Q,1Q 10
11 12,29 0.5Q,1Q 11
12 13 0.5Q 12
13 14 0.5Q 13
14 15 1Q 14
15 16 1Q 15
16
7
7
16 17 1Q
17 18 1Q 17
18 19 1Q 18
1Q 19
984375514
19 20
20 21 1Q 20
21 22 1Q 21
550 107 9000 06 103
22 23 1Q 22
23 24 1Q 23
24 24
Ort
Anlage
location
assembly group
8
8
+4A
=MK
of
von
sheet
12
Blatt 10
F
A
E
B
D
C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
force transmitter CW Pull Down aux. winch upper limit switch
A -B10 =MK +4V /7.E6/984375514 Kraftmesslasche VW Pull Down -S1 =MK +4H /5.E2/984375514 Hilfswinde Endschalter oben A
force transmitter CW Pull Down aux. winch upper limit switch

-B10 =MK +4V /4.D4/984375514 Kraftmesslasche VW Pull Down -S1 =MK +4H /4.B1/984375514 Hilfswinde Endschalter oben
inclinometer x / y - axis inclination limit switch left
-B12 =MK +4T /8.D7/984375514 Neigungsmesser x / y - Achse -S12 =MK +4T /9.D3/984375514 Neigungsendschalter links
inclinometer x / y - axis inclination limit switch left
-B12 =MK +4T /4.C6/984375514 Neigungsmesser x / y - Achse -S12 =MK +4T /4.C4/984375514 Neigungsendschalter links
system pressure tower brace Z8 inclination limit switch right
-B14 =MK +4V /5.D8/984375514 Systemdruck Mastabstützung Z8 -S13 =MK +4T /9.D2/984375514 Neigungsendschalter rechts
B system pressure tower brace Z8 inclination limit switch right B
-B14 =MK +4V /4.C7/984375514 Systemdruck Mastabstützung Z8 -S13 =MK +4T /4.C4/984375514 Neigungsendschalter rechts
air speed indicator leader head standstill indicator main winch
-B16 =MK +4A /4.D1/984375514 Windgeschwindigkeitsanzeiger Mäklerkopf -S45 =MK +4G /6.D1/984375514 Stillstandswächter Hauptwinde
system pressure CW lifting standstill indicator main winch
-B5 =MK +4V /6.D3/984375514 Systemdruck VW heben -S45 =MK +4G /4.D7/984375514 Stillstandswächter Hauptwinde
system pressure CW lifting upper limit switch CW ok
-B5 =MK +4V /4.D3/984375514 Systemdruck VW heben -S7 =MK +4V /5.E5/984375514 Endschalter oben VW ok
system pressure CW lowering upper limit switch CW ok
-B6 =MK +4V /6.D8/984375514 Systemdruck VW senken -S7 =MK +4V /4.B2/984375514 Endschalter oben VW ok
C system pressure CW lowering lower limit switch CW ok C
-B6 =MK +4V /4.D3/984375514 Systemdruck VW senken -S8 =MK +4V /5.D7/984375514 Endschalter unten VW ok
rope lenght sensor hg lower limit switch CW ok
-B7 =MK +4G /8.D5/984375514 Seillängenmessung HW -S8 =MK +4V /4.C8/984375514 Endschalter unten VW ok
main winch lower limit switch main winch brake
-B7 =MK +4G /5.D4/984375514 Hauptwinde Endschalter unten -Y5 =MK +4G /8.D4/984375514 Bremse Hauptwinde
rope length indication CW main winch brake
-B7 =MK +4V /6.D6/984375514 Seillängenmessung VW -Y5 =MK +4G /4.D7/984375514 Bremse Hauptwinde
rope length indication CW aux. winch brake
-B7 =MK +4V /4.D3/984375514 Seillängenmessung VW -Y5 =MK +4H /7.D1/984375514 Bremse Hilfswinde
D force transmitter main winch aux. winch brake D
-B9 =MK +4G /7.E8/984375514 Kraftmessachse Hauptwinde -Y5 =MK +4H /4.D5/984375514 Bremse Hilfswinde
force transmitter main winch brake crowd winch
-B9 =MK +4G /4.B1/984375514 Kraftmessachse Hauptwinde -Y5 =MK +4V /7.D2/984375514 Bremse Vorschubwinde
force transmitter auxiliary winch brake crowd winch
-B9 =MK +4H /8.E2/984375514 Kraftmesslasche Hilfswinde -Y5 =MK +4V /4.D2/984375514 Bremse Vorschubwinde
force transmitter auxiliary winch trimot crowd winch
-B9 =MK +4H /4.B1/984375514 Kraftmesslasche Hilfswinde -Y6 =MK +4V /7.D3/984375514 Trimot Vorschubwinde
system pressure crowd winch Pull Up trimot crowd winch
-B9 =MK +4V /7.E5/984375514 Systemdruck Vorschubwinde Pull Up -Y6 =MK +4V /4.D2/984375514 Trimot Vorschubwinde
E system pressure crowd winch Pull Up free turn main winch E
-B9 =MK +4V /4.C2/984375514 Systemdruck Vorschubwinde Pull Up -Y8 =MK +4G /9.D4/984375514 Freilauf Hauptwinde
warning lights H1 free turn main winch
-H1 =MK +4A /4.D1/984375514 Warnleuchte H1 -Y8 =MK +4G /4.D6/984375514 Freilauf Hauptwinde
warning lights H2 free turn main winch 2
-H2 =MK +4A /4.D1/984375514 Warnleuchte H2 -Y8.1 =MK +4G /9.D5/984375514 Freilauf Hauptwinde 2
main winch upper limit switch free turn main winch 2
-S1 =MK +4G /5.E3/984375514 Hauptwinde Endschalter oben -Y8.1 =MK +4G /4.D6/984375514 Freilauf Hauptwinde 2
main winch upper limit switch
-S1 =MK +4G /4.B1/984375514 Hauptwinde Endschalter oben
F F
75030 13.08.08 lwnkas1

issued
24.09.07 lwnkas1 LIEBHERR-WERK NENZING GMBH device register drawing no.:
550 107 9000 06 103
assembly group
=MK
sheet
Blatt 11
02
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Geräteverzeichnis Identnr.: 984375514 Ort
+4A von
12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
modification index
A Änderungsindex A
Datum
05.03.08 Datum
13.08.08 Datum
05.12.08 Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum
Änd. Nr.:
70039 Änd. Nr.:
75030 Änd. Nr.:
78502 Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.:
1 1 1
4 4 4
5 9 5
B B
11 10 9
12 11 12
12
C C
D D
E E
F F
78502 05.12.08 lwnkas1

issued LIEBHERR-WERK NENZING GMBH modification index drawing no.:
550 107 9000 06 103
Blatt 12
03
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
CRANE TYPE: LR / HS / LRB / LB A
KRANTYP:
ORDER NO:
AUFTRAGSNR.:
B B
PROJECT: switch cabinet X1
PROJEKT: Schaltschrank X1
C C
D D
E E
F F
76733 09.10.08 lwnkas1

issued
02.04.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH switch cabinet X1 drawing no.:
514 020 9010 00 001
assembly group
=KB
sheet
Blatt 1
01
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Schaltschrank X1 Identnr.: 991751014 Ort
+X1 von
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
counterweight carrier
Ballastwagen
FUSE LIST parts list switch cabinet X1: 2 K91 K92

85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86
Sicherungsliste Stücklistenposition Schaltschrank X1: 2 20A 20A
control system is mounted over the
cable harness parts list switch cabinet X1: 25 componenets with distance bolts!
Kabelstrang Stücklistenposition Schaltschrank X1: 25 Steuerrechner ist mit Distanzbolzen
Scheinwerfer Ausleger verstellbar
über den Bauteilen montiert!
RFK frequency measurement
Scheinwerfer Ausleger verstellbar
floodlight boom adjustable
NRS Frequenzmessung
floodlight boom adjustable
auxiliary heating (water)
Standheizung (Wasser)
heating fuel oil filter
NRS Hammer El
Zentralschmierung LRB
Zentralschmierung
RFK hammer el
auxiliary heating (air)
Dieselfilterheizung
central lubrication LRB
central lubrication
Standheizung (Luft)
Klimaanlage
air condition
B 21 CT Kanal 80x30 control system B
Steuerrechner
81 81 A1 11 21
1 2 3 83 83 DC/DC potential transformer
91
83 83 4 5 6 DC/DC Wandler
31 32 9
84 84
K39.
LI LED+
E2
84 84
K1 K2

7
B1
B2
+
4
213 87
85 86
50A
30 87
85 86
50A
30
K32 K33 K29 K30 K31 K37 K38
85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86
4pol. / 5A
3
2
K1.1K1.2
85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86
24 22 34
LI LI
211 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A
14 12 A2 7 8 9
1 20A 20A
1 2 3 10 11 12
X77.S
4 5 6
7 8 9
opt. GSM modem
438
CU1
10 11 12
13 14 15
Opt. GSM Modem
16 17 18
31
MO1
CT Kanal 80x30
4
3
9
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
4
2
8
3
1
85
7
2
6
21
41
91
31
11
20
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
40
42
43
92
30
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
1
2
1
51
5
A1 15 B1
800
25 1 2 3 4
K2 K3 K5 K6 K7 K8.1K8.2 K9 K10 K11K12
X3.P
5 6 7 8
C C
K3
9 10 11 12 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86
13 14 15 16
28 26
17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 K25 K24 K23 K22 K21K19 K18 K17 K16 K15 K14 K13
85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
18 16 A2
71
61
81
51
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
64
63
62
60
49
48
47
46
45
44
85
84
83
82
80
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
50
6
7
5
8
9
RFK press el.
fuse parts list switch cabinet X1: 66 69
NRS Presse El.
CT Kanal 80x30 Sicherung Stücklistenposition Schaltschrank X1: 66 69 counterweight carrier diaphragm wall cutter el.
64 64 65 65 70 Ballastwagen Schlitzwandfräse El.
57
XF
XF
XF
XF
XF
XF
XF
XF
XF
XF
XF
XF
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
F101
F111
F102
F103
F112
F113
F21
F31
F41
F71
F61
F22
F23
F32
F33
F42
F43
F44
F45
F46
F47
F48
F72
F73
F74
F75
F76
F77
F78
F63
LP 2 2 2
LIM 2 2 2
LI 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
LED 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
LI 2 2 2
LED 2 2 2
LD 2 2
10A 10A 5A 5A 10A 10A 10A 15A 15A 10A 10A 10A 5A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 20A 10A
P2 P3 P4 P7 P10 P11 P6
21
21
48
48
55
56
82
85
85
86
86
spare fuse
1
+ + + + Reserve Sicherung + + +
10A 5A 5A 10A 10A 10A 15A 15A 15A 15A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 7.5A 15A 10A 10A 10A 10A
CT Kanal 80x45
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
F104
F51
F81
F24
F25
F26
F34
F35
F36
F49
F50
F52
F53
F54
F55
F56
F79
F80
F82
F83
F84
F85
F86
F64
F65
F66
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 5 6 4 5 6 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 4 5 6 4 5 6 4 5 6
auxiliary heating (water)
Standheizung (Wasser)
heating fuel oil filter
auxiliary heating (air)
Dieselfilterheizung
Standheizung (Luft)
CT Kanal 80x45 obstruction light
Flugwarnlicht
75 75
D D
M
M
73 55
61 60 63 63 61 61 62 60
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
R1
M
M
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
settings:
2
Einstellungen
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
F11
F14
F12
F10
F1
F2
F8
F6
F3
F4
F5
F7
bridges connection voltage

2+3 1+4 230VAC
PE 1 2 3 4
1+3 2+4 1+2 115VAC
843
13A 10A 50A 50A 13A 13A 20A 10A 16A 10A 16A 6A
obstruction light RFK external battery supply
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 78 Flugwarnlicht NRS Fremdeinspeisung Batterie
MM
MM
MM
battery charger
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
31 1 3 5
A1 15 B1 A1 15 B1
LIM LI LP LB+F7 LB+ LB+ 43
Batterieladegerät
L1
L1
PE
L2
L3
N
N
N
N
25 25
LB+ LED+ LD+ LB+F8 LB+

CT Kanal 80x45
CT Kanal 80x45
K34
K35
Q1
LR1
MM
MM
MM
busbar system parts list switch cabinet X1 58, 59
Sammelschienensystem Stücklistenposition Schaltschrank X1 58, 59
28 26 28 26
L1
L1
L2
L3
N
N
N
N
44 9 16A
9A
18 16 A2 18 16 A2
32 2 4 6
Einschaltverzögert
1sek
Netzspannung
203
E E
27,6V
10A
+
201
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12
X19.S
X20.S
X21.S
X22.S
X11.S
X12.S
X13.S
X14.S
X15.S
X16.S
X18.S
13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 17 18 19 20 17 18 19 20 17 18 19 20 17 18 19 20 17 18 19 20 17 18 19 20 17 18 19 20 17 18 19 20 17 18 19 20 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 21 22 23 24 21 22 23 24 21 22 23 24 21 22 23 24 21 22 23 24 21 22 23 24 21 22 23 24 21 22 23 24 21 22 23 24 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 25 26 27 28 25 26 27 28 25 26 27 28 25 26 27 28 25 26 27 28 25 26 27 28 25 26 27 28 25 26 27 28 25 26 27 28 25 26 27 28
29 30 31 32 29 30 31 32 29 30 31 32 29 30 31 32 29 30 31 32 29 30 31 32 29 30 31 32 29 30 31 32 29 30 31 32 29 30 31 32 29 30 31 32
33 34 35 36 33 34 35 36 33 34 35 36 33 34 35 36 33 34 35 36 33 34 35 36 33 34 35 36 33 34 35 36 33 34 35 36 33 34 35 36 33 34 35 36
italic script optional
Kursivschrift Optional
NRS Presse El.
counterweight carrier
RFK press el.
plug cabin plug superstructure standard
Stecker Kabine Stecker Oberwagen Standart
Ballastwagen
F F
issued
02.04.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH switch cabinet X1 drawing no.:
514 020 9010 00 001
assembly group
=KB
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Schaltschrank X1 Identnr.: 991751014 Ort
+X1 von
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OPTIONS 4
115 532 / 002

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
CRANE TYPE: LRB / HS A
KRANTYP:
ORDER NO:
AUFTRAGSNR.:
B B
PROJECT: RFK el. horn with foot switch
PROJEKT: NRS El. Hupe mit Fussbetätigung
C C
D D
E E
F F
72037 30.04.08 lwnkas1

issued
590 027 9000 06 201
assembly group
=KB
sheet
1
01
Erstellt circuit diagram Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Stromlaufplan Identnr.: 983834414 Ort
+X1 von
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Signal vom Meisterschalter
A A
signal from joystick
zur Sicherung F21
to fuse F21
21
XF
X19.S
2
B B
32
X22.S
X22.P
32
1
C +4A foot push button C
S22 Fußtaster
2
33
X22.P
X22.S
33
D D
+P1
X1
8
HupeAnschlußklemme +P1K24:86
hornconnection pin +P1K24:86
E E
cut off connection !
Verbindung entfernen !
existing wiring
F vorhandene Verdrahtung F
72037 30.04.08 lwnkas1

issued
590 027 9000 06 201
assembly group
=KB
sheet
2
01
Erstellt EL. horn with foot switch Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
El. Hupe mit Fussbetätigung Identnr.: 983834414 Ort
+X1 von
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
modification index
A Änderungsindex A
Datum
30.04.08 Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum
Änd. Nr.:
72037 Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.:
1
2
3
B B
C C
D D
E E
F F
72037 30.04.08 lwnkas1

590 027 9000 06 201
3
01
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
CRANE TYPE: LRB A
KRANTYP:
ORDER NO:
AUFTRAGSNR.:
B B
PROJECT: central lubrication
PROJEKT: Zentralschmierung
C C
D D
E E
F F
issued
519 507 9000 06 100
assembly group
=OW
sheet
1
Erstellt central lubrication Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Zentralschmierung Identnr.: 983869314 Ort
+4A von
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LED+ (F86)
A =KB A
+X1
86
XF
1.5Q
=KB
+X1 30
K37
/2.F6
87 87a
B B
1.5Q
50
=KB 30
P1 +P1 =KB 86
operation with panel X11 switch T15 K15 87 87a +X1

Betätigung mit Tastatur X11 Schalter T15 K37
/2.E6 +
C 85 C
52
51
1.5Q
1.5Q
D D
=KB =KB =KB =KB

+X1 +X1 +X1 +X1
13
14
12
X14.S M M X14.S
X14.P
13
14
+X1
=KB
Vorschubsystem aktiv
1.5Q
1.5Q
E E
SP3.X
2
1
=KB
2
1
+X1
BU BN
K37
/2.C6
M central lubrication pump /2.B4
87a
87
30
SP3 Pumpe Zentralschmierung
F F
issued
519 507 9000 06 100
assembly group
=OW
sheet
2
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
CRANE TYPE: A
KRANTYP:
ORDER NO:
AUFTRAGSNR.:
B B
PROJECT: central lubrication
PROJEKT: Zentralschmierung
C C
D D
E E
F F
49310 05.04.06 lwnkas1

issued
12.05.05 lwnflw0 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH drawing no.:
519 418 9200 06 101
1
01
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Zentralschmierung Identnr.: 983808414 Ort von
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
proximity switch for clock control
at progessive distribution block
A Näherungsschalter für Taktsteuerung A
am progressiven Verteilerblock
central lubrication
central lubrication pump control central lubrication
Zentralschmierung Pumpe Zentralschmierung Steuerung Zentralschmierung
EP1 / SEP4 EPTRONIC optional

Optional
SP2 SEP4 SP2.1 SEP4
+ out
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 3 4
SP2.X SP2.1.X
2
5
4
5
4
1
1
GD070 GD610
B B
BK
BN
BU
1.5Q,1.5Q
1.5Q,1.5Q
connection cable 10m 693190514
Anschlusskabel 10m 693190514
C =KB C
+X1
32
31
X13.P
X13.S
31
32
+X1
=KB
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
=KB =KB
+X1 +X1
86
D XF D
M
+24V 0/24V
to fuse F86
zur Sicherung F86
X2.034.X1
6
6
X2.034
E E
%IX2.034.03
fault central lubrication
Störung Zentralschmierung
optional
additional devices Optional
49310 05.04.06 lwnkas1

issued
12.05.05 lwnflw0 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH drawing no.:
519 418 9200 06 101
assembly group
=OW
sheet
2
01
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
modification index
A Änderungsindex A
Datum
05.04.06 Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum
Änd. Nr.:
49310 Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.:
1
2
3
B B
C C
D D
E E
F F
49310 05.04.06 lwnkas1

519 418 9200 06 101
3
01
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ADDITIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 5
115 532 / 002

Electric pump EP-1
The BEKA-MAX central lubrication pump model EP-1 is Electric pump EP-1 with 1.9 kg container:
electrically actuated and has up to a maximum of 3
independently operating lubricant outlets. A separate
pump unit is required for each outlet. Two pump units are
available, PE-120 or PE-120 V, (see Page 5) so that the
lubricant volume can be adapted to the requirements of
individual progressive distribution circuits.
These pumps enable the delivery of commercial lubricants
up to NLGI-Cl. 2 at a working pressure of maximum 280
bar (pressure relief valve setting).
The EP-1 series pumps differ in container size and control

type. EP-1 can be controlled externally e.g. via PLC or an
additional control unit, S-EP 6, whereby the pump can also
be delivered with a number of differently integrated
controllers.
Integrated controllers:
- S-EP 4
- S-EP 5
- S-EP 7
- S-EP 8
- S-EP 10
- EP-tronic
- EP-tronic T1 Electric pump EP-1 with 4 kg container and integrated
electronic controller:
Technical data:
Motor:
Operating voltage: 12 V DC / 24 V DC
Rpm: 15 rpm
Current consumption:
Idling at +20°C: 0.8 A / 0.4 A
Full load at +20°C: 2.2 A / 1.1 A
Fuse: 5A/3A
Pumps:
Max. operating pressure: 280 bar
(Pressure relief valve setting)
Permissible operating temperature: -35° C to +80° C
Container volume:
Transparent container: 1.9 kg, 2.5 kg, 4 kg or 8 kg
Steel container: 2 kg or 4 kg
Stirrer direction: clockwise
Mounting position: Container vertical position
Delivery rate of pump units:
PE-120: 120 mm3/stroke or rev.
PE-120V (adjustable): 40 to 120 mm3/stroke or rev.
Protection class: IP5K9K as per DIN 40050
Lubricant: Greases up to NLGI-Cl. 2

(excluding solid lubricants)
Mineral oils up to 40 mm2/s (cSt)
FU2152001203GB
Integrated contoller
1
Operation:
A DC motor (10) continually operates the eccentric cam (5) reduces any air bubbles, to the suction area in the pump
and pressure ring (6). This eccentricity effects the suction housing (3). A scraper on the stirrer (2) enables a visual
and pressure strokes of the delivery piston (7), whereby the check of the lubricant volume still present in the transparent
integrated non-return valve (8) prevents the delivery supply container (1).
media from being sucked back out of the main line. The pressure relief valve (9) is pre-set to 280 bar.
The stirrer (2) pushes the lubricant out of the supply
container (1) through a screen (4), which
8
5
9
3
10
Pump unit intake: Pump unit delivery:
2
Electric pump EP-1
Container models and installation dimensions: Model with

srew-on lid
The electric pump EP-1 is available with 5 transparent Ø180 Model with
container sizes and 2 steel container sizes. 8 kg container
Transparent container models: 2 parts
Option
with screw-on lid
Option
Model with
with screw.on lid
4 kg container
Model with
448
Ø151
2,5 kg container
Model with
1,9 kg container
256
245
207
175
Ø9,3 Pipe Ø6 Ø9,3 Pipe Ø6

128,5
128,5
239 Conecting cable

Connecting cable 239
lenght 10 m
lenght 10 m
152
152 130
130 M8 / 8 deep for 8 kg container
106
106
182,5
197
172,5 137,5 172 137,5

321 321
3
Electric pump EP-1
Transparent container: “X”

Model with 8 kg
1 part
Ø225 “Y” view
212
304
297
“Z”
Ø9,3 Pipe Ø6
128,5
7,5
239 Connecting cable
length10 m
“X” view
“Z” view 9
113,5
106
“Y”
Ø9,5
49
(112,5)
130
152
137,5
149
4
Electric pump EP-1
Steel container models: “X”
Ø150 Model with

4 kg container
“X” view
152
Model with 130
2 kg container
304
107
184
185
172 137,5
Ø9,3 Pipe Ø6 321
137
239 Conecting cable

lenght10 m
Terminal plan:
brown Ground terminal 31
blue Ignition terminal 15
5
Pump units PE-120 and PE-120 V
PE-120: Pump unit PE-120: Pressure relief valve

set at 280 bar
Technical data: permanently
Delivery rate: 0.12 cm³ / stroke or rev.
Article No. (inc. pressure relief valve): 2152 9906 10000
Article No. (pressure relief valve for PE-120): 2152 0062
PE-120 V:
Delivery rate:
M 20 x 1.5
- All pump units are default set to full stroke
- Unit with piston diameter 6 mm SW 24
- max. delivery rate 0.12 cm³ at full stroke Pipe connection Ø 6
- Reduction 0.013 cm³ per detent = 1/2 revolution
66
Delivery rate control: Pump unit PE-120 V:

- Remove plug screw (2) with Allen key (SW 5) Pressure relief valve
- Turn adjusting screw (3) with a screwdriver set at 280 bar
- Turn clockwise to reduce delivery rate permanently
M 20 x 1.5
- Turn anti-clockwise to increase delivery rate

- Maximum stroke of adjusting screw is 2.4 mm - 6 SW 24
detents 2
- 1 turn of adjusting screw is 0.8 mm = 2 detents
- Tighten plug screw (2), inc. sealing ring.
Installation of pump unit in electric pump EP-1:

- Only install/remove when pump is off Delivery rate (cm³)
3
- Install pump unit with piston partially extended (4), 0.12
0.11
insert at angle in top of housing bore (see diagram A) 0.10
- When piston head rests on pressure ring - move unit into 0.09
0.08 32
vertical position (see diagram B) 0.07
0.06
. Piston head must run in guide ring groove 0.05 Pipe connection Ø 6
- Tighten pump unit 0.04
0.03
- Removal occurs in reverse sequence 0.02
0.01
- When removing the pump unit, ensure that the piston (4) 0
is not left behind in the pump housing. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Detents

0 0.5 1 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 Rev.
Installation instructions:
Technical data:
Delivery rate: between 0.04 and 0.12 cm³ / stroke Diagram A:
Delivery rate control: 6 detents, each 1/2 revolution
Reduction: 0.013 cm³ per detent 4
Delivery media:
Greases from NLGI-Cl. 00/000 to NLGI-Cl. 2
Piston return: forced
Article No. (inc. pressure relief valve): 2152.99063.0000
Article No. (pressure relief valve for PE-120 V): 2152 0063
Diagram B
6
Electric pump EP-1
Special accessories
Malfunction display on pressure relief valve: Pump unit with visual malfunction monitor:
The pump units for the electric pump EP-1 can be equipped Malfunction monitoring on
with a visual malfunction monitor. If a malfunction occurs in Pressure relief valve
the central lubrication system and the operating pressure with grease return
rises to 280 bar, the red control bar becomes visible. The
grease escaping through the pressure relief valve is
returned to the container. Once the malfunction is rectified,
the red control bar must be pushed back in.
to container to container
red control bar
all OK Malfunction
Pressure relief valve with microswitch Pump unit with microswitch:

Microswitch
The microswitch located on the pressure relief valve is used
to monitor the maximum operating pressure in the central
lubrication system.
If a malfunction occurs in the system, the microswitch is
triggered.
The microswitch signal can be processed by any signal
encoder already present, e.g. an on-board processor, or by
an external or integrated controller.
Technical data:
Possible operating voltage: 10 to 60 V DC
Maximum current load: I=4A
Rated operating current: 1A Connection diagram:
Contact type: 1 changeover switch
Service life: > 3x106 switching cycles blue
Temperature range: -30°C to +80°C
Protection class: IP 65 brown
Before the electrical connection:
Observe the voltage of the pump motor.
black
Pressure relief valve with microswitch for PE-120:
Pressure relief valve with microswitch for PE-120 V:
Article No.: Article No.: 2152 990610028
2152 99100
ca. 102,3
M14x1,5
ca. 42,8
M14x1.5 7
Electric pump EP-1
Grease level monitor
Grease level monitor
The electric pump EP-1 can be equipped with an electronic

grease level monitor to monitor the minimum grease level. A for 2.5 kg
capacitive proximity sensor is built into the pump supply container
container for this purpose. This emits a signal as long as
there is sufficient grease in the container. If the grease level
sinks below a certain level, the proximity sensor switches off
the signal.
The proximity sensor can be evaluated by an external Capacitive
control unit or PLC or an integrated control unit. min. grease level
proximity sensor
Technical data:
Possible operating voltage: 10 to 60 V DC for 4 kg

Switching type: PNP-contact container
Switching current: at 70°C: 250 mA
Current consumption: without load:
< 20 mA
Protection class: Switch: IP 67
Ambient temperature range: -25°C to +70°C
Connection: Compact plug connector on container Capacitive
min. grease level
Protection class: Plug: IP 65 proximity sensor
Pole allocation: No. 1 = 10 to 60 V DC
No. 2 = Ground
No. 3 = NC contact
= vacant

Observe the voltage of the pump motor. for 8 kg
container
Connection diagram: 2 part
brown 1 + Ub
blue 2
GND
Signal lamp
white 3
optional
black 3
Signal lamp
If the black connection wire is connected to +Ub, a signal is Capacitive

min. grease level
received as long as there is sufficient grease in the supply proximity sensor
container.
If the white connection wire is connected to +Ub, a signal is
received when the grease level sinks below a minimum in the
supply container.
for 8 kg
container
1 part
Capacitive
proximity sensor
8
min. grease level
Electric pump EP-1
Filling the pump:
Standard filling via ball lubrication nipple with manual or

pneumatic grease gun:
Top up lubrication nipple
Top up via top up coupling:
Remove lubrication nipple

Replace with grease coupling plug
EDP-No.: 2159 0061 012
Grease feed plug

EDP-No.:
2159 0061 011 Grease coupling bush
EDP-No.: 2159 0062 011
Top up via top filling gun:
Fillung gun
EDP-No.: 2081 030 26
Straight feed connector

EDP-No.: 2152 0150
9
Electric pump EP-1
Order code:
Design No. 2152 . 01 . 42 . 25 . 000
Motor voltage 12 V 24 V
Reference figure 01 02
Outlet type Outlet position

1 2 3
PE-120 01 02 03
PE-120 V 41 42 43
1 PE-120 and
2-component
1-component
52
1 PE-120 V
1 PE-120 and
53
1 PE-120 V
Container size (kg) 1.9 2.5

Transparent container
4 8 8
Reference figure 27 25 30 28 35
Container size (kg)
2 4
Metal container
Reference figure 31 26
Special models 000

Special models 021
Special models:
021 = grease level monitoring as per drawing No. AZ-2205.5
10
Integrated electronic controls
Type S-EP 4
The electronic control device S-EP 4 is used for the time- Electropump EP-1 with integrated control
dependent or cycle-dependent control of a central
lubrication device both for the progressive system (EP
pumps) and for the multiple line system (OC pumps).
BE
KA-MAX
The integrated electronic control S-EP 4 is available with

two types of control:
A) Time-program control
B) Time-relay control
The type of control must be indicated with the order.
Time-program control:
Operational sequence:
(Lubrication time, waiting time) After turning on the ignition,
the yellow LED is illuminated for ca. 2.5 sec. and signals the Display of readiness for operation
readiness for operation. Ready for operation: 2.5 sec.
ON
LED yellow
OFF
Lubrication time Integrated electronic control S-EP 4

Waiting time
For a functional check an intermediate lubrication must be

initiated by operating the pressure switch on the motor
casing or dashboard.
Yellow LED to indicate the functions

Pressure switch to initiate
an intermediate lubrication
MU2147000902GB
1
When operating the pressure switch on the dashboard or Elapsed time chart
the motor casing of the pump, the lubrication cycle is
started. When the lubrication cycle is completed, the pump
motor is switched off and the waiting time begins. All
subsequent lubrications are automatically initiated
Lubrication time
according to the rhythm of the preset waiting time.
Waiting time
When the ignition is switched off during the waiting or Integrated electronic control S-EP 4
lubrication time sequence, the cycle is stopped and the time
stored. When the ignition is switched on again, the
operation process will continue on the basis of the stored
data from the point, where it has been interrupted before.
By operating the pressure switch on the motor casing or the

dashboard when the ignition is switched on, an intermediate Pressure switch to
lubrication can be initiated any time. initiate an
intermediate lubrication
As soon as the control device is connected for the first time, a
lubrication cycle will be initiated.
Yellow light-emitting
diode to indicate the
function
Catch switch to Catch switch to
set up the set up the
lubrication time waiting time
All control devices have a yellow light-emitting diode, on

which the functions are indicated. Indication of a lubrication cycle:
The functions of the light-emitting diode can also be 0.5 sec.
indicated with an external signal lamp on the dashboard. ON
Yellow LED
OFF
0.5 sec.
Cable connection plan for the connection of an external
signal lamp: Cable connection plan for the connection of an external
pressure switch
6 6
1 7
5
brown - Earth terminal 31 1 7
5
brown - Earth terminal 31
2 2
3 3
4
black + Ignition terminal 15
4
black + Ignition terminal 15
F1 F1
yellow + green +
Pressure switch for
Signal lamp intermediate lubrication
F1 = 6,3 A (5x20) medium inert F1 = 6,3 A (5x20) medium inert
2
Technical data:
Possible operating voltage: 10 to 60 V

Maximum power load: I = 6,0 A
Fuse unit (not included in device):
F 6,3 A (5x20) medium inert
Output for signal lamp: I=1A
Temperature range: - 35°C to +75°C
Protective system: IP 65

Observe the voltage of the pump motor.
Different non-variable waiting and lubrication time ranges

can be set up in the control.
Set-up of waiting time:
Setting of parameters: (16 catches, 0.5 h each)
2
Waiting time: 1 3
0.5
0.5 h to 8 8 4
7 5
6
Lubrication time: Set-up of lubrication time, time range I:

(16 catches, 1 min. each)
4
2 6
1
Time range I: 1 min. to 16 min. 16 8
14 10
12
Set-up of lubrication time, time range II:

(16 catches, 2 min. each)
8
4 12
2
Time range II: 2 min. to 32 min. 32 16
28 20
24
For time adjustment remove the red frame with a flat

screwdriver and loosen the four cross-recessed screws.
Subsequently, the transparent cover can be removed. If the
cover is not closed properly, water enters into the control
and it will be destroyed. In this case the guarantee will
become void.
Please indicate the desired time range when ordering.
3
S-EP 4
Time-relay control
The control device S-EP 4 can also be used for the Integrated electronic control S-EP 4
monitoring of progressive devices. In this case a proximity
switch is attached to the progressive distributor, which
converts the piston strokes in electrical signals and transmits
them to the control device S-EP 4.
The control device has a built-in catch switch with 16 catches Pressure switch
where the number of piston strokes required can be set. to initiate an
The control device has a check time of 4 min. and 20 sec., i.e.
each piston stroke of the progressive distributor must be
completed within 4 min. and 20 sec. If this is not the case, the
control indicates a malfunction, i.e. the yellow light-emitting Yellow LED
diode starts flashing. Catch switch Catch switch
for the setting of for the setting of
the pulse value the waiting time
Lower motor protection casing of the EP-1 with integrated Display of yellow LED:
electronic control S-EP 4 equipped for the connection of the Lubrication in process: 0.5 sec.
proximity switch.
ON
(View from below) Yellow LED
OFF
Plug for the connection of the proximity switch 0.5 sec.
Pulse error: 0.5 sec. 1.5 sec.
ON
Yellow LED
OFF
0.5 sec. 1.5 sec.
Distributor with attached proximity switch:
Plug for the connection of the pump to the on-board network

Technical Data: Cable connecting plan:
Possible voltage: 10 to 60 V DC 1 7
6
Connection method: PNP contact 2

3
5
4
Power rating: 200 mA
Connection: M12x1 plug-in 6
blue
1 7
Function display: LED yaune 2 5 black
Housing material: stainless steel 3 4 brown
Protection type: IP 67
brown
Ambient temperature range: -40°C to +80°C Earth terminal 31
black Ignition terminal 15
Before the elctrical connection: F1
Observe the voltage of the pump motor. F1 = 6,3 A (5x20) medium inert
4
S-EP 4
Special type grease level control
Grease pumps can also be equipped with a grease level Grease level control built into a 2.5 kgs storage tank of a
control. Therefore, a capacitive proximity switch is built into grease central lubrication pump EP-1
the pump tank, which sends a signal to the control S-EP 4 in
case of a low grease level.
Technical Data:

Switching type: PNP-contact
Switching current: at 70°C: 250 mA
Current consumption: without load: <20 mA
Protection class: Switch: IP 67
Ambient temperature range: -25°C to +70°C Capacitive
Connection: Compact plug connector on container min. grease level proximity switch
Protection class: Plug: IP 65 Cable connecting plan
Pole allocation: No. 1 = 10 to 30 V DC
No. 2 = Ground 1 7
6
5
No. 3 = NC contact 2
3 4
= vacant
6 brown
1 7
Before the electrical connection: 2 5
blue
3
Observe the voltage of the pump motor. 4
black
brown Earth terminal 31
black Ignition terminal 15
If the grease level is too low, the control analyses the signal Display of the yellow LED:
received and the yellow light-emitting diode is flashing Tank empty: 1 sec.
slowly.
ON
To avoid that air is pumped into the system, the pump turns Yellow LED
off when the grease tank is identified as being empty for OFF
2 sec.
more than 10 sec. As soon as the tank is filled again, a
lubrication command can be given by operating the push Lower open channel of the motor of the electropump EP-1
button for intermediate lubrications. with integrated electronic control S-EP 4 equipped for the
connection of a grease level control.
The connection of the grease level control to the integrated (View from below)
electronic control S-EP 4 requires a second plug on the lower
open channel of the motor.
Plug for the connection of the grease level control
The requirement of a connection of a grease level control
must be indicated when ordering.
The grease level control can be connected both to time-

program and time-relay controls.
Plug for the connection of the pump to the on-board network
5
S-EP 4
Special type centralized alarm
A centralized alarm can be connected to the integrated

electronic control S-EP 4, i.e. interference signals shown on
the LED as flashing signals are converted into a permanent
interference signal and emitted via an additional cable.
The connection must be indicated when ordering.
With an extraneous lamp or an audible alarm a permanent

signal is emitted as soon as there is an error, i.e. an
extraneous lamp built in e.g. the driver's cab would
permanently be emitting light or a permanent audible
alarm signal would be heard until the error is eliminated.
Lamp, audible alarm and cable are not included in the

scope of supply. Cable connection plan:
Potential linked + switched (Standard)
Technical data:
Output permanent alarm 1A 1 7
6
2 5 black Ignition terminal 15

3 4 F1
+
-
Terminal 31
F1 = 6,3 A (5x20) medium inert
Cable connection plan:

Potential freely wired in Bsp earth

6
1 7
2 5 black Ignition terminal 15
3 4
F1
+
-
F1 = 6,3 A (5x20) medium inert
6
S-EP 4
Special type pressure relief valve with microswitch
The maximum working pressure of the progressive central Pressure relief valve with microswitch on the pump element,
lubrication device can be monitored with the integrated installed in an electropump EP-1:
control device S-EP 4.
To achieve this, a microswitch is fitted at the pressure relief Microswitch
valve of the pump element. In the case of a system
malfunction e.g. caused by the blockage of a lubrication
area, a pressure of over 250 bar is built up.
A microswitch is operated via the pressure relief valve and
a signal is transmitted to the control. Subsequently, the pump
is turned off and the flashing of the yellow LED or the
flashing of the extraneous signal 2 sec. on and 4 sec. off
indicates the malfunction.
Technical date of the microswitch: Cable connection plan for the connection of a
microswitch to the integrated control S-EP 4:
Maximum current load: I=4A 6
Rated operating current: 1A 1
2
7
5
Contact type: 1 changeover switch 3 4
Service life: >3x106switching cycles black

Temperature range: -30°C to +80°C 1 7
6
blue
Protection class: IP 65 2
3
5
4 brown : free
Before the electrical connection: black
Observe the voltage of the pump motor. Ignition terminal 15
The installation of a pressure relief valve with microswitch

must be indicated when ordering. Display of the yellow LED:
2 sec.
A pressure relief valve with microswitch cannot be Yellow LED

ON
subsequently connected to a control, which is operated as a OFF
time-program control, as this would require a second plug
at the lower open channel of the motor. 4 sec.
7
Level switch for Proximity switch for Microswitch for
Centralized alarm
grease level control time-relay control the control of the
+ switched
pressure relief valve
S-EP 4
black
brown
black
brown
blue
blue
Cable connection plan - all connections
blue
black
Plug for the connection of the proximity switch,

microswitch, starter release relay or a 1 7 6
centralized alarm and the grease level control 5
2
3 4

1 7 6 F1
5 black
2 Ignition terminal 15
Plug for the connection of the pump 3 4
to the on-board network and the connection
yellow +
of external switches
Signal lamp
green +
Pressure switch for
F1 = 6,3A (5x20) medium inert
8
S-EP 4
Order code EP-1
Type-No. 2147 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 2 . 1 . 00
Motor voltage 12 V 24 V
Value 1 2
Number of outlets
Type of outlet
1 2 3
PE-120 1 2 3
2 Parts
1 Part
PE-120V 4 5 6
Tank size (kg) 1,9 2,5 4 8 8

Value 5 1 2 3 8
Lubrication time
Time range 1 1 min. to 16 min. 1
Time range 2 2 min. to 32 min. 2
Switch for intermediate lubrication Yes No

Value 1 0
00
Special type 04
05
Special types:
04 = grease level control as per drawing No. AZ-2205.5 electric connected at control unit
05 = grease level control as per drawing no. AZ-2205.5 not connected at control unit
Order code integrated control S-EP 4

for EP-1 and OC-1
Type-No. 2147 . 9000 . 2 . 1. 00
Lubrication time
Time range I 1 min. to 16 min. 1
Time range II 2 min. to 32 min. 2
Switch for intermediate lubrication yes no

Value 1 0
Special type 00
9
Atlas Copco Stationary Air Compressors
LE/LT15, -22, -40, -55, -75, -110, -150
LF15, -22, -40, -55, -75
Instruction Book
• Copyright 2000, Atlas Copco Airpower n.v., Antwerp, Belgium.

Any unauthorized use or copying of the contents or any part thereof is prohibited. This applies in
particular to trademarks, model denominations, part numbers and drawings.
• This instruction book meets the requirements for instructions specified by the machinery directive
98/37/EC and is valid for CE as well as non-CE labelled machines.
No. 2920 1257 04 www.atlascopco.com
Registration code: APC L / 38 / 989
Replaces 2920 1257 03
2000-10
*2920125704*
Instruction book
This instruction book describes how to handle the machines to ensure safe operation, optimum efficiency and long service life.
Read this book before putting the machine into operation to ensure correct handling, operation and proper maintenance
from the beginning. The maintenance schedule comprises measures for keeping the machine in good condition.
Keep the book available for the operator and make sure that the machine is operated and that maintenance is carried out
according to the instructions. Record all operating data, maintenance performed, etc. in an operator's logbook available from
Atlas Copco. Follow all relevant safety precautions, including those mentioned on the cover of this book.
Repairs must be carried out by trained personnel from Atlas Copco who can be contacted for any further information.
In all correspondence mention the type and the serial number, shown on the data plate.
For all data not mentioned in the text, see sections "Preventive maintenance schedule" and "Principal data".
The company reserves the right to make changes without prior notice.
Contents
Page 4.2 Preventive maintenance schedule for the
1 Leading particulars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
1.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4.3 Lubrication of LE/LT compressors . . . . . . . . . . . 35
1.1.1 Compressor variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4.4 Service kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
1.2 Air flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.1 LE/LF15 up to -40, LE55 and 5 Servicing and adjustment procedures . . . . . . . . . . 36
LE75 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5.1 Unloader or check valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
1.2.2 LE75 60 Hz, LE110/150, LF55/75 and 5.2 Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
LT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5.3 Air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
1.3 Regulating system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5.4 Adjustment MDR4 pressure switch . . . . . . . . . . 37
1.3.1 LE/LF/LT15 up to -55 with DOL starter . . 3 5.5 Adjustment MDR5/6 pressure switch . . . . . . . . . 39
1.3.2 LE/LT40 up to -150, LF40 up to -75, 5.6 Adjustment pilot valve on Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . 39
each with Y/D starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 5.7 Safety valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
1.3.3 LE/LF/LT Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 5.8 Relief valve on LF55/75, LE75 up to -150
and LT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
2 Installation and handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 6 Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
2.1 Dimension drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.2 Installation proposals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 7 Principal data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
2.2.1 LE/LF/LT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 7.1 Reference conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
2.2.2 LE/LF/LT Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 7.2 Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
2.3 Electrical connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 7.3 Compressor data for LE 10 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
2.4 Settings of overload relay - fuses - cable size . . 30 7.3.1 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
2.4.1 Settings of overload relay - fuses of 7.3.2 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
compressors with DOL starter . . . . . . . . . 30 7.4 Compressor data for LF 10 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
2.4.2 Settings of overload relay - fuses of 7.4.1 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
compressors with Y-D starter . . . . . . . . . 31 7.4.2 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
2.4.3 Cable size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 7.5 Compressor data for LT 15 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
2.5 Pictographs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 7.5.1 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
7.5.2 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3 Operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 7.6 Compressor data for LT 20 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.1 Initial start-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 7.6.1 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.2 Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 7.6.2 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.3 Stopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 7.7 Compressor data for LT 30 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.4 Taking out of operation at end of compressor 7.7.1 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
service life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 7.7.2 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
4 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 8 Conversion list of SI units into US/British units . . 48

4.1 Petrol engine maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
1 Leading particulars A silencing canopy (1-Fig. 1.13) is available as an option.

The canopy has a hinged top to allow easy access for
maintenance.
1.1 General description
The Unsilenced Pack Unit (Fig. 1.8) is a fully operational
LE, LF and LT are air-cooled, single-acting piston unit mounted on a frame (no air receiver). A silencing hood
compressors. LE and LT are lubricated compressors; LF are can be added as an option
oil-less compressors which deliver oil-free air. LF15 up to
LF40, LE15 up to LE55 and LE75 50 Hz are single-stage LE, LF and LT Trolley units (Figs. 1.15 and 1.16) are mobile
compressors; LE75 60 Hz, LE110/150, LF55/75 and LT are compressors. They are equipped with either a directly flanged
two-stage compressors. electric motor (LE/LF/LT ETROL Fig. 1.15) or a petrol engine
(LE/LF/LT PETROL Fig. 1.16). The compressors have two
LE/LF/LT15 up to -55 and LE/LT75 50 Hz are two-cylinder outlet connections:
compressors, LE/LT75 60 Hz, LF75, LE/LT110-150 are three- - a connection for compressed air at working pressure
cylinder compressors. - a connection for compressed air at reduced pressure via a
pressure regulator
Note: Take care that three-cylinder compressors rotate in the
direction as indicated by the arrow on the fan housing (counter-
clockwise seen from fan cowl side).
LE/LF are built for effective working pressures up to 10 bar.

LT are built for effective working pressures up to 30 bar (LT15
only for 15 and 20 bar).
1.2 Air flow
1.2.1 LE/LF15 up to -40, LE55 and LE75 50 Hz

(Fig. 1.10)
1.1.1 Compressor variants
Air drawn through air filter (AF) and inlet silencer (1) into
The Compressor Block (Fig. 1.1) includes: cylinders (3) is compressed, then discharged through cooler
- Crankcase (4) and cylinders (6) piping (4) and (6) and check valve (CV) into air receiver (AR).
- Air inlet filter (AF) and inlet silencer (3)
- Fan (FN)
- Air cooler piping (2) and (5) 1.2.2 LE75 60 Hz, LE110/150, LF55/75 and LT
- Unloader (7, as standard on LE/LF/LT40 up to -75, LE/ (Fig. 1.11)
LT110 and LE150)
- Interstage relief valve (8, for LF55/75, LE75 60Hz, LE110/ Air drawn through air filter (AF) and inlet silencer (1) into LP
150 and LT) (low-pressure) cylinder(s) (7) is compressed, then discharged
to HP (high-pressure) cylinder (8) via intercooler (10).
The Power Pack comprises (Figs. 1.2/1.3):
- For LE/LF/LT15 and -22: the Compressor Block as The air is further compressed and discharged through cooler
described above, with flanged-on electric motor (M), check piping (6) and check valve (CV) into air receiver (AR).
valve (CV-Fig. 1.4) and air pressure switch with on/off
switches (13-Fig. 1.4).
- For LE/LF/LT40 up to -75, LT/LF110-150: the
Compressor Block as described above, with flanged-on
electric motor (M) and solenoid valve (Y1-Fig. 1.6).
1.3 Regulating system
The Complete Unit comprises:
- For LE/LF/LT15 and -22: the Power Pack mounted on a 1.3.1 LE/LF/LT15 up to -55 with DOL starter
horizontal (Fig. 1.4) or vertical (Fig. 1.5) air receiver (AR) (Fig. 1.10)
with air outlet valve (AV), pressure gauge (Gp), safety valve
(SV), air pressure switch with on/off switches (13) and The regulating system includes:
condensate drain valve (Dm). - Check valve (CV)
- For LE/LF/LT40 up to -75, LE/LT110-150 (Fig. 1.6/1.7): - Air pressure switch (MDR) with pressure release valve
the Power Pack mounted on an air receiver (AR) with air (2) and on/off switches (5).
outlet valve (AV), pressure gauge (Gp), safety valve (SV)
and condensate drain valve (Dm). An electric cubicle (6) Operation
includes the motor starter. A separate air pressure switch Air pressure switch (MDR) opens and closes its contacts at
(13) is provided. pre-set pressures. During loaded operation, the contacts are
closed: the motor is running.
2920 1257 04 3
Instruction book
3 AF 1
6 10 1 AF
3
9
8
8
2 2 M
4 FN
FN
50949F
7
4 5 7
50948F Fig. 1.2 Example of Power Pack with unloading valve

5
Fig. 1.1 Example of Compressor Block with unloading

valve
10 1 AF 3 AF Air filter
DP Oil drain plug
FN Fan
M Motor
SG Oil level sight-glass
M 1 Cover
2 Intercooler
3 Air inlet silencer
4 Crankcase
FN 5 Cooling pipe
6 Cylinder
50973F 7 Unloader
8 Relief valve
9 HP cylinder
10 LP cylinder
DP SG 4
Figs. 1.1 up to 1.3 General views, Compressor Block -
Fig. 1.3 Example of Power Pack Power Pack
When the pressure in the air receiver reaches the pre-set When the pressure in the air receiver decreases to the pre-set
maximum pressure, the contacts as well as pressure release minimum pressure, the contacts of the air pressure switch close
valve (2) are opened. The motor stops, the air at the delivery and pressure release valve (2) closes. The motor restarts and
side of the compressor is vented to atmosphere and check valve compressed air is supplied to the receiver again.
(CV) closes to prevent venting of the receiver.
4 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
10 3 1 AF SV
3 AF 1
13 M
M AV
CV Gp
13
9
AR
Gp
SV
50950F Dm
AR
Fig. 1.4 Complete Unit, LT15/22, horizontal receiver
(standard receiver is 120l) 9
AV
1 AF 3
2 M Y1 13 P1
6
7 Dm
Gp
AV 50951F
Fig. 1.5 Complete Unit, LE/LT15/22/40, vertical receiver

(standard receiver is 250l)
50952F AR Dm
Fig. 1.6 Complete Unit, LE/LT75 60 Hz, LF75 and

LE/LT110-150 (standard receiver is 250l)
AC Air cooler P1 Hourmeter, running time 7 Unloader

AF Air filter SV Safety valve 8 Relief valve
AR Air receiver Y1 Loading solenoid valve 9 Pictograph, switch off voltage and
AV Air outlet valve 1 Cover depressurize before maintenance or repair
CV Check valve 2 Blow-off silencer 10 LP cylinder
Dm Condensate drain valve 3 Air inlet silencer 11 HP cylinder
FC Filler cap 4 Dewpoint indicator 12 DD filter
FN Fan 5 Cooling pipe 13 Air pressure switch with on/off switches
Gp Air pressure gauge 6 Electric cabinet 14 PD filter
M Motor 15 CD dryer
Figs. 1.4 up to 1.9 General views
2920 1257 04 5
Instruction book
12 4 15
M 7 13 P1
6
14 2
Gp
AV
50954F AR AC Dm
Fig. 1.9 LE/LF/LT with CD dryer

D 0656
Fig. 1.7 Complete Unit, LT75 60 Hz and LT110
1.3.2 LE/LT40 up to -150, LF40 up to -75, each with

Y/D starter (Fig. 1.11)
The regulating system includes:

- Electric cubicle (11)
- Air pressure switch (MDR)
AF 1 3 - On/off switch (5)
- Solenoid valve (Y1)
- Unloader (UA) with integrated check valve (CV)
FC
Operation
M
Air pressure switch (MDR) opens and closes its contacts at
SV pre-set pressures. During loaded operation, the contacts are
13 closed: the motor is running and solenoid valve (Y1) is
energized preventing the compressed air from flowing to
7 Gp unloader (UA).
When the pressure in the air receiver reaches the pre-set

9 maximum pressure, the contacts of pressure switch (MDR)
open. The motor stops and solenoid valve (Y1) is de-
50953F energized. Compressed air from the receiver will flow via the
solenoid valve to plunger (12) which causes unloading valve
(UV) to open. The air at the delivery side of the compressor
is blown through silencer (9) to atmosphere and check valve
Fig. 1.8 Unsilenced pack (CV) closes to prevent venting of the receiver.
When the pressure in the air receiver decreases to the pre-set

minimum pressure, the contacts of the pressure switch close.
The motor restarts and, after switching over from star to delta,
solenoid valve (Y1) is energized. Control air from the unloader
plunger chamber is vented to atmosphere. Unloading valve
(UV) closes and compressed air is supplied to the receiver
again.
6 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
Fig. 1.10 Air flow of LE and regulating system of LE/LF/LT15 up to -55 with DOL starter and separate air pressure switch
Fig. 1.11 Air flow of LT and regulating system of LE/LT40 up to -110, LE150 and LF55/75 with Y/D starter and electric
cabinet
2920 1257 04 7
Instruction book
Fig. 1.12 Air flow of LE Trolley and regulating system of LE/LF/LT Trolley
AF Air filter MDR Air pressure switch 4 Cooler

AR Air receiver PD Pulsation damper 5 On/off switch
AV Air outlet valve RV Pilot valve 6 Cooling pipe
AV1/2 Air outlet valves SG Oil level sight-glass 7 LP cylinder
CV Check valve SV Safety valve 8 HP cylinder
Dm Condensate drain valve UA Unloader 9 Blow-off silencer
DP Oil drain plug UV Unloading valve 10 Intercooler
FC Oil filler cap Y1 Loading solenoid valve 11 Electric cabinet
FN Fan 1 Air inlet silencer 12 Plunger
Gp Air pressure gauge 2 Pressure release valve 13 Spring
M Motor 3 Cylinder 14 Pressure regulator
Figs. 1.10 up to 1.12 Air flow and regulating systems
1.3.3 LE/LF/LT Trolley (Fig. 1.12) Operation

Pilot valve (RV) opens and closes at pre-set pressures. During
The regulating system includes: loaded operation, pilot valve (RV) is closed preventing the
- Pilot valve (RV) compressed air from flowing to unloader (UA).
- Unloader (UA) with integrated check valve (CV)
- Electric cabinet (11) (only on electric motor driven Trolley When the pressure in the pulsation dampers (PD) reaches the
compressors) pre-set maximum pressure, pilot valve (RV) will open.
8 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
Compressed air from the pulsation dampers will flow to When the pressure in the pulsation dampers decreases to the
plunger (12) which causes unloading valve (UV) to open. The pre-set minimum pressure, the pilot valve closes. Control air
air at the delivery side of the compressor is blown through from the unloader plunger chamber is vented to atmosphere.
silencer (9) to atmosphere and check valve (CV) closes to Unloading valve (UV) closes and compressed air is supplied
prevent venting of the pulsation dampers. The compressor to the pulsation dampers again.
runs unloaded.
1 6 5 AF 1 3
Me
3 4
2
50957F
AV PD UA Dm
Dm 50955F Fig. 1.15 LE/LF/LT ETROL
Fig. 1.13 Optional silencing hood
Mp 7 1 5 AF
6
2
1
4
Gp
3
50958F
AV1
Dm RV PD
4 Fig. 1.16 LE/LF/LT PETROL
2
50956F
Fig. 1.14 Pack compressor with optional silencing hood AF Air filter UA Unloader
AV1 Air outlet valve 1 Lifting yoke
Dm Condensate drain 2 Cylinder
AV Air outlet valve valve 3 Towing handle
Dm Condensate drain valve Gp Air pressure gauge 4 Blow-off silencer
1 Silencing hood (standard option) Me Electric motor 5 Cover
2 Electric cabinet Mp Petrol motor 6 Air inlet silencer
3 On/off switch PD Pulsation damper 7 Fuel tank
4 Air pressure switch with on/off switches RV Pilot valve
Figs. 1.13 and 1.14 Pack - silencing hood Figs. 1.15 and 1.16 LE/LF/LT E Trolley
2920 1257 04 9
Instruction book
2 Installation and handling

2.1 Dimension drawings
Fig. 2.1 Dimension drawing, LE/LT15 up to -40 and LF15/22 Power Pack
10 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
Fig. 2.2 Dimension drawing, LE/LT55/75 and LF40/55 Power Pack
2920 1257 04 11
Instruction book
Fig. 2.3 Dimension drawing, LE/LT15 up to -40 and LF15/22 Complete Unit (horizontal 120 l receiver)
12 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
Fig. 2.4 Dimension drawing, LT15 up to -40 Complete Unit (vertical 250 l receiver)
2920 1257 04 13
Instruction book
Fig. 2.5 Dimension drawing, LE/LT40 Complete Unit (horizontal 250/475 l receiver)
14 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
Fig. 2.6 Dimension drawing, LE/LT55/75 and LF40/55 Complete Unit (horizontal 250/475 l receiver)
2920 1257 04 15
Instruction book
Fig. 2.7 Dimension drawing, LE/LT15 up to -40 and LF15/22 Complete Unit with optional silencing hood
16 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
Fig. 2.8 Dimension drawing, LE/LT55/75 and LF40/55 Complete Unit with optional silencing hood
2920 1257 04 17
Instruction book
Fig. 2.9 Dimension drawing, LE/LF/LT Pack with optional silencing hood
18 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
Fig. 2.10 Dimension drawing, LE/LT15 up to -40 Unsilenced Pack
2920 1257 04 19
Instruction book
Fig. 2.11 Dimension drawing, LE/LT55/75 and LF40/55 Unsilenced Pack
20 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
Fig. 2.12 Dimension drawing, LE/LT15 up to -150 with CD dryer
2920 1257 04 21
Instruction book
Fig. 2.13 Dimension drawing, LE/LF/LT Trolley with electrical motor
22 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
Fig. 2.14 Dimension drawing, LE/LT75 up to -150 and LF75 Power Pack
2920 1257 04 23
Instruction book
Fig. 2.15 Dimension drawing, LE/LT75 up to -150 and LF75 Complete Unit (horizontal 250/475 l receiver)
24 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
2.2 Installation proposals
Fig. 2.16 Installation proposal for Complete Unit (120 l receiver)
Fig. 2.17 Installation proposal for Complete Unit (250/475 l receiver)
2920 1257 04 25
Instruction book
Fig. 2.18 Installation proposal for Complete Unit (vertical

250 l receiver)
Fig. 2.19 Installation proposal for Complete Unit with

optional silencing hood
Fig. 2.20 Installation proposal for Pack compressors Figs. 2.16 up to 2.20 Installation proposals
26 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
2.2.1 LE/LF/LT
S1 F1 K1 K3 K2 P1
Install the compressor horizontally, in a cool but frost-free
and well-ventilated room. Place the compressor as level as
possible; however, LE/LT can be operated with an angular
deviation below 22.5 degrees in any direction, LF can operate
with any angular deviation, in any direction. The air should
be clean.
A Pack Unit must be installed away from walls to allow easy

maintenance. Keep the ventilation openings free.
It is recommended to install an automatic condensate drain

(available as an option) on the air receiver to ensure continuous
condensate removal.
50959F
X1
2.2.2 LE/LF/LT Trolley

F1 Fuse
- The compressors are equipped with a lifting eye or yoke K1 Line contactor with integrated Y-D timer
(1-Figs. 1.15 and 1.16). K2 Star contactor
- When running, the compressor must be installed as level K3 Delta contactor
as possible; however, it can be operated temporarily in an P1 Hourmeter, running hours
out-of-level position not exceeding 15 degrees. Keep the X1 Terminal strip
compressor in a frost-free and well-ventilated place. S1 On/off switch
Fig. 2.21 Electric cabinet
2.3 Electrical connections
The electrical installation must be carried out by an electrician

and correspond to the local codes.
F1/3 Fuses
The indications on the motor data plate must correspond to F4 Overload relay
the mains supply voltage and frequency. The installation must K1 Line contactor
include an isolating switch in the power line near to the unit K2 Star contactor
and be protected against short-circuits by fuses in each phase. K3 Delta contactor
See section 2.4. M Compressor motor
MDR Air pressure switch
The mains supply and earthing lines must be of suitable size. P1 Hourmeter, running hours
See section 2.4. S1 On/off switch
T1 Transformer
For DOL starters, connect the power supply cables as shown Y1 Loading solenoid valve
on Figs. 2.22/2.23. For Y/D starters, connect the power supply X1 Terminal strip
cables to strip (X1-Fig. 2.21) as shown on Figs. 2.24/2.26.
Check the setting of the overload relay. See section 2.4. Figs. 2.22 up to 2.26 Electrical diagrams (see pages 28-29)
2920 1257 04 27
Instruction book
Fig. 2.22 Electrical diagram of single-phase LE/LF/LT with Fig. 2.23 Electrical diagram of 3-phase LE/LF/LT15 up to -
direct-on-line starter 55 with direct-on-line starter
Fig. 2.24 Electrical diagram of 3-phase LE/LT40 up to -110, LE150 and LF40 up to -75 with star-delta starter
28 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
Fig. 2.25 Electrical diagram of 3-phase LE/LT40 up to -110, LE150 and LF40 up to -75 with transformer and star-delta starter
Fig. 2.26 Electrical diagram of 3-phase LE/LT40 up to -110, LE150 and LF40 up to -75 with star-delta starter and CD dryer
2920 1257 04 29
Instruction book
2.4 Settings of overload relay - fuses - cable size
2.4.1 Settings of overload relay - fuses of compressors with DOL starter
50 Hz
Type Voltage Overload relay Fuses

(V) (A) (A)
LE/LF/LT15 230 (1-phase) 10.7 16

LE/LF/LT15 230 6.7 10
LE/LF/LT15 400 4.1 10
LE15 500 3.5 10
LE/LF/LT22 230 9.3 16

LE/LF/LT22 400 5.6 10
LE/LF/LT40 230 15.7 25

LE/LF/LT40 400 9.3 16
LE/LF/LT55 230 20.3 25

LE/LF/LT55 400 12.0 25
LT75 400 14.7 63
60 Hz

(V) (A) (A)
LE/LT15 230 (1-phase) 11.7 16

LE/LT15 230/460 4.5 10
LE15 380 4.7 10
LE/LF/LT15 440/460 4.1 10
LE/LT22 230 (1-phase) 17.9 25

LT22-20 bar 230 (3-phase) 11.1 16
LE/LT22 230/460 7.6 10
LE/LF/LT22 440/460 5.7 10
LE/LF/LT40 230 (1-phase) 29.0 40

LE/LF/LT40 230/460 11.6 16
LE/LF/LT40 440/460 9.6 16
LE/LF/LT55 230 13.2 25

LE/LF/LT55 440/460 12.3 25
30 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
2.4.2 Settings of overload relay - fuses of compressors with Y-D starter
50 Hz

(V) (A) (A)
LE40 230 9.1 25

LT40-15 bar 230 9.1 25
LT40-20 bar 230 9.4 25
LE/LT40 400 5.6 16
LE/LT40 500 4.5 16
LE/LF/LT55 230 12.2 40

LE/LF/LT55 400 7.2 25
LE/LF/LT55 500 5.5 16
LE/LT55 575 5.1 16
LE/LF/LT75 230 14.5 40

LE/LF/LT75 400 8.5 25
LE/LF75 440 7.8 25
LE/LF/LT75 500 6.9 25
LE/LT110 230 22.5 63

LE/LT110 400 13.1 40
LE/LT150 400 16.2 40
60 Hz

(V) (A) (A)
LE/LT40 230 11.8 25

LE/LT40 380 6.9 25
LE/LT40 440/460 5.5 16
LT40 575 4.7 16
LE/LF/LT55 230 14.4 40

LE/LF/LT55 380 8.5 25
LE/LF55 400 7.2 25
LE/LF/LT55 440/460 7.2 25
LF/LT 75 230 18.2 63

LE LF/LT 75 380 10.6 25
LT75 440 9.0 25
LT75 440/460 8.6 25
LT75 575 7.2 25
LE110 380 10.6 40

LE/LT110 440 13.1 40
LE/LT150 230 28 63
LE/LT150 440 16.6 40
2920 1257 04 31
Instruction book
2.4.3 Cable size 3 Operating instructions

Type Starter Cable size (mm2) Safety precautions
The operator must apply all relevant safety precautions,

LE/LF/LT15/22 DOL 2.5 including those mentioned in this book.
LE/LF/LT40/55 DOL 4
LT75 DOL 6
LE/LT40 Y/D 2.5 3.1 Initial start-up
LE/LF/LT55 Y/D 4
LE/LF/LT75 Y/D 6 If the compressor has not run for the past 6 months (at initial
LE/LT110 Y/D 6 start-up check the date on the data plate), it is strongly
LE/LT150 Y/D 10 recommended to improve the lubrication of the compressor
element: drain the oil, refill the compressor with the same oil
while turning the crankshaft.
2.5 Pictographs Note: It is strongly recommended to install an interstage drain

kit, to remove excess condensate, on LT compressors with a
load factor less than 20% per hour. Consult Atlas Copco.
1. For Complete Units, remove the transport brackets from

underneath the compressor.
2. Check the electrical installation, which must be in
accordance with the instructions given in section 2.3.
3. LE/LT are filled with PAO (polyalphaolefine) compressor
oil. Check that the oil level is still near the top of the red
circle of sight-glass (SG-Fig. 1.3). Top up, if necessary.
4. Switch on the voltage. Start the motor.
5. On three-cylinder compressors, check for correct direction
of rotation as indicated by the arrow on the fan housing. If
the rotation direction is wrong, switch off the voltage and
reverse two of the input line connections.
6. Check the operation of the air pressure switch. See section
5.4 or 5.5. Check the operation of pilot valve (RV) on LE/
LF/LT Trolley. See section 5.6.
1 Temperature 3.2 Starting

2 Pressure
3 On LE/LF/LT
4 Off 1. On LE/LT, check the oil level, which must be near the top
5 Warning: voltage of the red circle of sight-glass (SG-Fig. 1.3). The minimum
6 Switch off voltage and depressurize before maintenance level is the lower part of the red circle.
or repair 2. Switch on the voltage.
7 Read Instruction book before starting 3. On compressors with DOL starter, push the (I) button
8 Consult Instruction book for correct direction of on top of the pressure switch.
rotation On compressors with Y-D starter, push switch (S1-Fig.
9 Do not adjust switch if it is depressurized 2.21) to position (I)
4. Open the air outlet valve (AV-Figs. 1.4/1.6).
Fig. 2.27 Pictographs (typical examples) 5. Regularly drain condensate (Dm-Figs. 1.4/1.7).
LE/LF/LT Trolley with electrical motor

1. On LE/LT, check the oil level, which must be near the top
of the red circle of sight-glass (SG-Fig. 1.3). The minimum
level is the lower part of the red circle.
2. Set pilot valve (RV-Fig. 1.12) in the unload position by
turning the red handle 90 degrees (see section 5.6).
3. Attach the air lines to the air outlets.
4. Plug in and switch on the voltage at the main circuit breaker.
32 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
Warning Never move the compressor after plugging in. LE/LF/LT Trolley
1. Set pilot valve (RV-Fig. 1.12) in the unload position by
5. On compressors with DOL starter, push the (I) button turning the red handle 90 degrees (see section 5.6).
on top of the pressure switch. 2. On LE/LF/LT Trolley with electrical motor:
On compressors with Y-D starter, push switch (S1-Fig. On compressors with DOL starter, push the (0) button
2.21) to position (I) on top of the pressure switch.
6. Open the outlet valves. On compressors with Y-D starter, push switch (S1-Fig.
7. Set pilot valve (RV-Fig. 1.12) in the load position by 2.21) to position (0).
turning the red handle 90 degrees (see section 5.6). If the compressor is not required for immediate further
8. Turn the regulating knob of the pressure regulator (14- use, switch off the voltage at the main circuit breaker and
Fig. 1.12) clockwise or anti-clockwise to increase or unplug.
decrease the pressure at the outlet of the pressure regulator. 3. On LE/LF/LT Trolley with petrol engine:
9. Regularly drain condensate (Dm-Fig. 1.15). Stop the engine, consult the engine "Owner's manual".
4. Close the air outlet valves (AV1/2-Fig. 1.12 and 1.16).
Depressurize and disconnect the air lines from the outlet
LE/LF/LT Trolley with petrol engine valves.
1. On LE/LT, check the oil level, which must be near the top
of the red circle of sight-glass (SG-Fig. 1.3). The minimum
level is the lower part of the red circle.
2. Check the engine oil level as follows:
- Remove the oil filler cap and wipe the dipstick clean.
- Insert the dipstick into the filler neck, but do not screw
it in.
- The oil level must show between the minimum and 3.4 Taking out of operation at end of
maximum mark on the dipstick. compressor service life
3. Fill the fuel tank with unleaded or low-leaded petrol
(gasoline). At the end of the service life of the compressor, proceed as
4. Start the engine, consult the engine "Owner's manual". follows:
5. Attach the air lines to the air outlets.
6. Open the outlet valves (AV1/2-Figs. 1.12 and 1.16). 1. Stop the compressor and close the air outlet valve(s).
7. Set pilot valve (RV-Fig. 1.12) in the load position by 2. Switch off the voltage and disconnect the compressor from
turning the red handle 90 degrees (see section 5.6). the mains.
8. Turn the regulating knob of the pressure regulator (14- 3. Depressurize the compressor.
Fig. 1.12) clockwise or anti-clockwise to increase or 4. Shut off and depressurize the part of the air net which is
decrease the pressure at the outlet of the pressure regulator. connected to the outlet valve. Disconnect the compressor
9. Regularly drain condensate (Dm-Fig. 1.16). from the air net.
5. On LE/LT, drain the oil.
3.3 Stopping
LE/LF/LT
1. On compressors with DOL starter, push the (0) button
on top of the pressure switch.
On compressors with Y-D starter, push switch (S1-Fig.
2.21) to position (0)
2. Close air outlet valve (AV-Figs. 1.4/1.6).
3. Switch off the voltage.
If a compressor with pressure switch with pressure release

valve stops during operation through a power failure, the
pressure from the air receiver must be released by pushing the
(0) button on top of the air pressure switch to prevent the
compressor from restarting against back-pressure when the
power becomes live again.
2920 1257 04 33
Instruction book
4 Maintenance
4.1 Petrol engine maintenance
Consult the engine "Owner's manual".
4.2 Preventive maintenance schedule for

the compressor 1)
The schedule contains a summary of the maintenance

instructions. Read the respective section before taking
maintenance measures.
When servicing, replace all disengaged packings, e.g. gaskets,

O-rings, washers.
The "longer interval" checks must also include the

"shorter interval" checks.
Period 2) Running Consult See notes Preventive Operation

hours 2) section below table maintenance
kit (Fig. 4.1)
Weekly ------ 3.2 1 -- On LE/LT, check oil level

" ------ -- -- -- Drain condensate from air receiver or pulsation damper
6-monthly ------ 5.7/5.8 2 -- Test safety valve, and if provided also relief valve
" ------ 4.4/5.3 3/4 2 Inspect air filter
Yearly 500 4.4/5.3 3/4 2 On LF75, LE/LT110 and LE150, replace air filter
" 600 4.4/5.3 3/4 2 On LE/LT40 up to -75 and LF40/55, replace air filter
" 800 4.4/5.3 3/4 2 On LE/LF/LT15/22, replace air filter
" 2000 -- -- 2 Change blow-off silencer, if provided
" 2000 4.3 -- -- On LE/LT, if mineral oil is used, change oil
2-yearly 3000 4.3 -- 5 On LE/LT, if Atlas Copco PAO oil is used, change
oil
----- 3000 to 4.4/5.1 -- 3/4 Replace check valve or unloader

4000
----- 4000 4.4/5.2 -- 1 On LE/LF/LT15 up to -40, replace valve discs
----- 5000 4.4/5.2 -- 1 On LE/LT55/150 and LF55/75, replace valve discs
Notes
1. Maintain the level in the red circle of the sight-glass.
2. Wear gloves and safety glasses.
3. For normal operation in clean surroundings. More frequently when operating in a dusty environment.
4. In a dusty environment, a heavy duty filter (available as an option) is essential.
34 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
4.3 Lubrication of LE/LT compressors Service kit for Ordering Ref. on

air filter (AF) number Fig. 4.1
It is strongly recommended to use the Atlas Copco approved For LE/LF/LT15/22 1503 6129 61 2
PAO (polyalphaolefine) compressor oil to keep the compressor For LE/LF/LT40 up to -55
in excellent operating condition. and LE/LT75 50 Hz 1503 6129 62 2
For LE/LT 75 60 Hz, LF75,
Atlas Copco PAO oil can be ordered in following quantities: LE/LT110 and LE150 1503 6130 60 2
Service kit for Ordering Ref. on
PAO oil Ordering number unloader (UA) number Fig. 4.1
1-litre can 1503 6142 63 For LE/LF/LT40 up to -75 1503 6176 60 4
5-litre can 1503 6142 60
Service kit for Ordering Ref. on
check valve (CV) number Fig. 4.1
4.4 Service kits For all LE/LF/LT40
up to -150 1503 6177 60 3
Service kits are available offering the benefits of genuine Atlas Service kit for Ordering Ref. on
Copco parts while keeping the maintenance budget low. The valve discs number Fig. 4.1
kits comprise all parts needed for servicing. Consult the Parts For LE15 up to -40 and
list for the contents of all kits. LF15/22 1503 5800 60 1
For LE55, LE75 50 Hz
and LF40 1503 5800 61 1
For LT15 up to -40 1503 5800 62 1
For LT55, LT75 50 Hz
and LF55 1503 5800 63 1
For LE/LT75 60 Hz,
LE/LT110, LE/LT150
and LF75 1503 5800 64 1
1 Valve kit
2 Filter kit
3 Check valve
4 Unloader
F1760 5 PAO oil
Fig. 4.1 Preventive maintenance kits (typical examples) 3)
Footnotes chapter 4
1) Use only authorized parts. Any damage or malfunction caused by the use of unauthorized parts is not covered by Warranty or Product
Liability.
2) Whichever interval comes first. The local Sales Company may overrule the maintenance schedule, especially the service intervals,
depending upon the environmental and working conditions of the compressor.
3) For the contents of the kits, consult the Parts list.
2920 1257 04 35
Instruction book
5 Servicing and adjustment Replacement of valve discs (Figs. 5.1 and 5.2)
procedures
LE15/55 LE75 60 Hz Operation sequence
Warning Release the pressure from the compressor before LE75 50 Hz HP cylinder
starting repair or maintenance works. Switch LF15/40 LE110/150
off the voltage and isolate the compressor from LE75 60 Hz HP cylinder
the mains. LP cylinder LT15/110
LE110/150 HP cylinder
LP cylinder LF55/75
LT15/110 HP cylinder
5.1 Unloader or check valve
LP cylinder
LF55/75
Dirt, condensate, coke formation and oxidation influence the
LP cylinder
proper operation of the valve. Depending on the working
conditions (ambient temperature, working pressure, load cycle,
oil type), it is recommended to replace the unloader or check • • Remove the fan guard, unscrew
valve as indicated in section 4.2. Replacement instructions the cap and remove the cover (1-
are included in the maintenance kits. Fig. 1.1), air filter and cover of
the air inlet silencer.
5.2 Valves • Disconnect cylinder head cover

(12) from the inlet and outlet pipe
A faulty valve must be replaced immediately. A faulty valve flanges. Remove cover (12).
can be discovered as stated in section 6, points 1 and 4. It is
highly recommended to replace the valve discs, O-rings and • Disconnect head (13) from the
joints when the cylinder heads are disassembled. inlet and outlet pipe flanges.
Remove cylinder head cover
(12). Remove head (13).
Fig. 5.1 LE, LF15 up to -40 and low-pressure side of LT Fig. 5.2 High-pressure side of LT and LF55
and LF55
1 Bolt 4 Spring 7 Valve seat 10 Joint 13 Cylinder head

2 Joint 5 Outlet valve guard 8 Inlet valve disc 11 Cylinder 14 Joint
3 O-ring 6 Outlet valve disc 9 Guide pin 12 Cylinder cover
Figs. 5.1 and 5.2 Cylinder heads
36 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
Torque values
LE15/55 LE75 60 Hz Operation sequence
M6: 10 Nm +/- 2
LE75 50 Hz HP cylinder
M8: 23 Nm +/- 2
LF15/40 LE110/150
M10: 46 Nm +/- 5
LE75 60 Hz HP cylinder
LP cylinder LT15/110
LE110/150 HP cylinder
LP cylinder LF55/75
LT15/110 HP cylinder
LP cylinder
LF55/75 5.3 Air filter
LP cylinder
1. Stop the compressor.
2. On LE/LF/LT 15 up to -55 and LE/LT75 50 Hz: unscrew
• • Remove spring (4), outlet valve the cap on top of cover (1-Fig. 1.1). Lift off the cover and
guard (5) and outlet valve disc filter element. Take care that no dirt drops inside the
(6). suction silencer.
On LE/LT75 60 Hz, LF75, LT110 and LE110/150:
• • Lift off valve seat (7) and remove unscrew cap (1-Fig. 1.7) and take out the air filter. Take
inlet valve disc (8). Do not care that no dirt drops inside the suction silencer.
remove guide pins (9). 3. Using a damp cloth, clean the filter chamber and cover.
Discard damaged elements.
• • Remove and discard all O-rings
4. Install the new element, cover and cap.
and rubber joints.
• • If necessary, remove the carbon

deposits from the inlet valve
guard at the cylinder top. Take
care that no dirt drops into the
cylinder. 5.4 Adjustment MDR4 pressure switch
• • Clean and inspect all parts.
(Figs. 5.3 up to 5.5)
• • Fit a new joint (10). Do not The adjustment of the maximum or stopping pressure of the
stretch the cord while inserting it compressor is effected by means of the air pressure switch.
in its groove; the ends should The switch also controls the pressure difference between the
meet. maximum pressure (stopping pressure) and that at which
compression is resumed (starting pressure).
• • Put a new inlet valve disc (8) into
place and install valve seat (7).
Caution
• • Fit a new O-ring (3) and joint (2).
- Adjust the air pressure switch while it is pressurized.
• • Install a new outlet valve disc (6), - Switch off the voltage before removing the cover of the
guard (5) and spring (4). switch; reinstall it after an adjustment has been made and
before the voltage is switched on again.
• Install cylinder head cover (12).
Use new flange gaskets, if
necessary. Fit the flange and Adjustment
cylinder head bolts and tighten The maximum pressure is controlled by adjusting screw (4).
them alternately. Turn the screw clockwise to raise the maximum or stopping
pressure, anti-clockwise to lower it.
• Reinstall head (13). Fit a new
joint (14). Install cylinder head
cover (12). Fit the flange and
The pressure difference is adjusted by means of screw (5).
cylinder head bolts and tighten
To reduce the difference between the stopping and starting
them alternately.
pressures, i.e. increase the starting pressure, turn the screw
• • Reinstall the fan guard, cover of anti-clockwise. To increase the pressure difference, turn the
the air inlet silencer, air filter, screw clockwise. The adjustment range is shown on the
cover (1-Fig. 1.1) and cap. diagrams (Fig. 5.5).
2920 1257 04 37
Instruction book
1 2
50960F
3
Fig. 5.3 View of air pressure switch MDR4
1 Air pressure switch

2 Solenoid valve
3 Pressure release valve
4 Adjusting screw, stopping pressure
5 Adjusting screw, pressure difference
50961F
Figs. 5.3 up to 5.5 Air pressure switch
Fig. 5.4 Adjusting screws MDR4
Example: LE
Stopping pressure: 7 bar(e)
Starting pressure: adjustable between 3 and 5.7 bar(e)
Fig. 5.5 Pressure difference diagrams MDR4/11 bar and MDR4/25 bar
38 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
5.5 Adjustment MDR5/6 pressure switch 5.6 Adjustment pilot valve on Trolley
(Figs. 5.6 and 5.7) (Fig. 5.8)
Caution The adjustment of the maximum or unloading pressure of the

- Adjust the air pressure switch while it is pressurized. compressor is effected by means of pilot valve (RV-Fig. 1.16).
- Switch off the voltage before removing the cover of the The valve also controls the difference between the preset
switch; reinstall it after an adjustment has been made and maximum pressure and that at which compression is resumed.
before the voltage is switched on again.
Unload mechanism
The maximum (stopping) pressure is controlled by adjusting The pilot valve is equipped with a hand-operated unload
knob (1). mechanism: by turning the red handle (1) 90 degrees, the
Turn the knob clockwise to raise the maximum or stopping plunger of the valve will be lifted, releasing the spring force.
pressure, anti-clockwise to lower it. The air pressure from the pulsation dampers will force down
unloader plunger (12-Fig. 1.12), the compressor will run
The pressure difference is adjusted by means of the same unloaded. By turning handle (1) 90 degrees further, the plunger
knob. returns to its original position so that the pilot valve will again
Push down the knob and turn it clockwise to reduce the unload and load the compressor at the pre-set pressures.
difference between the stopping and starting pressures, i.e. to
increase the starting pressure. Turn the knob anti-clockwise
to increase the pressure difference. The adjustment range is
shown on the diagram (Fig. 5.7).
1
6
5 2
50974F
3
Example: LT
Stopping pressure: 28 bar(e)
1 Adjusting knob for stopping and starting pressures
Starting pressure: adjustable between 15.5 and 22 bar(e)
2 Spring housing, air pressure switch
3 Pressure release valve
Fig. 5.7 Pressure difference diagram, switch MDR5/35
4 Setting dial, overload relay
(30 bar units)
5 Motor overload relay
6 Switching mechanism
Fig. 5.6 View of pressure switch MDR5/6
Figs. 5.6 and 5.7 Air pressure switch MDR5/6 with ON/OFF switch (30 bar units)
2920 1257 04 39
Instruction book
Testing on LE/LF/LT
1. Close the air outlet valve, depressurize and disconnect the
hose or pipe from the valve.
2. Start the compressor and run it until it stops automatically.
3. Switch off the voltage.
Remove the cover from the air pressure switch and, with
the air receiver now under pressure, turn the adjusting knob
or screw one turn clockwise to increase the stopping
pressure (see also sections 5.4/5.5). Reinstall the cover.
4. Switch on the voltage, slightly open the outlet valve and
start the compressor.
5. Gradually close the outlet valve while checking the air
pressure gauge. If the safety valve has not opened at the
pressure specified in section 7, it must be replaced by a
new one. If the compressor unloads before the specified
opening pressure is reached, repeat the procedure as
mentioned from step 3.
6. Readjust the unloading pressure as described in sections
5.4 and 5.5.
7. Reconnect the hose or pipe to the closed air outlet valve.
Testing on LE/LF/LT Trolley

1. Close the air outlet valves, depressurize and disconnect
the hoses from the valves.
2. Loosen the red handle of the pilot valve (1-Fig. 5.8) and
the two nuts (3).
3. Open outlet valve (AV1-Fig. 1.16) a fraction. Start the
A Control air to unloader
compressor.
E Compressed air from pulsation dampers
4. Gradually turn adjusting screw (2-Fig. 5.8) clockwise while
R Vent hole
checking pressure gauge (Gp-Fig. 1.16).
1 Unloading handle
If the safety valve has not opened at the pressure specified
2 Pressure adjusting screw
in section 7, it must be replaced by a new one.
3 Nuts
5. Readjust the normal working pressure after testing. Consult
4 Shims
section 5.6.
6. Fit nuts (3-Fig. 5.8) and handle (1) in their original
Fig. 5.8 Pilot valve on LE/LT Trolley
positions.
5.8 Relief valve (8-Fig. 1.1) on LF55/75,

LE75 up to -150 and LT
The relief valve protects the LP side of the compressor. No

Setting of the pilot valve adjustments are allowed.
The maximum pressure is controlled by adjusting screw (2):
- Loosen handle (1) and the two nuts (3). Remove the relief valve and fit a 3/8 inch B.S.P. plug instead.
- Turn the adjusting screw (2) clockwise to increase the Remove the safety valve from the air receiver and replace it
maximum pressure. by the relief valve. The latter can then be tested at increasing
- The pressure difference can be increased by removing one air receiver pressure after the compressor has been started
or more shims (4). with open air outlet valve. If the valve has not opened at the
- Fit the two nuts (3) and handle (1) in their original position. pressure specified in section 7, it must be replaced by a new
one. Reinstall the valves in their respective places after testing.
5.7 Safety valve (SV-Figs. 1.4, 1.5 and

1.8) 1)
Footnote chapter 5
Replace the valve if it does not open at the correct pressure.
No adjustments are allowed. 1) Not on Compressor Block/Power Pack
40 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
6 Problem solving 7 High oil consumption on LE/LT compressors

a Oil level too high
a Do not overfill crankcase. Keep level in red circle of sight-
1 Insufficient air pressure glass
a Air leak b Piston ring(s) worn or broken
a Check and correct as necessary b Have condition of piston rings checked
b Air filter choked
b Replace filter 8 Unit does not start
c Air pressure switch incorrectly set a Electrical failure
c Adjust switch a Have electrical system checked. Check fuses and line
d Air consumption exceeds maximum output of compressor terminals for tightness
d Check equipment connected b Overload relay cut out
e Damaged valve b Reset overload relay. If the relay cuts out again after
e Inspect valves and replace parts where necessary starting, see point 9
f Unloader 1) malfunctioning c Air pressure above pre-set starting pressure
f Inspect and replace parts where necessary c Compressor will start when air pressure is lower than pre-
g Solenoid valve 1) out of order set starting pressure of air pressure switch
g Remove and check. Replace if necessary
9 Overload relay cuts out
2 Unit does not speed up a Overload relay incorrectly set
a Voltage drop at motor terminals a Check and adjust. Reset relay
a Consult power supplier. Use correct size of cable b Solenoid valve out of order
b Unloader malfunctioning b See 1g
b See 1f c Unloader plunger jammed
c Solenoid valve out of order c See 1f
c See 1g d Blow-off silencer choked
d Blow-off silencer 1) choked d See 2d
d Replace e Ambient temperature too high
e Improve ventilation of room
3 Air receiver pressure rises above maximum and causes f Motor stops and starts too frequently
safety valve to blow f See 6
a Air pressure switch or pilot valve 1) incorrectly set or out g Overcurrent due to motor or compressor failure
of order g Have motor line current measured. If currents exceed rated
a Check. Replace switch or valve, if necessary motor current, have compressor inspected; if currents are
b Solenoid valve defective not equal, have motor inspected
b See 1g
c Unloader malfunctioning
c See 1f
d Blow-off silencer choked
d See 2d
4 Relief valve blows 1)

a Defective inlet valve in HP cylinder head
a Inspect and replace part(s) as necessary
b Relief valve not airtight
b Replace valve
5 Receiver does not hold pressure

a Check valve leaks
a Check for broken valve and springs
b Air leaks
b Check and correct as necessary
6 Too frequent starting/too short operating periods

a Air pressure switch or pilot valve 1) incorrectly set
a Increase pressure difference
b Check valve leaks Footnote chapter 6
b See 5a
1) If provided.
2920 1257 04 41
Instruction book
7 Principal data
7.1 Reference conditions
Inlet pressure (absolute) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar 1

Relative air humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . % 0
Air inlet temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . celsius 20
Working pressure:
- for LE 10 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 7
- for LF 10 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 7
- for LT 15 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 12
- for LT 20 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 20
- for LT 30 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 30
7.2 Limitations
Minimum inlet temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . celsius 0

Maximum inlet temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . celsius 40
Maximum working pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) See below
7.3 Compressor data for LE 10 bar
7.3.1 50 Hz
Compressor type LE15 LE22 LE40 LE55 LE75 LE110 LE150
Maximum working pressure for LE . . . . bar(e) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

Maximum working pressure for
LE Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5
Pre-set pressure difference for
LE Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Temperature at outlet valve, approx.
- Unsilenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 40 44 66 59 80 65 91
- Silenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 48 52 74 67 88 73 99
Power input at max. working pressure . . kW 1.82 2.54 4.57 6.11 8.28 10.69 14.92
Motor shaft speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r/min 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
Free air delivery 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l/s 3.4 4.4 8.4 11.7 15.7 18.6 23.9
Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.4 1.4 1.7 1.7
Opening pressure of safety valve (not
for Block/Power Pack) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
Maximum sound pressure level 1):
- Standard version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 78 79 79 80 81 84 85
- Silenced receiver-mounted version . . . dB(A) 65 66 66 70 70 73 73
- Silenced pack version . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 63 64 64 68 68 70 70
42 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
7.3.2 60 Hz
Compressor type LE15 LE22 LE40 LE55 LE75 LE110 LE150
Maximum working pressure for LE . . . . bar(e) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

LE Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5
LE Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.4 1.7 1.7 1.7
for Block/Power Pack) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
7.4 Compressor data for LF 10 bar
7.4.1 50 Hz
Compressor type LF15 LF22 LF40 LF55 LF75
Maximum working pressure for LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 10 10 10 10 10

Maximum working pressure for LF Trolley . . . . . . . . bar(e) 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5
Pre-set pressure difference for LF Trolley . . . . . . . . . bar 1 1 1 1 1
- Unsilenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 40 44 45 50 51
- Silenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 48 52 53 58 59
Power input at max. working pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . kW 2.05 2.71 5.11 5.89 8.65
Motor shaft speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r/min 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
Free air delivery 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l/s 3.1 4.0 7.6 9.2 14.4
Opening pressure of safety valve (not for Block/
Power Pack) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 11 11 11 11 11
- Standard version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 82 83 83 84 86
- Silenced receiver-mounted version . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 69 70 70 74 77
- Silenced pack version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 67 68 68 72 74
2920 1257 04 43
Instruction book
7.4.2 60 Hz
Compressor type LF15 LF22 LF40 LF55 LF75
Maximum working pressure for LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 10 10 10 10 10

Maximum working pressure for LF Trolley . . . . . . . . bar(e) 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5
Pre-set pressure difference for LF Trolley . . . . . . . . . bar 1 1 1 1 1
- Unsilenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 49 54 54 60 58
- Silenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 57 62 62 68 66
Power input at max. working pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . kW 2.36 3.10 5.89 6.70 10.66
Motor shaft speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r/min 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
Free air delivery 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l/s 3.6 4.6 8.8 10.7 17.1
Opening pressure of safety valve (not for Block/
Power Pack) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 11 11 11 11 11
- Standard version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 84 85 85 86 88
- Silenced receiver-mounted version . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 71 72 72 76 79
- Silenced pack version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 69 70 70 74 76
7.5 Compressor data for LT 15 bar
7.5.1 50 Hz
Compressor type LT15 LT22 LT40 LT55 LT75 LT110
Maximum working pressure for LT . . . . bar(e) 15 15 15 15 15 15

LT Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 13.7 13.7 13.7 13.7 13.7 13.7
LT Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar 1 1 1 1 1 1
- Unsilenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 49 57 68 56 75 72
- Silenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 57 65 76 64 83 80
Power input at max. working pressure . . kW 2.29 2.87 4.95 6.64 8.67 12.10
Motor shaft speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r/min 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
Free air delivery 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l/s 3.1 4.0 6.7 9.2 11.7 18.1
Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.4 1.4 1.7
for Block/Power Pack) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 16 16 16 16 16 16
Opening pressure of relief valve . . . . . . bar(e) 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5
- Standard version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 78 79 79 80 81 84
- Silenced receiver-mounted version . . . dB(A) 65 66 66 70 70 73
- Silenced pack version . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 63 64 64 68 68 70
44 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
7.5.2 60 Hz
Compressor type LT15 LT22 LT40 LT55 LT75 LT110
Maximum working pressure for LT . . . . bar(e) 15 15 15 15 15 15

LT Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 13.7 13.7 13.7 13.7 13.7 13.7
LT Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar 1 1 1 1 1 1
- Unsilenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 57 66 81 65 40 76
- Silenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 65 74 89 73 48 84
Power input at max. working pressure . . kW 2.49 3.44 6.16 8.27 9.28 14.55
Motor shaft speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r/min 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
Free air delivery 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l/s 3.6 4.7 7.9 10.9 14.2 21.4
Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.4 1.7 1.7
for Block/Power Pack) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 16 16 16 16 16 16
Opening pressure of relief valve . . . . . . bar(e) 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5
- Standard version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 80 81 81 82 83 84
- Silenced receiver-mounted version . . . dB(A) 67 68 68 72 73 74
- Silenced pack version . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 65 66 66 70 71 72
7.6.1 50 Hz
Compressor type LT15 LT22 LT40 LT55 LT75 LT110 LT150
Maximum working pressure . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.4 1.4 1.7 1.7
Opening pressure of relief valve . . . . . . bar(e) 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5
Maximum sound pressure level 1)
2920 1257 04 45
Instruction book
7.6.2 60 Hz
Compressor type LT15 LT22 LT40 LT55 LT75 LT110 LT150
Maximum working pressure . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.4 1.7 1.7 1.7
Opening pressure of relief valve . . . . . . bar(e) 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5
7.7.1 50 Hz
Compressor type LT22 LT40 LT55 LT75
Maximum working pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 30 30 30 30

- Unsilenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 49 60 42 58
- Silenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 57 68 50 66
Power input at max. working pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kW 2.83 4.73 6.11 7.89
Motor shaft speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r/min 1500 1500 1500 1500
Free air delivery 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l/s 2.5 4.4 6.4 8.5
Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l 0.8 0.8 1.4 1.4
Opening pressure of relief valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5
- Standard version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 79 79 80 81
- Silenced pack version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 64 64 68 68
46 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
7.7.2 60 Hz
Compressor type LT22 LT40 LT55
Maximum working pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 30 30 30

- Unsilenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 53 65 49
- Silenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 61 73 57
Power input at max. working pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kW 3.44 5.77 7.63
Motor shaft speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r/min 1800 1800 1800
Free air delivery 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l/s 3.1 5.5 8.0
Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l 0.8 0.8 1.4
Opening pressure of relief valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 6.5 6.5 6.5
- Standard version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 81 81 82
- Silenced pack version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 66 66 70
Footnotes chapter 7
1) According to CAGI PNEUROP PN8NTC2.2.

2) At reference conditions
2920 1257 04 47
Instruction book
8 Conversion list of SI units into US/British units

1 bar = 14.504 psi
1 g = 0.035 oz
1 kg = 2.205 lb
1 km/h = 0.621 mile/h
1 kW = 1.341 hp (UK and US)
1 l = 0.264 US gal
1 l = 0.220 Imp gal (UK)
1 l = 0.035 cu.ft
1 m = 3.281 ft
1 mm = 0.039 in
1 m 3/min = 35.315 cfm
1 mbar = 0.401 in wc
1 N = 0.225 lbf
1 Nm = 0.738 lbf.ft
x degrees celsius = (32 + 1.8 x) degrees fahrenheit 1)
Footnote chapter 8
1) A temperature difference of 1 degree celsius = a temperature difference of 1.8 degrees fahrenheit.
48 2920 1257 04
Combined Air Filter - Regulator
Filtre à air combiné - Régulateur MIDI F/R
Kombinierter Druckluftfilter - Regler
Filtro de aire combinado - Regulador 15C
Filtro aria - Regolatore
Gecombineerde luchtfilter - drukregelaar ASL 11/92 – 12
Yhdistetty ilmansuodatin - paineensäädin
Kombinerad tryckluftfilter - regulator
MIDI F/R 15C-BS Optional Accessories, ENGLISH

(9093 0012 31) please see page 20 Operator’s Instructions Page 2-3
Spare Parts and Accessories
Ordering No.s Page 18-20
MIDI F/R 15C-BES
(9093 0012 01) FRANÇAIS
Guide de l’utilisateur Page 4-5
Max. rec. Pièces de rechange et accessoires
1/2" BSP air flow
Numéros de référence (Ordering No.) Pages 18-20
31 l/s
Gauge thread at 6.3 bar DEUTSCH
1/4" BSP
Bedienungsanleitung Seite 6-7
Bestellnummern (Ordering No.) für
Polycarbonate bowl
Semi-automatic Ersatzteile und Zubehör Seite 18-20
drainage
ESPAÑOL
Polycarbonate bowl with Instrucciones de empleo Página 8-9
bowl guard Piezas de repuesto y accesorios
Semi-automatic Designación (Ordering No.) Páginas 18-20
drainage
ITALIANO
Istruzioni per l’uso Pag. 10-11
Min. 65 mm
for changing Elenco ricambi ed accessori
filter element No. di catalogo (Ordering No.) Pag. 18-20
NEDERLANDS
MIDI F/R 15C-AS
(9093 0011 71) Bedieningsinstrukties Blz. 12-13
Reserveonderdelen en toebehoren
MIDI F/R 15C-AES
(9093 0011 41) Bestelnummers (Ordering No.) Blz. 18-20
SUOMI
Työkalujen käyttöohjeet Sivu 14-15
Varaosien ja lisävarusteiden
tilausnumerot (Ordering No.) Sivu 18-20
SVENSKA
Polycarbonate bowl Skötselinstruktion Sida 16-17
Automatic Beställningsnummer (Ordering No.)
drainage för reservdelar och tillbehör Sida 18-20
Polycarbonate bowl with

bowl guard
Automatic
drainage
MIDI F/R 15C-DS

(9093 0012 61)
Metal bowl with

sight glass
Semi-automatic
drainage
6155100M
Edition 1 Atlas Copco Tools - No. 9836 1551 00

Page 1 (21) 1999 - 08
ENGLISH - Instructions
! Warning
The polycarbonate bowl must not be allowed to come into
Environment care
Wrapping material and used parts should be handled according to
contact with aggressive chemicals. local authorities directions in the country where the product is
Examples of chemicals which attack bowls of polycarbonate installed.
Acetone, benzol, brake fluid, glycerine, some synthetic oil,
chloroform, carbon tetrachloride (and similar solvents), carbon Setting
disulphide, methyl alcohol, perchloroethylene, toluene, – Pull the setting knob (2) out and turn it counter-clockwise as far as
trichloroethylene, xylene (nitrocellulose, thinner), acetic acid. it goes.
– Turn on the compressed air supply.
Important – Set the secondary pressure:
– Temperature range ±0°C to +50°C. statically (no air flow) or dynamically (while air consuming
– Max. working pressure (e) = 16 bar = 1.6 MPa at +50°C with metal equipment is operating).
bowl. With polycarbonate bowl max. 16 bar at +25°C and max. 10 – Turn the knob clockwise until the wanted secondary pressure is
bar = 1.0 MPa at +50°C. obtained.
– Setting at lower secondary pressure : turn the knob
Installation counter-clockwise – this causes secondary air relief through the
– Remove any foreign matter or impurities from the air line by diaphragm assembly (13) to the atmosphere.
blowing it clean with compressed air. – Relock the setting knob by pressing it in when the pressure setting
– The filter/regulator must be installed as close as possible to the has been finally adjusted.
equipment which is to be driven by the compressed air.
– If an oil-fog lubricator MIDI DIM 15C or a direct lubricator DOS 15B
Attendance
is to be installed in the air line, it must be sited after the The filter/regulator requires a minimum of maintenance apart from
filter/regulator. emptying and cleaning. If leakage occurs in consequence of fouling,
– The filter/regulator must be installed with the bowl vertical and the the regulating valve (19) and the diaphragm assembly (13) should be
drain valve (45/51) downwards. removed for cleaning.
– The pressure gauge can be installed as desired on either of the two Draining of the filter unit
connections on the filter/regulator housing. Block the connection Type -A
which is not used with the plug supplied. The water is automatically drained off when the float of the drain
Note the arrow indicating the flow direction.
valve (51) is lifted to a certain height.
– Condensate drained off the filter bowl might be conveyed via a The valve can also be opened manually by turning its knurled
flexible plastic hose with an inside diameter of 6 mm, which can be outlet pipe counter-clockwise.
attached to the drain valve (45), instead of the plastic hose (50).
Type -B
Assembling of bowl guard (55) The bowl is drained automatically when the pressure in it falls
– Pull the tab on the lock ring (43) in the arrow direction and turn the below 0.2 bar. If the water reaches up to the indicated maximum
bayonet ring (44) counter-clockwise to stop. level the bowl must be emptied manually by pressing the tabs of
– Hold the bayonet ring so that the bowl remains in bottom position. the drain grip (48) together.
Disassemble the lock ring from the bayonet ring. A small Type -C
screwdriver (flat edge) could be entered behind the tabs on the lock The water must not reach beyond the indicated maximum level.
ring to ease disassembly. Drain off the collected water at regular intervals – appropriately
– Remove the bayonet ring (44) from the plastic bowl (40). every day or as found suitable by experience – by pressing the
– Assemble the bayonet ring (57) to the bowl guard (56). Enter the tabs of the drain grip (48) together.
plastic bowl in the bayonet ring. Hold the bayonet ring so that the Type -D
bowl and the bowl guard remain in the bottom position. The water must not reach beyond the upper sight glass window.
– Assemble the lock ring (43). The arrow marked tab should fit in the Drain off the collected water at regular intervals – appropriately
groove of the bayonet ring. every day or as found suitable by experience – by pressing the
Assembling of wall mounting bracket (60) tabs of the drain grip (48) together.
– Remove on both sides of the filter/regulator the small pre-punched Cleaning the filter unit
covers in cover (32/33) The bowl and filter element (27/28) must be cleaned at regular
– Enter screws (62). intervals to avoid loss of efficiency. The filter unit should be washed in
– The bracket (61) could be mounted either with wall screws below petrol or the like and then blown dry from the inside. The bowl should
filter/regulator housing or above. be washed with water to which a little detergent has been added.
Assembling of two MIDI 15C units Dismantling for cleaning of bowl and filter element
For the assembling an assembly kit (63) should be used. Note – There is no need to remove the filter/regulator from the
– Remove the black cover plate on the outlet side of the first unit in compressed-air line.
the flow direction (note the flow direction arrows on the housings) – Vent the air line.
and the cover plate on inlet side of the second unit. The yellow – Pull the tab on the lock ring (43) in the arrow direction and turn the
cover plates should not be removed. bayonet ring (44) counter-clockwise to stop.
– Put one of the units on a table so the connection surface is – Pull down the complete bowl.
horizontal and turned upwards. Locate the O-ring (64) in the recess – Turn the separator disk (26) 90° counter-clockwise. Pull out the
around the flow port. Position the two nuts (67) in corresponding disk and the filter element (27/28).
recesses. – Remove and check the condition of O-ring (30). Replace if
Note – Check that a nut corner meets the shaped nut corner in the damaged or deformed.
housing. Assembly after the bowl and filter element have been cleaned
– Position the other unit so the two units meet surface to surface and – Smear the O-ring (30) with grease and fit it in place.
the complete unit forms a straight line with regard to the yellow – Push in the filter element. Position the separator disk and turn it 90°
front covers. clockwise.
– Hold the units together and locate the clamps (65). Screw in one of – Push the bowl and the bayonet ring into the housing with the
the screws (66) half-ways. Screw in the other one and tighten to bayonet tabs fitting in corresponding recesses. Turn the bayonet
bottom position. Finally, tighten the first one to bottom position. ring clockwise until the arrow marked tab on lock ring (43) snaps
into locked position.
– Check that the bayonet ring is locked by trying to turn it
counter-clockwise.
2 Atlas Copco Tools - No. 9836 1551 00

ENGLISH - Instructions
Dismantling for cleaning of the regulator unit

Note – The dismantling procedure described below is valid for an
uninstalled filter/regulator. When a filter/regulator which is installed in
the compressed air line is to be dismantled, the air line must first be
vented.
– Pull the setting knob (2) out and turn it counter-clockwise as far as
it goes.
– Carefully, simultaneously, bend out a little the upper end of the
three tabs on ring (8) and lift off the setting knob.
– Grip, e.g. in a vice, the outer end of the bonnet (5) firmly and turn it
counter-clockwise. Remove the complete housing.
– Remove the spring (11) and take out the complete diaphragm (13)
and support ring (12). Note the side of the support ring which is
facing the diaphragm. Check the condition of the rubber diaphragm
(15). Replace if worn.
– Pull the tab on the lock ring (43) in the arrow direction and turn the
bayonet ring (44) counter-clockwise to stop.
– Pull down the complete bowl.
– Turn the separator disk (26) 90° counter-clockwise. Pull out the
disk and the filter element (27/28).
– Remove the splash shield (25). Turn counter-clockwise.
– Take care of the spring (29) located inside the splash shield.
– Take out the complete regulating valve (19). Check the rubber seat
on the valve. Replace valve if seat is damaged. Check the O-ring
(21). Replace if damaged or deformed.
– Check the valve seat inside the filter/regulator housing.
– Remove the O-rings (22) and (30). Replace if they are damaged or
deformed.
Assembling after cleaning of the regulator unit
Note – In assembling, conditions of scrupulous cleanliness must be
observed.
– Grease and install the O-rings (22) and (30) in the housing.
– Grease the regulating valve pin (notice the play pin relative to valve
body) as well as the outer cylindrical part of the regulating valve
and its O-ring (21).
– Insert the complete regulating valve (19) in the housing.
– Locate the spring (18) on the regulating valve.
– Screw in the splash shield. Turn clockwise. Use suitable tool in
centre part to grip and tighten.
– Push in the filter unit. Position the separator disk and turn it 90°
clockwise.
– Push the bowl and the bayonet ring into the housing with the
bayonet tabs fitting in corresponding recesses. Turn the bayonet
ring clockwise until the arrow marked tab on lock ring (43) snaps
into locked position.
– Check that the bayonet ring is locked by trying to turn it
counter-clockwise.
– Check the seat for the diaphragm assembly (13) in the housing.
– Fit the diaphragm assembly into the housing.
– Push the valve pin and the diaphragm a couple of times to make
sure that the regulating valve is operating at full stroke (approx. 3
mm).
– Fit the support ring (12). Position so the internal radius will face the
diaphragm.
– Position the spring (11) on top of the diaphragm assembly.
– Turn the square shaped spindle (4) on top of the complete bonnet
(3) counter-clockwise to stop.
– Screw the complete bonnet (3) 1-2 turns into the regulator housing.
– Turn the square shaped spindle 3-4 turns clockwise to centre the
diaphragm relative to the stem on regulating valve (19).
– Turn the setting screw (4) counter-clockwise back to stop.
– Screw in the complete bonnet (3) clockwise and tighten it firmly.
– Push on the setting knob (2) until the tabs on ring (8) locks the
knob.
Installation of filter/regulator after overhaul
– Install the filter/regulator and pressurize the air line.
– Turn the setting knob (2) to build up some pressure. Turn the knob
to and fro to make sure that the pressure follows the setting.
Atlas Copco Tools - No. 9836 1551 00 3

FRANÇAIS - Instructions
! Attention
Le bol en polycarbonate ne peut pas entrer en contact avec des
– Maintenez les deux unités ensemble et repérez les brides (65).
Vissez une des deux vis (66) à mi-course, puis vissez l’autre à
substances chimiques agressives. fond. Enfin, serrez la première vis à fond.
Exemples de produits chimiques qui attaquent les Protection de l’environnement
réservoirs en polycarbonate :
Les emballages et les pièces usagées doivent être éliminés en
Acétone, benzol, liquide de frein, glycérine, certaines huiles
accord avec la réglementation en vigueur dans le pays dans lequel le
synthétiques, chloroforme, tétrachloride de carbone (et solvants
produit est installé.
similaires), bisulfure de carbone, alcool méthylique,
tétrachloréthylène, toluène, trichloréthylène, xylène Réglage
(nitrocellulose, thinner), acide acétique.
– Tirez le bouton de réglage (2) vers l’extérieur, puis tournez-le à
Important fond vers la gauche.
– Plage de températures ±0°C à +50°C. – Mettez l’alimentation à air comprimé sous tension.
– Pression de travail maximum (e) = 16 bars = 1,6 MPa à +50°C – Réglez la pression secondaire statiquement (absence de flux d’air)
avec réservoir métallique. Maximum 16 bars à +25°C et maximum ou dynamiquement (pendant le fonctionnement de l’outil alimenté
10 bars = 1,0 MPa à +50°C avec réservoir en polycarbonate. en air comprimé).
– Tournez le bouton vers la droite jusqu’à ce que la pression
Installation secondaire atteigne le niveau désiré.
– Eliminez les corps étrangers ou les impuretés de la conduite d’air – Réglage de la pression secondaire inférieure : tournez le bouton
en la nettoyant à l’air comprimé. dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d’une montre afin de libérer la
pression secondaire dans l’atmosphère, par l’intermédiaire du
– Le filtre/régulateur doit être installé aussi près que possible de
membrane (13).
l’outil qui doit être alimenté en air comprimé.
– Verrouillez à nouveau le bouton de réglage en l’enfonçant dès que
– Si vous devez installer un graisseur à brouillard d’huile MIDI DIM
vous avez terminé de régler la pression.
15C ou un graisseur direct DOS 15B dans la conduite d’air,
montez-le après le le filtre/régulateur. Maintenance
– Vous devez installer le filtre en positionnant le réservoir
verticalement et le robinet de vidange (45/51) vers le bas. Outre la vidange et le nettoyage, le filtre/régulateur ne nécessite
qu’un entretien minimum.
Notez le sens de la flèche indiquant la direction du flux.
En présence d’une fuite provoquée par un encrassement du
– Les condensats qui s’écoulent du réservoir du filtre peuvent être
régulateur, vous devez déposer et nettoyer l’ensemble de la soupape
acheminés à l’aide d’un flexible en plastique d’un diamètre intérieur
(19) et de la membrane (13).
de 6 mm, qui peut être fixé au robinet de vidange (45), au lieu du
flexible en plastique (50). Vidange du filtre
Assemblage de la protection du réservoir (55) Type -A
– Tirez l’ergot de la rondelle-ressort (43) dans le sens de la flèche et L’eau est automatiquement vidangée lorsque le flotteur du robinet
tournez la bague à baïonnette (44) dans le sens inverse des de vidange (51) est relevé à une hauteur déterminée.
aiguilles d’une montre pour commander l’arrêt. Vous pouvez aussi ouvrir manuellement le robinet en tournant
– Maintenez la bague à baïonnette de façon à ce que le réservoir son tuyau de sortie à molette dans le sens inverse des aiguilles
demeure dans le fond. Démontez la rondelle-ressort à partir de la d’une montre.
bague à baïonnette. Vous pouvez éventuellement insérer un petit Type -B
tournevis (à bord plat) derrière les ergots de la rondelle-ressort Le réservoir est automatiquement vidangé lorsque sa pression
pour faciliter son démontage. interne descend au-dessous de 0,2 bar. Si l’eau a atteint le
– Retirez la bague à baïonnette (44) du réservoir en plastique (40). niveau maximal indiqué, vous devez vider manuellement le
– Assemblez la bague à baïonnette (57) sur le réservoir (56). Insérez réservoir en serrant les ergots de la poignée de vidange (48) l’un
le réservoir en plastique dans la bague à baïonnette. Maintenez contre l’autre.
cette dernière de façon à ce que le réservoir et la protection Type -C
demeurent dans le fond. L’eau ne peut pas dépasser le niveau maximal indiqué.
– Assemblez la rondelle-ressort (43). L’ergot marqué d’une flèche Vidangez-la donc régulièrement (idéalement chaque jour ou
doit s’adapter dans la rainure de la bague à baïonnette. selon l’intervalle adéquat déterminé par l’expérience) en serrant
les ergots de la poignée de vidange (48) l’un contre l’autre.
Assemblage du support de fixation mural (60)
Type -D
– Déposez les deux petits couvercles prépercés du capot (32/33), de L’eau ne peut pas dépasser la mire supérieure. Vidangez-la donc
part et d’autre du filtre/régulateur. régulièrement (idéalement chaque jour ou selon l’intervalle
– Insérez les vis (62). adéquat déterminé par l’expérience) en serrant les ergots de la
– Le support (61) peut être fixé à l’aide de vis murales, au-dessous poignée de vidange (48) l’un contre l’autre.
ou au-dessus du carter du filtre/régulateur par brouillard d’huile.
Nettoyage du filtre
Assemblage de deux unités MIDI 15C
Vous devez nettoyer régulièrement le réservoir et l’unité du filtre
L’assemblage doit être effectué à l’aide d’un lot d’assemblage (63). (27/28) afin de préserver leur efficacité. Le filtre doit être nettoyé avec
– Déposez la plaque de protection noire, du côté de la sortie de la de l’essence ou tout autre produit similaire, puis séché à l’air par
première unité, dans le sens du flux (désigné à l’aide des flèches l’intérieur. Le réservoir, par contre, doit être nettoyé avec de l’eau et
apposées sur les carters), ainsi que la plaque de protection du côté un peu de détergent.
de l’admission de la seconde unité. Ne retirez pas les plaques de Démontage de la pièce d’insertion du filtre et du réservoir en vue
protection de couleur jaune. de leur nettoyage
– Posez une des deux unités sur une table en plaçant la surface de Notez – Il n’est pas nécessaire de retirer le filtre de la conduite d’air
connexion à l’horizontale et en l’orientant vers le haut. Repérez le comprimé.
joint torique (64) logé dans la rainure qui entoure le port – Purgez la conduite d’air.
d’aspiration. Positionnez les deux écrous(67) dans les encoches – Tirez l’ergot de la rondelle-ressort (43) dans le sens de la flèche,
correspondantes. puis tournez la bague à baïonnette (44) dans le sens inverse des
Notez – Assurez-vous qu’un coin de l’écrou est en contact avec le aiguilles d’une montre pour commander l’arrêt.
coin de l’écrou usiné du carter. – Tirez l’ensemble du réservoir vers le bas.
– Positionnez l’autre unité de façon à ce que sa surface soit en – Tournez le disque séparateur (26) de 90° dans le sens inverse des
contact avec celle de l’autre unité et à ce que les deux unités aiguilles d’une montre, puis retirez-le ainsi que l’unité du filtre (25).
forment une ligne droite au niveau des protections avant de couleur – Retirez la protection de la dérivation (27/28) en la tournant dans le
jaune. sens inverse des aiguilles d’une montre.

FRANÇAIS - Instructions
– Retirez le joint torique (30) et contrôlez son état. S’il est déformé, – Adaptez l’ensemble de la membrane dans le carter.
remplacez-le. – Appuyez plusieurs fois sur la goupille de la soupape et la
Assemblage après nettoyage du réservoir et de l’unité du filtre membrane afin de vous assurer que la soupape atteint la fin de
course (environ 3 mm).
– Graissez le joint torique (30) et installez-le.
– Adaptez la bague d’appui (12) en orientant le rayon interne face à
– Vissez la protection de la dérivation en la tournant dans le sens des
la membrane.
aiguilles d’une montre.
– Positionnez le ressort (11) par dessus l’ensemble de la membrane.
– Enfoncez l’unité du filtre, positionnez correctement le disque
– Tournez l’arbre carré (4) en haut de l’ensemble du capot (3) dans
séparateur, puis tournez-le de 90° dans le sens des aiguilles d’une
le sens inverse des aiguilles d’une montre pour commander l’arrêt.
montre.
– Vissez l’ensemble du capot (3) d’un ou deux tours dans le carter du
– Enfoncez le réservoir et la bague à baïonnette dans le carter, en
régulateur.
adaptant les ergots à baïonnette dans les encoches
correspondantes. Tournez la bague à baïonnette dans le sens des – Tournez l’arbre carré de 3 à 4 tours dans le sens des aiguilles
aiguilles d’une montre jusqu’à ce que l’ergot marqué d’une flèche d’une montre pour centrer la membrane par rapport à la tige de la
de la rondelle-ressort (43) se verrouille. soupape (19).
– Assurez-vous que la bague à baïonnette est correctement – Tournez à nouveau l’arbre carré dans le sens inverse des aiguilles
verrouillée en essayant de la tourner dans le sens inverse des d’une montre pour commander l’arrêt.
aiguilles d’une montre. – Vissez l’ensemble du capot (4) dans le sens des aiguilles d’une
montre en les serrant fermement.
Démontage du régulateur en vue de son nettoyage
– Enfoncez le bouton (2) jusqu’à ce qu’il soit verrouillé par les ergots
Notez – La procédure de démontage décrite ci-dessous s’applique à de la bague (8).
un régulateur qui n’est pas installé. Avant de démonter un régulateur
Installation du régulateur/filtre après l’entretien
déjà installé dans la conduite d’air comprimé, purgez celle-ci.
– Tirez le bouton (2) vers l’extérieur et tournez-le à fond dans le sens – Installez le régulateur/filtre et mettez la conduite d’air sous
inverse des aiguilles d’une montre. pression.
– Pliez délicatement et légèrement l’extrémité supérieure des trois – Tournez le bouton de réglage (2) de façon à augmenter légèrement
ergots (8) en levant simultanément le bouton. la pression. Tournez le bouton vers l’avant et vers l’arrière de façon
– Maintenez fermement, dans un étau par exemple, l’extrémité à ce que la pression soit conforme au réglage.
extérieure du bonnet (5) et tournez-la dans le sens inverse des
aiguilles d’une montre. Déposez l’ensemble du carter.
– Déposez le ressort (11), puis retirez l’ensemble de la membrane
(13) et de la bague d’appui (12). Notez le côté de la bague d’appui
qui est face à la membrane. Contrôlez l’état de la membrane en
caoutchouc (15) et remplacez-la si elle est usée.
– Tirez l’ergot de la rondelle-ressort (43) dans le sens de la flèche,
puis tournez la bague à baïonnette (44) dans le sens inverse des
aiguilles d’une montre pour commander l’arrêt.
Tirez l’ensemble du réservoir vers le bas.
– Tournez le disque séparateur (26) de 90° dans le sens inverse des
aiguilles d’une montre, puis retirez-le ainsi que l’unité du filtre
(27/28).
– Retirez la protection de la dérivation (25) en la tournant dans le
sens inverse des aiguilles d’une montre.
– Veillez à ne pas endommager le ressort (29) logé à l'interieur de la
protection de la dérivation.
– Retirez l’ensemble de la soupape (19). Contrôlez le siège en
caoutchouc de la soupape. S’il est endommagé, remplacez la
soupape. Contrôlez le joint torique (21) et remplacez-le s’il est
endommagé ou déformé.
– Contrôlez le siège de la soupape à l’intérieur du carter du
régulateur.
– Déposez les joint toriques (22et 30) et remplacez-les s’il est
endommagé ou déformé.
Montage du régulateur après son nettoyage
Notez - Pendant l’assemblage, veillez à ce que toutes les pièces
soient parfaitement propres.
– Graissez et installez les joints toriques (22) et (30) dans le carter.
– Graissez la goupille de la soupape (notez le jeu entre la goupille et
le corps de la soupape) ainsi que la partie cylindrique externe de la
soupape, et son joint torique (21).
– Insérez l’ensemble de la soupape (19) dans le carter.
– Repérez le ressort (18) monté sur la soupape.
– Vissez la protection de la dérivation (dans le sens des aiguilles
d'une montre), en saisissant et en serrant sa partie centrale à l'aide
d'un outil adéquat.
– Enfoncez le réservoir et la bague à baïonnette dans le carter, en
adaptant les ergots à baïonnette dans les encoches
correspondantes. Tournez la bague à baïonnette dans le sens des
aiguilles d’une montre jusqu’à ce que l’ergot marqué d’une flèche
de la rondelle-ressort (43) se verrouille.
– Assurez-vous que la bague à baïonnette est correctement
verrouillée en essayant de la tourner dans le sens inverse des
aiguilles d’une montre.
– Contrôlez le siège de l’ensemble de la membrane (13) dans le
carter.

DEUTSCH - Bedienunganleitung
! Warnung
Um Rißbildung durch Spannungen zu verhindern, darf der
– Die andere Einheit so plazieren, daß sich die beiden Einheiten
Fläche gegen Fläche treffen und daß die komplette Einheit eine
Kunststoffbehälter nicht mit agressiven Mitteln in Berührung gerade Linie entsprechend den gelben Frontabdeckungen bildet.
kommen. – Die Einheiten gegeneinander halten und die Klammern (65)
Beispiele für Chemikalien, die Behälter aus Polykarbonat anbringen. Eine der Schrauben (66) halb einschrauben. Die andere
angreifen einschrauben und bis zum Anschlag eindrehen. Abschließen die
Aceton, Benzol, Bremsflüssigkeit, Glyzerin, gewisse synthetische erste Schraube bis zum Anschlag festziehen.
Öle, Chloroform, Kohlenstofftetrachlorid (und ähnliches), Umweltschutz
Schwefelkohlenstoff, Methanol, Perchloräthylen, Toluol,
Kartonmaterial und verbrauchten Teile müssen entsprechend den
Trichloräthylen, Xylolen (Nitrozellulose, Verdünnung),
Anweisungen der Behörden des Landes gehandhabt werden, in dem
Essigsäure.
das Produkt installiert ist.
Wichtig
Einstellung
– Temperaturbereich ±0°C bis +50°C.
– Den Einstelldrehknopf (2) herausziehen und so weit wie möglich im
– Max. Arbeitsdruck (e) = 16 bar = 1,6 MPa bei +50°C mit einem
Gegenuhrzeigersinn drehen.
Behälter aus Metall. Mit einem Behälter aus Polykarbonat max. 16
bar bei +25°C und max. 10 bar = 1,0 MPa bei +50°C. – Druckluft anschließen.
– Den Sekundärdruck statisch (kein Luftdurchfluß) oder dynamisch
Installation einstellen (während luftverbrauchende Ausrüstung im Betrieb ist)
– Eventuelle Verunreinigungen in der Luftleitung durch Reinigung mit – Den Drehknopf im Uhrzeigersinn drehen, bis der gewünschte
Druckluft entfernen. Sekundärdruck erreicht ist.
– Ein Filter/Regler ist so nahe wie möglich an der Ausrüstung zu – Einstellung auf einen niedrigeren Sekundärdruck: Den
installieren, die mit Druckluft angetrieben wird. Einstelldrehknopf im Gegenuhrzeigersinn drehen. Dabei wird die
Sekundärluft durch Membraneinheit (13) ins Freie geleitet.
– Wenn ein Ölnebelschmierer MIDI DIM 15C oder ein
Direktschmierer DOS 15B in der Luftleitung installiert werden soll, – Nach der Druckeinstellung wird der Einstelldrehknopf durch
sind diese hinter dem Filter/Regler zu montieren. Eindrücken wieder gesperrt.
– Der Filter/Regler soll mit senkrechtem Behälter und mit dem Pflege
Entleerungsventil (45/51) nach unten gerichtet montiert werden.
Den Pfeil für die Durchflußrichtung beachten. Das Filter/Regler erfordert außer Entleerung und Reinigung nur wenig
Wartung.
– Kondensat, das aus dem Filterbehälter entleert wird, kann durch
Bei Undichtheiten aufgrund von Verunreinigung der Reglereinheit
einen flexiblen Kunstoffschlauch mit einem Innendurchmesser von
sollten das Reglerventil (19) und die Membraneinheit (13) zwecks
6 mm geführt werden, der anstelle des Kunststoffschlauchs (45) an
Reinigung ausgebaut werden.
das Drainageventil (50) angeschlossen werden kann.
Entleerung der Filtereinheit
Montage des Schutzkorbes (55)
– Die Zunge des Sicherungsrings (43) in Richtung des Pfeils ziehen Typ -A
und den Bajonettring (44) gegen den Uhrzeigersinn bis zum Das Wasser wird automatisch entleert, wenn der Schwimmer des
Anschlag drehen. Drainageventils (51) auf eine bestimmte Höhe gehoben wurde.
– Den Bajonettring so halten, daß der Behälter in der unteren Das Ventil kann auch manuell geöffnet werden, indem das
Position verbleibt. Den Sicherungsring vom Bajonettring entfernen. geriffelte Auslaßrohr gegen den Uhrzeigersinn gedreht wird.
Ein kleiner Schraubendreher (flache Klinge) kann hinter die Zungen Typ -B
Der Behälter wird automatisch entleert, wenn der Druck unter 0.2
des Sicherungsrings eingeführt werden, um den Ausbau zu
bar abfällt. Wenn das Wasser den angezeigten Höchststand
vereinfachen. Darauf achten dass des Sicherungsring nicht zerstört
erreicht, muß der Behälter manuell geleert werden, in dem die
werden.
Zungen des Drainagegriffs (48) zusammengedrückt werden.
– Den Bajonettring (44) vom Kunststoffbehälter (40) entfernen.
– Den Bajonettring (57) an die Schutzkorbes (56) montieren. Den
Typ -C
Der Wasserstand darf den angegebenen Höchststand nicht
Kunststoffbehälter in den Bajonettring einführen. Den Bajonettring
überschreiten. Das gesammelte Wasser in regelmäßigen
so halten, daß Behälter und Schutzkorbes in der unteren Position
Abständen entleeren, täglich oder entsprechend den
verbleiben.
Erfahrungswerten, in dem die Zungen des Drainagegriffs (48)
– Den Sicherungsring montieren (43). Die Zunge mit dem Pfeil muß
zusammengepreßt werden.
in die Aussparung im Bajonettring passen.
Typ -D
Montage der Wandhalterung (60) Das Wasser darf das obere Schauglas nicht Überschreiten. Das
– Die vorgestanzten kreise in Abdeckung(32/33) auf beiden Seiten gesammelte Wasser in regelmäßigen Abständen entleeren,
des Filter/Reglers entfernen. entweder täglich oder entsprechend den Erfahrungswerten,
– Die Schrauben (62) montieren. indem die Zungen des Drainagegriffs (48) zusammengepreßt
– Die Halterungen (61) können entweder mit den Wandschrauben werden.
unterhalb oder oberhalb des Filter/Regler montiert werden. Reinigung der Filtereinheit
Zusammenbau von zwei MIDI 15C-Einheiten Behälter und Filterheit (27/28) müssen in regelmäßigen Abständen
Für den Zusammenbau kann ein Montagesatz (63) verwendet gereinigt werden, damit sich ihr Wirkungsgrad nicht verringert. Die
werden. Filtereinheit sollte in Benzin o.ä. gereinigt und dann von innen trocken
– Die schwarze Abdeckplatte auf der Auslaßseite der ersten Einheit geblasen werden. Der Behälter wird mit Wasser gereinigt, dem etwas
in Flußrichtung (die Flußrichtungspfeile sind auf den Gehäusen Reinigungsmittel zugefügt wird.
markiert) und die Abdeckplatte auf der Einlaßseite der zweiten Ausbau zur Reinigung des Behälters und Filtereinsatzes
Einheit entfernen. Die gelben Abdeckplatte dürfen nicht entfernt
Achtung! – Filter/Regler müssen nicht von der Druckluftleitung
werden.
ausgebaut werden.
– Eine der Einheiten auf einen Tisch legen, so daß die
– Die Druckluftleitung entlüften.
Anschlußfläche horizontal ist und nach oben weist. Den O-Ring
– Die Zunge am Sicherungsring (43) in Pfeilrichtung ziehen und den
(64) in die Aussparung rund um die Durchflußöffnung plazieren.
Bajonettring (44) gegen den Uhrzeigersinn bis zum Anschlag
Die beiden Muttern (67) in die entsprechenden Aussparungen
drehen.
legen.
Den kompletten Behälter herunterziehen.
Anmerkung – Kontrollieren, daß eine der Ecken der Mutter in die
– Die Wasserabscheiderscheibe (26) 90° gegen den Uhrzeigersinn
entsprechend gestaltete Ecke im Gehäuse paßt.
drehen. Die Scheibe und die Filtereinheit (27/28) herausziehen.

DEUTSCH - Bedienunganleitung
– Den O-Ring (30) entfernen und seinen Zustand kontrollieren. Bei – Den Stützring (12) montieren. Zuvor angebrachte Markierung
Beschädigung oder Verformung austauschen. beachten.
Zusammenbau nach Reinigung des Behälters und der – Die Feder (11) oben auf die Membraneinheit legen.
Filtereinheit – Die vierkantige Spindel (4) auf dem kompletten Oberteil (4) gegen
– Den O-Ring (30) mit Fett einschmieren und in Einbaulage bringen. den Uhrzeigersinn bis zum Anschlag drehen.
– Den Spritzschutz einschrauben. Im Uhrzeigersinn drehen. – Das komplette Oberteil (3) 1-2 Umdrehungen in das
– Die Filtereinheit einschieben. Den Wasserabscheider einsetzen Reglergehäuse drehen.
und 90° im Uhrzeigersinn drehen. – Die vierkantige Spindel 3-4 Umdrehungen im Uhrzeigersinn
– Den Behälter und den Bajonettring in das Gehäuse führen, so daß drehen, um die Membran im Verhältnis zur Spindel des
die Zungen des Bajonettrings in die entsprechenden Aussparungen Regelventils (19) zu zentrieren.
passen. Den Bajonettring im Uhrzeigersinn drehen, bis die Zunge – Die vierkantige Spindel (4)gegen den Uhrzeigersinn bis zum
mit dem Pfeil am Sicherungsring (43) in verriegelter Position Anschlag zurückdrehen.
einschnappt. – Das komplette Oberteil (3) im Uhrzeigersinn einschrauben und fest
– Die Verriegelung des Bajonettrings kontrollieren, indem versucht anziehen.
wird, ihn gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen. – Das Einstellrad (2) eindrücken, bis die Zungen im Ring (8) das Rad
verriegeln.
Ausbau zur Reinigung der Reglereinheit
Anmerkung – Der nachstehende Zerlegungsvorgang gilt für einen Installation von Filter/Regler nach der Überholung
nicht installierten Regler. Wenn ein Regler, der in die Druckluftleitung
– Filter/Regler installieren und die Luftleitung unter Druck setzen.
installiert ist, ausgebaut werden soll, muß die Leitung zuerst entlüftet
– Den Einstelldrehknopf (2) drehen, um einen gewissen Druck
werden.
aufzubauen. Den Drehknopf drehen und wieder zurückdrehen, um
– Das Einstellrad (2) herausziehen und soweit wie möglich gegen
zu überprüfen, ob der Druck der jeweiligen Einstellung entspricht.
den Uhrzeigersinn drehen.
– Gleichzeitig vorsichtig das obere Ende der drei Zungen an Ring (8)
herausbiegen und das Einstellrad herausnehmen.
– In z.B. einem Schraubstock das Außenende des Oberteils (5)
vorsichtig ergreifen und gegen den Uhrzeigersinn drehen. Das
komplette Gehäuse entfernen.
– Dann die Feder (11) entfernen und die komplette Membran (13)
und den Stützring (12) herausnehmen. Die Seite des Stützrings
markieren, die zur Membran hin liegt. Den Zustand der
Gummimembran (15) kontrollieren. Bei Verschleiß austauschen.
– Die Zunge am Sicherungsring (43) in Pfeilrichtung ziehen und den
Bajonettring (44) gegen den Uhrzeigersinn bis zum Anschlag
drehen.
Den kompletten Behälter herunterziehen.
– Die Wasserabscheiderscheibe (26) 90° gegen den Uhrzeigersinn
drehen. Die Scheibe und die Filtereinheit (27/28) herausziehen.
– Den Spritzschutz (25) entfernen. Gegen den Uhrzeigersinn drehen.
– Die Feder (29) aus dem Spritzschutz entfernen.
– Das komplette Regelventil (19) herausnehmen. Den Gummisitz des
Ventils kontrollieren. Das Ventil austauschen, wenn der Sitz
beschädigt ist. Ebenfalls den O-Ring (21) kontrollieren. Bei
Beschädigung oder Verformung austauschen.
– Dann den Ventilsitz im inneren des Reglergehäuses kontrollieren.
– Die O-Ringe (22und 30) entfernen. Bei Beschädigung oder
Verformung austauschen.
Einbau nach der Reinigung der Reglereinheit
Anmerkung - Beim Zusammenbau muß unbedingte Sauberkeit
beachtet werden.
– Die O-Ringe (22) und (30) schmieren und in das Gehäuse
montieren.
– Den Stift des Regelventils einschmieren (das Spiel des Stifts im
Verhältnis zum Ventilkörper beachten) sowie das äußere
zylindrische Teil des Regelventils und seinen O-Ring (21).
– Das komplette Regelventil (19) in das Gehäuse einsetzen.
– Die Feder (18) am Regelventil anordnen.
– Den Spritzschutz einschrauben (im Uhrzeigersinn). Ein geeignetes
Werkzeug für das Festziehen im mittleren Teil verwenden.
– Die Filtereinheit einschieben. Den Wasserabscheider einsetzen
und 90° im Uhrzeigersinn drehen.
– Den Behälter und den Bajonettring in das Gehäuse führen, so daß
die Zungen des Bajonettrings in die entsprechenden Aussparungen
passen. Den Bajonettring im Uhrzeigersinn drehen, bis die Zunge
mit dem Pfeil am Sicherungsring (43) in verriegelter Position
einschnappt.
– Die Verriegelung des Bajonettrings kontrollieren, indem versucht
wird, ihn gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen.
– Den Sitz der Membraneinheit (13) im Gehäuse kontrollieren.
– Die Membraneinheit in das Gehäuse montieren.
– Den Stift des Regelventils und die Membran einige Male
eindrücken, um sicherzustellen, daß das Regelventil mit vollem
Hub (ca. 3 mm) arbeitet.

ESPAÑOL- Instrucciones
! Atención
El recipiente de policarbonato no debe ponerse en contacto con
– Mantenga unidas las unidades y coloque las abrazaderas (65).
Atornille a medias uno de los tornillos (66). Atornille el otro y
productos químicos agresivos. apriételo a fondo. Por último, atornille el primer tornillo a fondo.
Ejemplos de productos químicos que atacan los recipientes Protección del medio ambiente
de policarbonato
El material de embalaje y las piezas usadas deben desecharse de
Acetona, benzol, líquido de frenos, glicerina, algunos aceites
acuerdo con la normativa del país en que se instale el producto.
sintéticos, tetracloruro de carbono (y disolventes similares),
bisulfuro de carbono, al colhol metílico, percloroetileno, tolueno, Ajuste
tricloroetileno, xileno (nitrocelulosa, thinner), ácido acético.
– Tirar del volante de ajuste (2) y girarlo en sentido contrahorario
Importante hasta tope.
– Intervalo de temperaturas ±0°C a +50°C. – Abrir la alimentación de aire comprimido.
– Presión máx. de trabajo (e) = 16 bares = 1.6 MPa a +50°C con – Ajustar la presión secundaria de forma estática (sin flujo de aire) o
recipiente de metal. Con recipiente de policarbonato máx. 16 bares dinámica (mientras esté funcionando el equipo de accionamiento
a +25°C y máx. 10 bares = 1.0 MPa a +50°C. neumático).
– Girar el volante en sentido horario hasta obtener la presión
Instalación secundaria deseada.
– Quitar las materias extrañas o las impurezas de la tubería de aire, – Ajuste a una presión secundaria más baja: Girar el volante en
soplando aire comprimido a través de la misma. sentido contrahorario. Esto causará el vaciado de aire secundario a
través del diafragma (13) a la atmósfera.
– Instalar el filtro/regulador lo más cerca posible del equipo que se va
a accionar con el aire comprimido. – Bloquear de nuevo el volante de ajuste, presionándolo hacia
adentro cuando se haya efectuado el ajuste definitivo de la presión.
– Si se instala un lubricador de niebla de aceite MIDI DIM 15C o un
lubricador directo DOS 15B en la tubería, tendrá que estar situado Mantenimiento
después del filtro/regulador.
El filtro/regulador requiere un mínimo de mantenimiento, aparte del
– Instalar el filtro/regulador con el recipiente vertical y la válvula de
vaciado y limpieza.
drenaje (45/51) hacia abajo.
Si ocurre una fuga en la parte del regulador debido a obturación,
Notar la flecha que indica la dirección de flujo.
quitar el conjunto de válvula reguladora (19) y diafragma (13) para
– La condensación desprendida de la cuba de filtro puede
limpiarlo.
conducirse mediante una manguera flexible de plástico con un
diámetro interior de 6 mm, que puede conectarse a la válvula de Drenaje de la unidad de filtro
drenaje (45), en lugar de con la manguera de plástico (50). Tipo -A
Montaje del cubrecubas (55) El agua se drena automáticamente cuando el flotador de la
– Tire de la pestaña del anillo de bloqueo (43) en dirección de la válvula de drenaje (51) se eleva a determinada altura.
flecha y haga girar el anillo de bayoneta (44) en dirección contraria La válvula también puede abrirse manualmente haciendo girar el
a las manecillas del reloj hasta el tope. tubo estriado de entrada en dirección contraria a las manecillas
– Sostenga el anillo de bayoneta de forma que la cuba permanezca del reloj.
en posición inferior. Desmonte el anillo de bloqueo del anillo de Tipo -B
bayoneta. Puede introducir un pequeño destornillador (de punta La cuba se drena automáticamente cuando su presión interior
plana) detrás de las pestañas del anillo de bloqueo para facilitar el desciende por debajo de 0,2 bar. Si el agua llega al nivel máximo
desmontaje. indicado, la cuba debe vaciarse manualmente pulsando
– Retire el anillo de bayoneta (44) de la cuba de plástico (40). conjuntamente las pestañas de la empuñadura de drenaje (48).
– Monte el anillo de bayoneta (57) en la cuba (56). Introduzca la Tipo -C
cuba de plástico en el anillo de bayoneta. Mantenga el anillo de El agua no debe rebasar el nivel máximo indicado. Vacíe el agua
bayoneta de forma que la cuba y el cubrecubas permanezcan en el agua acumulada periódicamente, de preferencia cada día o
posición inferior. cuando resulte adecuado según su experiencia, pulsando
– Monte el anillo de bloqueo (43). La pestaña marcada con la flecha conjuntamente las pestañas de la empuñadura de drenaje (48).
debe entrar en la muesca para el anillo de bayoneta. Tipo -D
El agua no debe rebasar la ventana superior de la mirilla. Vacíe
Montaje de la brida de fijación de pared (60)
el agua el agua acumulada periódicamente, de preferencia cada
– Retire a ambos lados del filtro/regulador las pequeñas tapas día o cuando resulte adecuado según su experiencia, pulsando
perforadas situadas en la cubierta (32/33). conjuntamente las pestañas de la empuñadura de drenaje (48).
– Introduzca los tornillos (62).
– La brida (61) puede montarse con tornillos por debajo o por encima Limpieza de la unidad de filtro
de la caja del filtro/regulador. La cuba y la unidad de filtro (27/28) deben limpiarse periódicamente
Montaje de las dos unidades MIDI 15C a fin de evitar una pérdida de eficiencia. La unidad de filtro debe
Para el montaje debe utilizarse un kit de montaje (63). lavarse con gasolina o una sustancia similar y su interior debe
– Retire la placa negra de cierre situada en el lado de salida de la secarse con aire comprimido. La cuba debe lavarse con agua a la
primera unidad en la dirección del flujo (observe las flechas de que se añade un poco de detergente.
indicación de la dirección de flujo en las cajas) y la placa de cierre Desarmado para limpiar el recipiente y el cartucho de filtro
situada en el lado de entrada de la segunda unidad. No retire las Nota - No es necesario retirar el filtro de la tubería de aire
placas de cierre de color amarillo. comprimido.
– Coloque una de las unidades sobre una mesa de forma que la – Ventile la tubería neumática.
superficie de conexión quede en posición horizontal y viendo hacia – Tire de la pestaña del anillo de bloqueo (43) en dirección de la
arriba. Coloque la junta tórica (64) en el hueco alrededor del puerto flecha y haga girar a tope el anillo de bayoneta (44) en dirección
de flujo. Coloque las dos tuercas (67) en los huecos contraria a las manecillas del reloj.
correspondientes. Baje la cuba completa.
Nota: – Compruebe que las esquinas de la tuerca coincidan con – Haga girar el disco separador (26) 90° en dirección contraria a las
las esquinas de la caja. manecillas del reloj. Extraiga el disco y la unidad de filtro (27/28).
– Coloque la otra unidad de forma que las dos unidades se – Retire y compruebe el estado de la junta tórica (30). Cámbiela si
encuentren superficie a superficie y la unidad completa forme una está dañada o deformada.
línea recta respecto a las tapas amarillas frontales.

ESPAÑOL- Instrucciones
Montaje tras la limpieza de la cuba y la unidad de filtro – Coloque el anillo de soporte (12). Colóquelo de forma que el radio
– Engrase la junta tórica (30) y póngala en su lugar. interno quede frente al diafragma.
– Atornille la pantalla contra salpicaduras. Hágala girar en dirección – Coloque el muelle (11) encima de la unidad del diafragma.
de las manecillas del reloj. – Haga girar a tope el husillo cuadrado (4) situado encima del
– Introduzca la unidad de filtro. Coloque el disco separador y hágalo sombrerete (3) en dirección contraria a las manecillas del reloj.
girar 90° en dirección de las manecillas del reloj. – Atornille el sombrerete completo (3) 1-2 vueltas hacia el interior de
– Introduzca la cuba y el anillo de bayoneta en la caja de forma que la caja del regulador.
las pestañas de la bayoneta encajen en las muescas – Haga girar el husillo cuadrado 3-4 vueltas en dirección de las
correspondientes. Haga girar el anillo de bayoneta en dirección de manecillas del reloj a fin de centrar el diafragma respecto al
las manecillas del reloj hasta que la pestaña marcada con la flecha vástago situado sobre la válvula de regulación (19).
del anillo de bloqueo (43) quede bloqueada. – Vuelva a hacer girar a tope el husillo cuadrado (4) en dirección
– Para comprobar que el anillo de bayoneta está bloqueado, intente contraria a las manecillas del reloj.
hacerlo girar en dirección contraria a las manecillas del reloj. – Atornille el sombrerete completo (3) en dirección de las manecillas
Desarmado para limpiar la unidad reguladora del reloj y apriételo firmemente.
Nota: – El procedimiento de desmontaje que se describe a – Empuje el selector de ajuste (2) hasta que quede bloqueado por
las pestañas del anillo (8).
continuación es aplicable a un regulador sin instalar. Si debe
desmontarse un regulador instalado en la tubería de aire comprimido, Instalación del filtro/regulador después de la revisión
primero debe ventilarse la tubería neumática. – Instalar el filtro/regulador y presurizar la tubería de aire.
– Extraiga el selector de ajuste (2) y hágalo girar a tope en dirección – Girar el volante de ajuste (2) para acumular cierta presión. Girar el
contraria a las manecillas del reloj. volante en ambos sentidos para asegurarse de que la presión
– Al mismo tiempo, doble con cuidado el extremo superior de las tres sigue el ajuste.
pestañas del anillo (8) y extraiga el selector de ajuste hacia arriba.
– Sujete firmemente, por ejemplo, en un tornillo de banco, (5)el
extremo exterior del sombrerete y hágalo girar en dirección
contraria a las manecillas del reloj. Retire toda la caja.
– Retire el muelle (11) y extraiga el diafragma (13) y el anillo de
soporte (12). Observe el lado del anillo de soporte que da hacia el
diafragma. Compruebe el estado del diafragma de caucho (15).
Cámbielo si está desgastado.
– Tire de la pestaña del anillo de bloqueo (43) en dirección de la
flecha y haga girar a tope el anillo de bayoneta (44) en dirección
contraria a las manecillas del reloj.
Baje la cuba completa.
– Haga girar el disco separador (26) 90° en dirección contraria a las
manecillas del reloj. Extraiga el disco y la unidad de filtro (27/28).
– Retire la pantalla contra salpicaduras (25). Hágala girar en
dirección contraria a las manecillas del reloj.
– Sujete el muelle (29) situado dentro de la pantalla contra
salpicaduras.
– Extraiga la válvula de regulación completa (19). Compruebe si el
asiento de la válvula está dañado. En tal caso, cámbielo.
Compruebe la junta tórica (21). Cámbiela si está dañada o
deformada.
– Compruebe el asiento de la válvula situada dentro de la caja del
regulador.
– Retire les juntas tóricas (22 y 30). Cámbiela si está dañada o
deformada.
Armado después de limpiar el regulador
Nota: - Durante el montaje deben observarse condiciones de
limpieza absoluta.
– Engrase e instale las juntas tóricas (22) y (30) en la caja.
– Engrase el perno de la válvula de regulación (observe el juego del
perno respecto al cuerpo de la válvula) así como la pieza cilíndrica
exterior de la válvula de regulación y su junta tórica (21).
– Introduzca la válvula de regulación completa (19) en la caja.
– Coloque el muelle (18) sobre la válvula de regulación.
– Atornille la pantalla contra salpicaduras (haciéndola girar en
dirección de las manecillas de reloy). Utilice euna herramienta
adecuada en la parte central para sujetarla y apretarla.
– Introduzca la unidad de filtro. Coloque el disco separador y hágalo
girar 90° en dirección de las manecillas del reloj.
– Introduzca la cuba y el anillo de bayoneta en la caja de forma que
las pestañas de la bayoneta encajen en las muescas
correspondientes. Haga girar el anillo de bayoneta en dirección de
las manecillas del reloj hasta que la pestaña marcada con la flecha
del anillo de bloqueo (43) quede bloqueada.
– Para comprobar que el anillo de bayoneta está bloqueado, intente
hacerlo girar en dirección contraria a las manecillas del reloj.
– Coloque la unidad del diafragma dentro de la caja.
– Pulse el perno de la válvula y el diafragma un par de veces para
asegurarse de que la válvula de regulación funciona con carrera
total. (aprox. 3 mm).

ITALIANO - Istruzioni
! Attenzione
A causa del rischio di infortuni a persone, dovuti alla proiezione
– Posizionare l’altra unità in modo che le due unità combacino ed i
coperchi anteriori gialli del gruppo ottenuto formino una linea retta.
di frammenti in caso di rottura della vaschetta di policarbonato; – Tenere unite le due unità e posizionare i morsetti (65). Avvitare a
essa non deve venire a contatto con sostanze chimiche metà una delle viti (66). Avvitare l’altra vite e serrarla in posizione
aggressive come: inferiore. Serrare infine la prima vite in posizione inferiore.
Esempi di agenti chimici che intaccano le vaschette in Cura dell’ambiente
policarbonato
Il materiale di imballaggio e le parti usate devono essere smaltite in
Acetone, benzene, olio dei freni, glicerina, alcuni oli sintetici,
conformità alle direttive delle autorità locali del Paese in cui è stato
cloroformio, tetracloruro di carbonio (e solventi simili), bisolfuro di
installato il prodotto.
carbonio, alcool metilico, percloroetilene, toluene, tricloroetilene,
– Regolazione
xilene (nitrocellulosa, diluente), acido acetico.
– Tirare la manopola di regolazione (2) verso l’esterno e girarla a
Importante fondo in senso antiorario.
– Attivare l’alimentazione dell’aria compressa.
– Temperatura di esercizio ±0°C +50°C.
– Impostare la pressione secondaria staticamente (senza flusso
– Pressione max. di esercizio (e) = 16 bar = 1,6 MPa a +50°C con
d’aria) oppure dinamicamente (con l’utenza di aria compressa).
vaschetta in metallo. Con vaschetta in policarbonato max. 16 bar a
+25°C e max. 10 bar = 1,0 MPa a +50°C. – Girare la manopola di regolazione in senso orario fino ad ottenere
la pressione secondaria desiderata.
Installazione – Per diminuire la pressione secondaria, girare la manopola in senso
antiorario – tale operazione provoca uno scarico dell’aria dal
– Eliminare eventuali corpi estranei o impurità dalla conduttura
membrana nell’atmosfera (13).
dell’aria utilizzando aria compressa.
– Una volta impostata la pressione desiderata, bloccare nuovamente
– Il filtro/regolatore deve essere installato il pi· vicino possibile
la manopola di regolazione premendola verso l’interno.
all'attrezzatura alimentata dall'aria compressa.
– Nel caso in cui si decida di adottare un lubrificatore a nebbia d'olio Assistenza
MIDI DIM 15C o un lubrificatore DOS 15B nella conduttura dell'aria,
Il filtro/regolatore richiede una manutenzione minima a parte lo
tali dispositivi devono essere installati a valle del filtro/regolatore.
svuotamento e la pulitura.
– Installare il filtro/regolatore con la vaschetta in posizione verticale e la
In caso di perdite dalla sezione regolatore dovute ad incrostazioni,
valvola di spurgo (45/51) rivolta verso il basso.
rimuovere e pulire la valvola di regolazione (19) ed il gruppo
– Il manometro puµ essere installato a piacere su uno dei due
membrana (13).
raccordi dell'alloggiamento del filtro/regolatore. Bloccare il raccordo
non utilizzato con l'apposito tappo. Spurgo
Osservare la freccia che indica la direzione del flusso.
– La condensa all’interno della vaschetta del filtro deve essere
Tipo -A
convogliata con un flessibile di plastica con diametro interno di 6 L’acqua viene spurgata automaticamente quando il galleggiante
della valvola di spurgo (51) raggiunge una determinata altezza.
mm, che può essere collegato alla valvola di spurgo (45) in
La valvola può anche essere aperta manualmente girando il tubo
sostituzione del tubo di plastica (50).
di uscita zigrinato in senso antiorario.
Montaggio della protezione della vaschetta (55)
Tipo -B
– Tirare la linguetta sull’anello di bloccaggio (43) in direzione della La vaschetta viene spurgata automaticamente quando la
freccia e girare l’anello a baionetta (44) in senso antiorario per pressione scende al di sotto di 0,2 bar. Se l’acqua raggiunge il
bloccarlo. livello max. indicato, svuotare manualmente la vaschetta
– Tenere l’anello a baionetta in modo che la vaschetta resti in premendo insieme le linguette della maniglia di spurgo (48).
posizione inferiore. Smontare l’anello di bloccaggio dall’anello a Tipo -C
baionetta. Per facilitare lo smontaggio è possibile inserire un L’acqua non deve raggiungere il livello max. indicato. Spurgare
cacciavite piccolo (a punta piatta) dietro le linguette dell’anello di l’acqua ad intervalli regolari (cioè ogni giorno oppure in base
bloccaggio. all’esperienza) premendo insieme le linguette della maniglia di
– Togliere l’anello a baionetta (44) dalla vaschetta di plastica (40). spurgo (48).
– Montare l’anello a baionetta (57) sulla protezione della vaschetta Tipo -D
(56). Inserire la vaschetta di plastica nell’anello a baionetta. Tenere L’acqua non deve raggiungere la finestrella superiore del vetro
l’anello a baionetta in modo che la vaschetta e la protezione restino spia. Spurgare l’acqua ad intervalli regolari (cioè ogni giorno
in posizione inferiore. oppure in base all’esperienza) premendo insieme le linguette
– Montare l’anello (43) di bloccaggio. La linguetta marcata con la della maniglia di spurgo (48).
freccia deve essere inserita nella scanalatura per l’anello a
baionetta. Pulizia
Montaggio della staffa di fissaggio a muro (60) Per evitare perdite di efficienza, la vaschetta ed il filtro (27/28) devono
– Togliere ad entrambi i lati del filtro/regolatore i piccoli coperchi essere puliti ad intervalli regolari. Il filtro deve essere lavato con
pre-punzonati nel coperchio (32/33). benzina o simile, quindi asciugato soffiando aria dall’interno. La
– Inserire le viti (62). vaschetta deve essere lavata con acqua aggiungendo una piccola
– La staffa (61) può essere fissata al muro sia con le viti al di sotto quantità di detergente.
che al di sopra dell’alloggiamento del filtro/regolatore. Smontaggio per la pulizia della vaschetta e dell'elemento
filtrante
Montaggio delle due unità MIDI 15C
Nota - Non è necessario staccare il filtro del tubo dell’aria compressa.
Per il montaggio è necessario il kit di montaggio (63).
– Sfiatare il tubo dell’aria.
– Togliere la piastra di copertura nera sul lato di uscita della prima
– Tirare la linguetta sull’anello di bloccaggio (43) in direzione della
unità in direzione del flusso (notare le frecce di direzione del flusso
freccia e girare l’anello a baionetta (44) in senso antiorario per
sugli alloggiamenti) e la piastra di copertura nera sul lato di entrata
bloccarlo.
della seconda unità. Non togliere le piastre di copertura gialle.
Abbassare il gruppo vaschetta completo.
– Posizionare una delle unità su un tavolo in modo che la superficie
– Girare il disco del separatore (26) di 90° in senso antiorario.
di adesione sia orizzontale e rivolta verso l’alto. Posizionare l’O-ring
Estrarre il disco ed il filtro (27/28).
(64) nella cavità intorno al foro del flusso. Posizionare i due dadi
– Togliere e controllare le condizioni dell’O-ring (30). Sostituirlo nel
(67) nelle relative cavità.
caso in cui sia danneggiato o deformato.
– Nota – Controllare che un angolo del dado sia inserito nell’apposito
Montaggio al termine della pulizia di filtro e vaschetta
angolo dell’alloggiamento.
– Lubrificare l’O-ring (30) con grasso ed inserirlo in posizione.
– Avvitare il paraspruzzi. Girare in senso orario.

ITALIANO - Istruzioni
– Inserire il filtro. Posizionare il disco del separatore e girarlo di 90°in – Girare l’albero quadrato di 3-4 in senso orario per centrare la
senso orario. membrana relativa allo stelo sulla valvola di regolazione (19).
– Inserire la vaschetta e l’anello a baionetta nell’alloggiamento – Girare nuovamente l’albero quadrato (4) in senso antiorario per
inserendo le linguette dell’anello a baionetta nelle relative sedi. bloccarlo.
Girare l’anello a baionetta in senso orario finché la linguetta – Avvitare il fermo completo (3) in senso orario e serrarlo
marcata con la freccia sull’anello di bloccaggio (43) non è bloccata. saldamente.
– Controllare che l’anello a baionetta sia bloccato provando a girarlo – Premere il pomello di regolazione (2) finché le linguette sull’anello
in senso antiorario. (8) non bloccano il pomello.
Smontaggio per la pulizia della sezione regolatore
Installazione del regolatore dopo la revisione
Nota - La seguente procedura di smontaggio si riferisce ad un
filtro/regolatore non installato. Prima di smontare un filtro/regolatore – Installare il regolatore ed attivare l’alimentazione dell’aria
collegato alla conduttura d'aria compressa, spurgare l'aria dalla compressa.
conduttura stessa. – Agire sulla manopola di regolazione per creare una certa
– Estrarre il pomello di regolazione (2) e girarlo a fondo in senso pressione. Girare la manopola (2) in un senso e nell’altro per
antiorario. accertarsi che la pressione venga regolata sul valore impostato.
– Piegare contemporaneamente con cautela l’estremità superiore
delle tre linguette sull’anello (8) ed estrarre il pomello di
regolazione.
– Bloccare saldamente, ad es. in una morsa, l’estremità esterna del
fermo (5) e girarla in senso antiorario. Togliere l’alloggiamento
completo.
– Togliere la molla (11) ed estrarre la membrana completa (13) e
l’anello di supporto (12). Notare il lato dell’anello di supporto rivolto
verso la membrana. Controllare le condizioni della membrana di
gomma (15). Sostituirla nel caso in cui sia usurata.
– Tirare la linguetta sull’anello di bloccaggio (43) in direzione della
freccia e girare l’anello a baionetta (44) in senso antiorario per
bloccarlo.
Abbassare il gruppo vaschetta completo.
– Girare il disco del separatore (26) di 90° in senso antiorario.
Estrarre il disco ed il filtro (27/28).
– Togliere il paraspruzzi (25). Girare in senso antiorario.
– Prestare attenzione alla molla (29) situata all'interno del
paraspruzzi.
– Estrarre la valvola di regolazione completa (19). Controllare la sede
di gomma sulla valvola. Sostituire la valvola nel caso in cui la sede
sia danneggiata. Controllare l’O-ring (21). Sostituirlo nel caso in
caso in cui sia danneggiato o deformato.
– Controllare la sede della valvola all’interno dell’alloggiamento del
regolatore.
– Togliere l’O-ring (22 e 30). Sostituirlo nel caso in caso in cui sia
danneggiato o deformato.'
Montaggio dopo la pulizia della sezione regolatore
Nota - In sede di montaggio, osservare sempre condizioni di
massima pulizia.
– Ingrassare ed installare gli O-ring (22) e (30) nell’alloggiamento.
– Ingrassare il perno della valvola di regolazione (notare il gioco del
perno sul corpo della valvola), la parte cilindrica esterna della
valvola di regolazione ed il relativo O-ring (21).
– Inserire la valvola di regolazione completa (19) nell’alloggiamento.
– Posizionare la molla (18) sulla valvola di regolazione.
– Avvitare il paraspruzzi (girare in senso orario). Utilizzare un
attrezzo con parte centrale adequata per afferrarlo e serrarlo.
– Inserire il filtro. Posizionare il disco del separatore e girarlo di 90° in
senso orario.
– Inserire la vaschetta e l’anello a baionetta nell’alloggiamento
inserendo le linguette dell’anello a baionetta nelle relative sedi.
Girare l’anello a baionetta in senso orario finché la linguetta
marcata con la freccia sull’anello di bloccaggio (43) non è bloccata.
– Controllare che l’anello a baionetta sia bloccato provando a girarlo
in senso antiorario.
– Controllare la sede del gruppo membrana (13) nell’alloggiamento.
– Montare il gruppo membrana nell’alloggiamento.
– Premere un paio di volte il perno della valvola e la membrana per
accertarsi che la valvola di regolazione sia impostata sulla corsa
massima (circa 3 mm).
– Montare l’anello di supporto (12). Posizionarlo in modo che il raggio
interno sia rivolto verso la membrana.
– Posizionare la molla (11) in cima al gruppo membrana.
– Girare l’albero quadrato (4) in cima al fermo completo (3) in senso
antiorario per bloccarlo.
– Avvitare il fermo completo (3) di 1-2 giri nell’alloggiamento del
regolatore.

NEDERLANDS - Instructies
! Waarschuwing
De polycarbonaat beker mag niet in contact komen met een van
Milieuzorg
Verpakkingsmateriaal en versleten onderdelen moeten worden
de onderstaande agressieve chemicaliën. verwerkt volgens de richtlijnen van de plaatselijke overheden in het
Voorbeelden van chemicaliën die polycarbonaatbekers land waar het product wordt geïnstalleerd.
aantasten
Aceton, benzeen, remvloeistof, glycerine, bepaalde synthetische Instelling
oliën, chloroform, koolstoftetrachloride (en vergelijkbare – Trek de instelknop (2) uit en draai deze zover mogelijk rechtsom.
oplosmiddelen), koolstofdisulfide, methylalcohol, – Schakel de persluchttoevoer aan.
perchloorethyleen, tolueen, trichloorethyleen, xyleen – Stel de secundaire druk in statisch (geen luchtstroming) of
(nitrocellulose, thinner), azijnzuur. dynamisch (terwijl de luchtverbruikende apparatuur in werking is).
– Draai de knop rechtsom tot u de gewenste secundaire druk bereikt.
Belangrijk – Instelling op lagere secundaire druk: draai de knop linksom B
– Temperatuurbereik ±0°C tot +50°C. hierdoor ontsnapt secundaire lucht doorheen de diafragma (13)
– Max. werkdruk (e) = 16 bar = 1,6 MPa bij +50°C met een metalen naar de atmosfeer.
beker. Met een polycarbonaat beker max. 16 bar bij +25°C en max. – Hervergrendel de instelknop door deze in te drukken zodra de
10 bar = 1,0 MPa bij +50°C. drukinstelling volledig is afgeregeld.
Installatie Onderhoud
– Verwijder alle vreemde stoffen of onzuiverheden uit de luchtleiding De filter/drukregelaar vergt een minimum aan onderhoud. Als lekkage
door ze met perslucht schoon te blazen. optreedt ten gevolge van vervuiling, verwijder dan de regelklep (19)
– De filter/drukregelaar moet zo dicht mogelijk geïnstalleerd worden en de zuiger (13) om deze te reinigen.
bij de apparatuur die door de perslucht wordt aangedreven. Aflaten
– Als een olienevelsmeertoestel MIDI DIM 15C of een rechtstreekse Type -A
smeerinrichting DOS 15B op de persluchtleiding dient te worden Het water wordt automatisch afgelaten wanneer de vlotter van het
geïnstalleerd, moet deze na de filter/drukregelaar geïnstalleerd
aflaatventiel (51) op een zekere hoogte wordt opgetild.
worden.
Het ventiel kan ook manueel geopend worden door zijn
– De filter/drukregelaar moet worden aangebracht met de beker
gekartelde afvoerpijp linksom te draaien.
verticaal en de aflaatkraan (45/51) naar beneden gericht.
Type -B
Let op de pijl die de stroomrichting aanduidt.
De beker wordt automatisch afgelaten wanneer de inwendige
– Het condensaat dat uit de filter afgelaten wordt, kan worden
druk onder 0,2 bar daalt. Als het water gestegen is tot aan het
afgevoerd via een soepele plastic slang met een binnendiameter
aangeduide maximumpeil moet de beker manueel leeggemaakt
van 6 mm, die aan een aflaatklep kan worden (45) verbonden in
worden door de lippen van de afvoergreep samen te drukken
plaats van de plastic slang (50).
(48).
De bekerbeschermkap (55) samenbouwen Type -C
– Trek aan de lip op de borgring (43) in de richting van de pijl en Het water mag niet boven het opgegeven maximumpeil uitkomen.
draai de bajonetring (44) linksom tot tegen de aanslag. Laat het verzamelde water geregeld af - meestal dagelijks of
– Houd de bajonetring zodat de beker in de onderste stand blijft. volgens de opgedane ervaring - door de lippen van de
Demonteer de borgring van de bajonetring. U kunt eventueel een afvoergreep samen te drukken (48).
kleine platte schroevendraaier achter de lippen op de borgring Type -D
steken om de demontage te vergemakkelijken. Het water mag niet hoger komen dan het bovenste kijkglas. Laat
– Verwijder de bajonetring (44) van de plastic beker (40). het verzamelde water geregeld af - meestal dagelijks of volgens
– Zet de bajonetring (57) op de beker (56). Steek de plastic beker in de opgedane ervaring – door de lippen van de afvoergreep
de bajonetring. Houd de bajonetring zo dat de beker en de samen te drukken (48).
bekerbeschermkap in de onderste positie blijven staan.
– Bouw de borgring samen (43). De richting van de pijl die De filtereenheid reinigen
aangebracht is op de lip, moet passen in de groef voor de De beker en de filtereenheid (27/28) moeten geregeld worden
bajonetring. gereinigd om rendementsverlies te vermijden. De filtereenheden
Samenbouwen van de wandmontagebeugel (60) moeten in petroleum of dergelijke worden uitgewassen en dan droog
– Verwijder aan beide kanten van de filter/drukregelaar de kleine geblazen vanaf de binnenkant. De beker moet gewassen worden met
water waaraan een beetje detergens werd toegevoegd.
voorgeponste openingen in het deksel (32/33).
– Breng de schroeven (62) aan. Demontage om de beker en het filterpatroon te reinigen
– De beugel (61) kan gemonteerd worden met de Noot - Het is niet nodig de filter van de persluchtleiding te
wandbevestigingsschroeven onder het huis van de demonteren.
filter/drukregelaar of erboven. – Ontlucht de luchtleiding
Samenbouwen van twee MIDI 15C-eenheden – Trek aan de lip op de borgring (43) in de richting van de pijl en
Voor de assemblage moet een assemblagekit (63) worden gebruikt. draai de bajonetring (44) linksom tot tegen de aanslag.
– Verwijder de zwarte dekselplaat aan de uitlaatkant van de eerste Trek de hele beker naar beneden.
eenheid in de stroomrichting (noteer de stroomrichting van de pijlen – Draai de separatorschijf (26) 90° linksom. Trek de schijf en de
op de huizen) en de dekselplaat aan de inlaatkant van de tweede filtereenheid (27/28) uit.
– Verwijder de O-ring (30) en controleer zijn staat. Vervang indien
eenheid. De gele dekselplaten mogen niet verwijderd worden.
– Plaats een van de eenheden op een tafel zodat het vlak van de Samenbouw na reiniging van de beker en filtereenheid
– Smeer de O-ring (30) in met vet en breng hem op zijn plaats aan.
aansluiting horizontaal is en naar boven gericht. Positioneer de
– Druk de filtereenheid op zijn plaats. Positioneer de separatorschijf
O-ring (64) in de uitsparing rond de stromingspoort. Breng de twee
en draai hem 90° rechtsom.
moeren (67) in de overeenkomstige uitsparingen aan.
– Druk de beker en de bajonetring in het huis met de lippen van de
Noot – Controleer of een hoek van de moer de voorgevormde hoek
bajonetkoppeling in de overeenkomstige uitsparingen. Draai de
van de moer in het huis raakt.
bajonetring rechtsom tot de met de pijl gemerkte tab op de borgring
– Positioneer de andere eenheid zodat de twee eenheden elkaar met
(43) in de geborgde stand klikt.
het oppervlak raken en de complete eenheid een rechte lijn vormt
– Controleer of de bajonetring vastgeklikt is door hem te proberen
ten opzichte van de gele voorste deksels.
linksom te draaien.
– Hou de eenheden samen en breng de klemmen (65) aan. Schroef
een van schroeven (66) half in. Schroef de andere in en draai hem
vast. Draai tenslotte ook de eerste vast.

NEDERLANDS - Instructies
Demontage om de drukregelaar te reinigen

Noot - De hieronder beschreven demontageprocedure is geldig voor
een niet-geïnstalleerde regelaar. Wanneer een regulator die in de
persluchtleiding is geïnstalleerd gedemonteerd moet worden, moet de
luchtlijn eerst drukloos gemaakt worden.
– Trek de instelknop (2) uit en draai hem zo ver mogelijk linksom.
– Buig het bovenste uiteinde van de drie lippen op de ring (8)
gelijktijdig en voorzichtig een beetje naar buiten en hef de
instelknop omhoog.
– Grijp b.v. in een bankschroef, het buitenste uiteinde van de kap (5)
stevig vast en draai het linksom. Verwijder het huis volledig.
– Verwijder de veer (11) en neem het diafragma (13) en de steunring
volledig uit (12). Noteer welke kant van de steunring naar het
diafragma wijst. Controleer de toestand van het rubberdiafragma
(15). Vervang indien het versleten is.
– Trek aan de lip op de borgring (43) in de richting van de pijl en
draai de bajonetring (44) linksom tot tegen de aanslag.
Trek de hele beker naar beneden.
– Draai de separatorschijf (26) 90° linksom. Trek de schijf en de
filtereenheid (27/28) uit.
– Verwijder het spatscherm (25). Draai linksom.
– Let op voor de veer (29) die zich in het spatscherm bevindt.
– Verwijder het regelventiel (19) volledig. Controleer de rubber zitting
op het ventiel. Vervang indien het ventiel of de ventielzitting
beschadigd is. Controleer de O-ring (21). Vervang indien hij
beschadigd of vervormd is.
– Controleer de ventielzitting binnen in het regelaarhuis.
– Verwijder de O-ringen (22) en (30). Vervang indien hij beschadigd
of vervormd is.
Montage na reiniging van de drukregelaar
Noot – Bij de samenbouw moet u een uiterste zuiverheid in acht nemen.
– Vet de O-ringen (22) en (30) in en breng ze in het huis aan.
– Vet de pin van het regelventiel in (merk op dat er speling is tussen
de pin en het ventiellichaam); smeer ook het buitenste cilindrische
deel van het regelventiel en zijn O-ring (21) in.
– Steek het complete regelventiel (19) in het huis.
– Breng de veer (18) op het regelventiel aan.
– Schroef het spatscherm in (rechtsom draaien). Gebruik passend
gereedschap om het middelste deel vast te grijpen en draai vast.
– Druk de filtereenheid op zijn plaats. Positioneer de separatorschijf
en draai hem 90° rechtsom.
– Druk de beker en de bajonetring in het huis met de lippen van de
bajonetkoppeling in de overeenkomstige uitsparingen. Draai de
bajonetring rechtsom tot de met de pijl gemerkte tab op de borgring
(43) in de geborgde stand klikt.
– Controleer of de bajonetring vastgeklikt is door hem te proberen
linksom te draaien.
– Controleer de zitting van de diafragmasamenstelling (13) in het
huis.
– Breng de diafragmasamenstelling in het huis aan.
– Druk de ventielpin en het diafragma een aantal keren in om er
zeker van te zijn dat het regelventiel over zijn hele slag werkt (ca. 3
mm).
– Breng de steunring (12) aan. Plaats deze zo dat de binnenstraal
naar het diafragma wijst.
– Breng de veer (11) boven op het diafragma geheel aan.
– Draai de vierkante spindel (4) bovenop de kap (3) linksom tot tegen
de aanslag.
– Schroef de kap op zijn geheel (3) 1-2 toeren in het huis van de
regelaar.
– Draai de vierkante spindel 3-4 toeren rechtsom om het diafragma
te centreren ten opzichte van de schacht van het regelventiel (19).
– Draai de vierkante spindel (4) linksom tot tegen de aanslag.
– Schroef de complete kap (3) rechtsom en draai hem stevig vast.
– Druk de instelknop (2) in tot de lippen op de ring (8) de knop
borgen.
Installatie van de filter/drukregelaar na het nazicht

– Installeer de filter/drukregelaar en breng de luchtleiding onder druk.
– Draai aan de instelknop (2) om enige druk op te bouwen. Draai de
knop heen en weer om te controleren of de druk de instelling volgt.

SUOMI - Ohjeita
! Varoitus
Polykarbonaattikulho ei saa joutua kosketuksiin jäljempänä
Säätäminen
– Vedä säätönuppi (2) ulos ja käännä se ääriasentoon vastapäivään.
lueteltujen syövyttävien kemikaalien kanssa. – Kytke paineilman syöttö.
Esimerkkejä polykarbonaattisäiliöit’ vaurioittavista aineista – Säädä toisiopaine staattisesti (ei ilmavirtaa) tai dynaamisesti (ilmaa
Asetoni, benseeni, jarruneste, glyseriini, jotkut synteettiset öljyt, kuluttava laitteisto toimii).
kloroformia, hiilitetrakloridi (ja vastaavat), rikihiili, metanoli, – Käännä nuppia myötäpäivään, kunnes toisiopaine on haluttu.
perkloorietyleeni, tolueeni, ksyleeni (nitroselluloosa, tinneri), – Toisiopaineen pienentämien: säädä nuppia vastapäivään -
etikkahappo. toisioilma purkautuu silloin männän (13) kautta ilmakehtään.
– Lukitse nuppi painamalla se sisään, kun paine on säädetty
Tärkeää lopullisesti.
– Lämpötila-alue ±0°C ... +50°C.
– Suurin työpaine (e) = 16 bar = 1,6 MPa +50°C lämpötilassa
Huolto
(metallissäiliö). Polykarbonaattisäiliötä käytettäessä max 16 bar Suodatin/säädin vaatii vain vähän huoltoa. Jos se vuotaa likaantu-
+25°C lämpötilassa ja max 10 bar = 1,0 MPa +50°C lämpötilassa. misen seurauksena, irrota säätöventtiili (19) ja kalvo (13) puhdis-
tamista varten.
Asennus
Tyhjentäminen
– Poista mahdolliset epäpuhtauden ilmalinjasta puhaltamalla Tyyppi -A
puhtaaksi paineilmalla.
Vesi tyhjenee automaattisesti, kun tyhjennysventtiilin (51) uimuri
– Suodatin/säädin on asennettava mahdollisimman l¤helle nousee tiettyyn korkeuteen.
paineilmakäyttöistä laitteistoa. Venttiilin voi avata myös manuaalisesti kääntämällä pyällettyä
– Jos ilmalinjaan asennetaan öljysumuvoitelulaite MIDI DIM 15C tai poistoputkea vastapäivään.
suoravoitelulaite DOS 15B, ne on asennettava suodattimen/ Tyypi -B
säätimen jälkeen.
Säiliö tyhjenee automaattisesti, kun sen paine on alle 0,2 bar. Jos
– Suodatin/säädin säiliö asennetaan pystysuoraan ja tyhjennys- veden pinta nousee merkittyyn enimmäiskorkeuteen, säiliö on
venttiili (45/51) alaspäin.
tyhjennettävä manuaalisesti painamalla tyhjennyskahvan (48)
Huomaa nuoli, joka näyttää virtaussuunnan.
kielekkeet yhteen.
– Suodatinkuppiin kertyvän lauhteen voi poistaa joustavalla Tyyppi -C
muoviletkulla (sisäläpimitta 6 mm), joka kiinnitetään
Veden pinta ei saa ylittää merkittyä maksimikorkeutta. Tyhjennä
tyhjennysventtiiliin (45) muoviletkun (50) tilalle.
vesi säännöllisesi - joko päivittäin tai kokemuksen mukaan. Paina
Säiliön suojuksen (55) asentaminen tyhjennyskahvan (48) kielekkeet yhteen.
– Vedä lukkorenkaan (43) kieltä nuolen suuntaan ja käännä Tyyppi -D
bajonettirengas (44) ääriasentoon vastapäivään. Veden pinta ei nousta yli ylemmän näkölasin. Tyhjennä vesi
– Pidä bajonettirenkaasta niin, että säiliö pysyy ala-asennossa. Irrota säännöllisesi - joko päivittäin tai kokemuksen mukaan. Paina
lukkorengas bajonettirenkaasta. Käytä apuna pientä ruuvitalttaa, tyhjennyskahvan (48) kielekkeet yhteen.
jonka voi työntää lukkorenkaan kielien taakse.
– Irrota bajonettirengas (44) muovisäiliöstä (40). Suodatinyksikön puhdistaminen
– Kiinnitä bajonettirengas (57) säiliöön (56). Sovita muovisäiliö Säiliö ja suodatinyksikkö (27/28) on puhdistettava säännöllisesti, jotta
bajonettirenkaaseen. Pidä bajonettirengasta niin, että säiliö ja sen ne eivät menetä tehoaan. Pese suodatin petrolilla tai vastaavalla ja
suojus pysyvät ala-asennossa. puhalla kuivaksi sisäpuolelta. Pese säiliö vedellä, johon on lisätty
– Asenna lukkorengas (43). Kohdista nuolella merkitty kieli bajonetti- hieman pesuainetta.
renkaan uraan. Säiliön ja suodatinpanoksen purkaminen puhdistamista varten
Seinäkannattimen (60) asentaminen Huom! - Suodatinta ei tarvitse poistaa paineilmalinjasta.
– Poista kotelon merkitty pieni kansi (32/33) suodatin/säädin – Tyhjennä ilmalinja.
kummaltakin puolelta. – Vedä lukkorenkaan (43) kieltä nuolen suuntaaan ja käännä
– Asenna ruuvit (62). bajonettirengas (44) ääriasentoon vastapäivään.
– Kannattimen (61) voi asentaa niin, että kiinnitysruuvit ovat Vedä säiliöasennelma pois.
suodatin/säädin ala- tai yläpuolella. – Käännä erotilevyä (26) 90° vastapäivään. Vedä levy ja
Kahden MIDI 15C -yksikön yhdistäminen suodatinyksikkö (27/28) pois.
– Irrota O-rengas (30) ja tarkasta sen kunto. Vaihda se, jos on
Yhdistämiseen on käytettävä asennussarjaa (63).
– Poista musta peitelevy virtaussuunnassa ensimmäisen yksikön vaurioitunut tai muuttanut muotoaan.
lähtöpuolelta (huomaa kotelon virtaussuuntanuolet) ja toisen Kokoaminen säiliön ja suodatinyksikön puhdistamisen jälkeen
yksikön tulopuolen peitelevy. Älä poista keltaisia peitelevyjä. – Sivele O-renkaaseen (30) rasvaa ja asenna se paikalleen.
– Aseta toinen yksiköistä pöydälle niin, että liitospinta on – Kierrä roiskelevy paikalleen. Käännä myötäpäivään.
vaakasuorasa ja ylöspäin. Sovita O-rengas (64) virtausaukon – Työnnä suodatinyksikkö paikalleen. Kohdista erotinlevy ja käännä
syvennykseen. Sovita kaksi mutteria (67) vastaaviin syvennyksiin. 90° myötpäivään.
– Huom! – Tarkasta, että mutterin kulma osuu kotelon muotoiltuun – Sovita bajonetin kielet syvennyksiinsä ja paina säiliö sekä
kulmaan. bajonettirengas koteloon. Käännä bajonettirengasta myötäpäivään,
– Aseta toinen yksikkö niin, että yksiköiden pinnat osuvat toisiinsa ja kunnes lukkorenkaan (43) nuolella merkitty kieli napsahtaa kiinni.
ovat linjassa yksiöiden keltaisiin peitelevyihin nähden. – Tarkasta vastapäivään kääntämällä, että bajonettirengas on
– Pidä yksiköitä yhdessä ja sovita pitimet (65) paikalleen. Kiristä lukkiutunut.
toinen ruuveista (66) puoliksi. Kierrä toinen ruuvi paikalleen ja Säädinyksikön purkaminen puhdistamista varten
kiristä pohjaan asti. Kiristä sitten ensimmäinen ruuvi pohjaan asti. Huom! - Tämä ohjee koskee irrallista säädintä. Jos ilmalinjaan
Kierrätys asennettu säädin on purettava, ilmalinja on ensin tyhjennettävä.
Pakkausmateriaalit ja käytetyt osat on käsiteltävä tuotteen – Vedä säätönuppi (2) ulos ja käännä ääriasentoon vastapäivään.
käyttömaan viranomaisten ohjeiden mukaan. – Väännä renkaan (8) kolmen pienen kielen yläpäätä
samanaikaisesti varoen ja nosta säätönuppi pois.
– Kiinnitä yläosa (5) ulkopää esimerkiksi ruuvipenkkiin ja käännä
vastapäivään. Poista koko kotelo.
– Irrota jousi (11) ja poista kalvoasennelma (13) sekä tukirengas (12).
Merkitse muistiin tukirenkaan puoli, joka on kalvoon päin. Tarkasta
kumikalvon (15) kunto. Vaihda, jos se on kulunut.

SUOMI - Ohjeita
– Vedä lukkorenkaan (43) kieltä nuolen suuntaaan ja käännä

bajonettirengas (44) ääriasentoon vastapäivään.
Vedä säiliöasennelma pois.
– Käännä erotilevyä (26) 90° vastapäivään. Vedä levy ja
suodatinyksikkö (27/28) pois.
– Poista roiskelevy (25). Käännä vastapäivään.
– Poista jousi (29) roiskesuojasta.
– Poista säätöventtiiliasennelma (19). Tarkasta venttiilin
kumi-istukka. Vaihda, jos se on vaurioitunut. Tarkasta O-rengas
(21). Vaihda se, mikäli se on vaurioitunut tai muuttanut muotoaan.
– Tarkasta venttiilin istukka säätimen kotelosta.
– Poista O-rengas (22) ja (30). Vaihda se, mikäli se on vaurioitunut
tai muuttanut muotoaan.
Kokoaminen säädinyksikön puhdistamisen jälkee
Huom! - Koottaessa on huolehdittava moitteettomasta puhtaudesta.
– Rasvaa ja asenna O-renkaat (22) ja (30) koteloon.
– Rasvaa säätöventtiilin tappi (huomaa tapin ja venttiilin rungon
välys) sekä säätöventtiilin ulompi lieriömäinen osa ja sen O-rengas
(21).
– Asenna säätöventtiiliasennelma (19) koteloon.
– Sovita säätöventtiilin jousi (18) paikalleen.
– Kierrä roiskesuoja paikalleen (myötäpäivään). Kiinnitä keskelle
sopiva työkalu, jolla voi pitää kiinni ja kiristää.
– Työnnä suodatinyksikkö paikalleen. Kohdista erotinlevy ja käännä
90° myötpäivään.
– Sovita bajonetin kielet syvennyksiinsä ja paina säiliö sekä
bajonettirengas koteloon. Käännä bajonettirengasta myötäpäivään,
kunnes lukkorenkaan (43) nuolella merkitty kieli napsahtaa kiinni.
– Tarkasta vastapäivään kääntämällä, että bajonettirengas on
lukkiutunut.
– Tarkasta kalvoasennelma (13) istukka, joka on kotelossa.
– Sovita kalvoasennelma koteloon.
– Paina venttiilintappia ja kalvoa pari kertaa, jotta voit varmistaa, että
säätöventtiili tekee täyden liikkeen (noin 3 mm).
– Asenna tukirengas (12). Käännä se niin, että sisäinen säde on
kalvoon päin.
– Aseta jousi (11) kalvoasennelman päälle.
– Käännä kansiasennelman (4) yläpuolella oleva nelikulmainen (4)
ääriasentoon vastapäivään.
– Kierrä kansiasennelmaa (3) 1-2 kierrosta säätimen koteloon.
– Käännä nelikulmaista akselia 3-4 kierrosta myötäpäivään, jolloin
kalvo keskittyy säätöventtiilin (19) varren suhteen.
– Käännä nelikulmainen (4) akseli takaisin vastapäivään
ääriasentoon.
– Kierrä kansiasennelmaa (3) myötäpäivään ja kiristä se kunnolla.
– Paina säätönuppia (2), kunnes renkaan (8) kielet lukitsevat nupin.
Säätimen asennus huollon jälkeen
– Asenna säädin ja paineista linja.
– Käännä säätönuppia (2) jotta paine nousee hieman. Käännä
nuppia edestakaisin ja varmista, että paine vaihtelee liikkeen
mukaan.

SVENSKA - Skötselinstruktion
! Varning
För att spänningssprickbildning ej skall uppstå får
Återvinning
Kartongmaterial och förbrukade delar skall hanteras enligt de lokala
plastbehållaren ej komma i kontakt med aggressiva medier. myndigheternas anvisningar i landet där produkten är installerad.
Exempel på kemikalier som angriper behållare av
polykarbonat Inställning
Aceton, bensol, bromsvätska, glycerin, vissa syntetoljor, – Drag ut inställningsratten (2) och vrid den moturs så långt det går.
kloroform, koltetraklorid (och liknande), kolsvavla, metanol, – Koppla till tryckluften.
perkloretylen, toluen, trikloretylen, xylen (nitrocellulosa, thinner), – Ställ in sekundärtrycket statiskt (inget luftflöde) eller dynamiskt
ättiksyra. (under drift av luftförbrukande utrustning).
– Vrid ratten medurs tills det önskade sekundärtrycket uppnås.
Viktigt – Inställning på lägre sekundärtryck: Vrid ratten moturs. Därvid
– Temperaturområde ±0°C till +50°C. avluftas sekundärluft genom membranenheten (13) till atmosfären.
– Max. arbetstryck (e) =16 bar vid +50°C med metallbehållare. Med – Spärra åter inställningsratten genom intryckning efter avslutad
behållare av polykarbonat max. 16 bar vid +25°C och max. 10 bar tryckinställning.
vid +50°C.
Skötsel
Installation Filter/regulatorn kräver ringa underhåll förutom tömning och
– Avlägsna eventuella föroreningar i luftledningen genom renblåsning rengöring. Vid otätheter på grund av nedsmutsning bör reglerventilen
med tryckluft. (19) och membranenheten (13) demonteras för rengöring.
– Filter/regulatorn skall installeras så nära som möjligt den utrustning
tryckluften skall driva.
Tömning av filterenheten
– Om en dimsmörjapparat MIDI DIM 15C eller en direktsmörjare Typ -A
DOS 15B skall installeras i luftledningen skall dessa monteras efter Behållaren töms automatiskt när flottören i dräneringsventilen
filter/regulatorn. (51) har lyfts en viss sträcka.
– Filter/regulatorn skall monteras med behållaren lodrätt och med Ventilen kan även öppnas manuellt genom att vrida dess räfflade
dräneringsventilen (45/51) nedåt. utloppsrör moturs.
– Tryckmätaren kan monteras valfritt i endera av Typ -B
filter/regulatorhusets båda anslutningar. Blockera den anslutning Behållaren töms automatiskt när trycket i denna sjunker under 0,2
som ej används med den plugg som medföljer filter/regulatorn. bar. Om vattnet når upp till angiven maximalnivå måste
Observera pilen för genomströmningsriktningen. behållaren tömmas manuellt genom att pressa samman tungorna
– Kondensat som dräneras av behållaren kan ledas bort via en på dräneringsgreppet (48).
flexibel plastslang, med innerdiameter 6 mm, som kan anslutas till Typ -C
dräneringsventilen (45), i stället för plastslangen (50). Vattennivån får ej nå över angiven maximalnivå. Töm ur med
Montering av skyddskåpa (55) jämna mellanrum – lämpligen dagligen eller efter erfarenhet – det
avskilda vattnet genom att pressa samman tungorna på
– Drag tungan på låsringen (43) i pilens riktning och vrid
dräneringsgreppet (48).
bajonettringen (44) motsols till stopp. Dra bort den kompletta
behållaren. Typ -D
– Håll i bajonettringen så att behållaren befinner sig i bottenläge. Vattennivån får ej nå över övre synglasfönstret. Töm ur med
jämna mellanrum – lämpligen dagligen eller efter erfarenhet – det
Demontera låsringen från bajonettringen. En mindre skruvmejsel
avskilda vattnet genom att pressa samman tungorna på
(för spår) kan stickas in bakom bajonettringens tungor för att
dräneringsgreppet (48).
underlätta demonteringen.
– Ta bort bajonettringen (44) från plastbehållaren (40). Rengöring av filterlelement
– Montera bajonettringen (57) på skyddskåpan (56). Sätt in
Behållare och filterelementet (27/28) skall rengöras regelbundet för
plastbehållaren i bajonettringen så att behållare och skyddskåpa
att undvika effektivitetsförlust. Filterelementet bör tvättas i bensin eller
befinner sig i bottenläge.
liknande och därefter blåsas torr inifrån. Behållaren skall tvättas med
– Montera låsringen (43) så att den pilförsedda tungan passar i
vatten med lite tillsats av tvättmedel.
urtaget i bajonettringen.
Demontering för rengöring av behållare och filterelement
Montering av väggfäste (60)
OBS – Filter/regulatorn behöver ej demonteras från
– Avlägsna de små förstansade locken i täckplattorna (32/33) på
tryckluftledningen.
båda sidorna av filter/regulatorn.
– Avlufta tryckluftledningen.
– Montera skruvarna (62).
– Drag tungan på låsringen (43) i pilens riktning och vrid
– Väggfästet (61) kan monteras med väggskruvarna nedanför eller
bajonettringen (44) motsols till stopp.
ovanför filter/regulatorhuset.
– Dra bort den kompletta behållaren.
Hopmontering av två MIDI 15C enheter – Vrid avskiljningsskivan (26) 90° motsols. Drag ut skivan och
För hopmonteringen används en monteringssats (63). filterelementet (27/28).
– Avlägsna den svarta täckplattan på utloppet på den första enheten i – Demontera och kontrollera konditionen hos O-ringen (30). Byt ut
flödesriktningen (se flödespilarna på husen) och täckplattan på om den är skadad eller deformerad.
inloppssidan på den andra. De gula täckplattorna skall inte Montering efter rengöring av behållare och filterelement
avlägsnas.
– Smörj O-ringen (30) med fett och montera den på plats.
– Lägg en av enheterna på ett bord så att anslutningsplanet är
– För in filterelementet. Sätt in avskiljningsskivan och vrid den 90°
horisontellt och vänt uppåt. Placera O-ringen (64) i försänkningen
medurs.
runt flödesporten. Lägg in de två muttrarna (67) i motsvarande
– För in behållaren och bajonettringen i huset så att bajonettringens
urtag.
tungor passar in i motsvarande håligheter.
OBS -Kontrollera att ett mutterhörn passar in i det motsvarande
– Vrid bajonettringen medurs tills den pilmärkta tungan på låsringen
utformade mutterhörnet i huset.
(43) snäpper in i låsläget.
– Positionera den andra enheten så att de två enheterna möts plan
– Kontrollera att bajonettringen är låst genom att försöka vrida den
mot plan och att den kompletta enheten bildar en rak linje med
motsols.
avseende på de gula täckplattorna.
– Håll samman enheterna och placera in klämbackarna (65). Skruva
in en av skruvarna (66) till hälften. Skruva in den andra skruven och
dra den i botten. Avsluta med att dra den första skruven i botten.

SVENSKA - Skötselinstruktion
Demontering för rengöring av regulatorenheten – För in den kompletta reglerventilen (19) i huset.
OBS – Demonteringen nedan gäller en oinstallerad filter/regulator. – Placera fjädern (18) på reglerventilen.
När en filter/regulator, som är installerad i tryckluftledning skall – Skruva in stänkskyddet. Vrid medurs. Använd lämpligt verktyg i
demonteras, måste ledningen först vara avluftad. centrumdelen för att gripa och dra fast.
– Dra ut inställningratten (2) och vrid den moturs så långt det går. – För in filterenheten. Sätt in avskiljningsskivan och vrid den 90°
– Försiktigt, och samtidigt, bänd ut överänden på de tre tungorna på medurs.
ring (8) en aning och lyft bort inställningsratten. – För in behållaren och bajonettringen i huset så att bajonettringens
– Greppa, t. ex. i ett skruvstycke, ytteränden av överdel (5) stadigt tungor passar in i motsvarande håligheter.
och vrid det moturs. Lyft bort det kompletta huset. Vrid bajonettringen medurs tills den pilmärkta tungan på låsringen
– Ta bort fjädern (11) och lyft ut membranenheten (13) och (43) snäpper in i låsläget.
stödringen (12). Notera vilken sida av stödringen som är vänd mot – Kontrollera att bajonettringen är låst genom att försöka vrida den
membranen. Kontrollera konditionen hos gummimembranen (15). motsols.
Ersätt om den är sliten. – Kontrollera sätet för membranenheten (13) i huset.
– Drag tungan på låsringen (43) i pilens riktning och vrid – Placera membranenheten i huset.
bajonettringen (44) motsols till stopp. – Tryck in reglerventilens pinne och membranenheten några gånger
Dra bort den kompletta behållaren. för att vara säker på att reglerventilen arbetar med sitt fulla slag
– Vrid avskiljningsskivan (26) 90° motsols. Drag ut skivan och (ca. 3 mm).
filterelementet (27/28). – Lägg i stödringen (12). Vänd den så att den invändiga radien ligger
– Avlägsna stänkskyddet (25). Vrid moturs mot membranen.
– Ta ut fjädern (29) ur stänkskyddet. – Placera fjädern (11) ovanpå membranenheten.
– Ta ut den kompletta reglerventilen (19). Kontrollera gummisätet på – Vrid den fyrkantiga spindeln (4) på den kompletta överdelen (3)
ventilen. Ersätt ventilen om sätet är skadat. Kontrollera också motsols till stopp.
O-ringen (21). Ersätt om den är skadad eller deformerad. – Skruva in den kompletta överdelen (3) 1-2 varv i regulatorhuset.
– Kontrollera ventilsätet inuti filter/regulatorhuset. – Vrid den fyrkantiga spindeln 3-4 varv medurs för att centrera
– Ta ut O-ringarna (22) och (30). Ersätt om de är skadade eller membranenheten i förhållande till spindeln på reglerventilen (19).
deformerade.För ökad prestanda och minskade servicekostnader – Vrid den fyrkantiga spindeln (4) moturs tillbaka till stopp.
använd alltid Atlas Copco originaldelar. Garantin upphör att gälla – Skruva in den kompletta överdelen (3) medurs till stopp med
om främmande delar används. normal åtdragning.
Montering efter rengöring av regulatorenheten – Sätt på inställningsratten (2) så att tungorna på ring (8) låser ratten.
OBS – Minutiös renlighet måste ovillkorligen iakttas vid monteringen. Installation av filter/regulator efter översyn
– Smörj O-ringarna (22) och (30) med fett och installera i huset. – Installera filter/regulatorn och trycksätt luftledningen.
– Smörj reglerventilens pinne (notera spel pinne relativt – Vrid inställningsratten (2) för att bygga upp visst tryck. Vrid ratten
ventilkroppen), samt även den yttre cylindriska delen av fram och tillbaka för att kontrollera att trycket följer inställningen.
reglerventilen och dess O-ring (21), med fett.
ENGLISH - General spare parts information ITALIANO - Informazioni generali sui ricambi
Bold type Recommended service kit, part assembly, consumption part Contrasse- Kit di assistenza, gruppi di particolari, parti di consumo
for guaranteed highest performance. gnati in raccomandati per garantire prestazioni eccellenti.
Parts without ordering number are for technical reasons not delivered neretto
separately. Per ragioni tecniche, le parti prive di numero di catalogo non possono
The use of other than genuine Atlas Copco replacement parts may result essere fornite separatamente.
in decreased tool performance and increased maintenance and may, at Per migliori prestazioni e ridotti costi di assistenza, servirsi sempre di
the company option, invalidate all warranties. ricambi originali Atlas Copco. L’impiego di altre marche comporta la
cessazione della validità della garanzia.
FRANÇAIS - Informations relatives aux pièces de rechange
Caractères Le lot de réparation recommandé, l’ensemble de pièces, le NEDERLANDS - Algemene informatie over reserveonderdelen
gras consommable garantissant des performances optimales. Vetjes Aanbevolen service-set, onderdelen en samenstellingen voor
Pour des raisons techniques, les pièces dépourvues de référence ne sont gegarandeerd hoge prestaties.
pas livrées séparément. Onderdelen zonder bestelnummer worden om technische redenen niet
L’utilisation de pièces de rechange autres que les pièces d’origine Atlas afzonderlijk geleverd.
Copco peut réduire les performances ainsi que les temps de bon Het gebruik van andere onderdelen dan originele Atlas
fonctionnement de la machine et invalider la garantie. Copco-reserveonderdelen kan verminderde prestaties en extra onderhoud
tot gevolg hebben en kan, naar goeddunken van de onderneming, alle
DEUTSCH - Allgemeine Information über Ersatzteile garanties doen vervallen.
Fett- Empfohlener Service-Satz, Teilmontage, Verbrauchsteil für
gedrukt garantiert höchste Leistung. SUOMI - Yleistä tietoa varaosista
Bauteile ohne Best.-Nr (Ordering No.) sind aus technischen Gründen nicht Paksu Suositeltu huoltosarja, osakokonaisuus tai kulutusosa, jolla
einzeln lieferbar. teksti varmistetaan täysi suorituskyky.
Grundsätzlich nur Original-Ersatzteile von Atlas Copco verwenden. Es Osia, joilla ei ole tilausnumeroa, ei teknisistä syistä toimiteta erikseen.
besteht sonst die Gefahr, dass die Maschinenleistung nachlässt und ein Muiden kuin alkuperäisten Atlas Copco -varaosien käyttö voi vaikuttaa
grösserer Wartungsaufwand erforderlich ist. Wenn fabrikatfremde koneen toimintaan ja lisätä huollon tarvetta. Koneen valmistajalla on
Ersatzteile eingebaut werden, ist der Maschinenhersteller berechtigt, lisäksi oikeus kieltäytyä kaikista takuuvelvoitteista
sämtliche Gewährleistungsverpflichtungen für nichtig zu erklären.
SVENSKA - Allmänna reservdelsanvisningar
ESPAÑOL - Información general sobre piezas de repuesto Fetstil Rekommenderad servicesats, delmontering, slitdetalj för
Letra Juegos de servicio, conjuntos de piezas y piezas de consumo garanterat högsta prestanda.
negrita recomendadas para garantizar el rendimiento máximo. Detaljer utan beställningssnummer (Ordering No.) levereras ej separat av
Por razones técnicas, las piezas sin número de designación no se tekniska skäl.
entregan por separado.
El uso de piezas de repuesto que no sean originales de Atlas Copco
puede reducir las prestaciones de la máquina y exigir más mantenimiento
y, a discreción de la empresa, puede cancelar la validez de todas las
garantías.

MIDI F/R 15C - Filter/Regulator Unit
2
11 4
14 5
13 6 3
15
7
12
8
31 9 32 33
31
1 23
22 20
19
21
30 27
29
28 Optional
25
24
26
Bowls,
please see page 19
35
34
61551 00A
= Included in
Service Kit
Ref.No. Ordering No. N.B. Qty Description Ref.No. Ordering No. N.B. Qty Description
1 - 1 Housing 26 - 1 Separator disc
2 9090 2068 00 1 Setting knob 27 9090 2064 00 1 Filter element, 30µm
3 (4-9) 9090 2069 90 1 Bonnet, compl. (white)
4 - 1 Set screw 29 - a 1 Spring
5 - 1 Bonnet 30 0663 9064 00 1 O-ring (48x2)
6 - 1 Nut 31 - 2 Protective cover
7 - 1 Pin (2.5x12) 32 - 1 Plate (AC No.)
8 - 1 Ring 33 - 1 Plate (AC type)
9 - 1 Sleeve 34 - 1 Protective cover
11 - 1 Spring 35 - 1 Plug (BSP 1/4")
12 - a 1 Support ring OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
13 (14,15) - a 1 Diaphragm assembly 28 9090 2065 00 Filter element, 5 µm
14 - 1 Support disc (yellow)
15 - 1 Diaphragm SERVICE KITS
19 (20,21) - a 1 Regulating valve, compl. Service kit - 9090 2072 90
20 - 1 Regulating valve 12 - 1 Support ring
21 - 1 O-ring (10x2) 13 (14,15) - 1 Diaphragm assembly
22 - a 1 O-ring (3x2) 19 (20,21) - 1 Regulating valve, compl.
23 - 1 Aspirator tube 22 - 1 O-ring (3x2)
24 (25,26) 9090 2071 90 1 Filtering-Separation kit 29 - 1 Spring
25 - 1 Splash shield a Parts included in Service Kit 9090 2072 90

MIDI F/R 15C - Bowls
MIDI F/R 15C-BS, (-CS) MIDI F/R 15C-AS MIDI F/R 15C-DS
43
43 43
44
44 44
42
40 40
41
38 39
46
46
47 45
47 45
51 48
48
50
50
57
55
56
MIDI F/R 15C-AES

MIDI F/R 15C-BES, (-CES)
6155100B
MIDI F/R 15C-BS, -BES, (-CS, -CES) MIDI F/R 15C-DS
38 (40-48) 9090 2060 90 1 Bowl, complete with 41 (42-48) 9090 2062 90 1 Metal bowl, compl. with
semi-automatic drainage semi-automatic drainage
40 - 1 Bowl 42 - 1 Metal bowl
43 9090 2066 00 1 Lock ring 43 9090 2066 00 1 Lock ring
44 9090 2067 00 1 Bayonet ring 44 9090 2067 00 1 Bayonet ring
45 (46-48) 9090 1662 00 1 Draining valve, 45 (46-48) 9090 1662 00 1 Draining valve,
semi-autom. semi-autom.
46 - 1 Draining valve 46 - 1 Draining valve
47 - 1 O-ring (14x2) 47 - 1 O-ring (14x2)
48 - 1 Drain grip 48 - 1 Drain grip
50 9090 1626 00 1 Plastic hose (8/6) 50 9090 1626 00 1 Plastic hose (8/6)
MIDI F/R 15C-AS, AES MIDI F/R 15C-AES, -BES, (-CES)
39 (40-51) 9090 2061 90 1 Bowl, complete with 55 (56,57) 9090 1717 00 1 Bowl guard, compl.
automatic drainage 56 - 1 Bowl guard
40 - 1 Bowl 57 1 Bayonet ring
43 9090 2066 00 1 Lock ring
44 9090 2067 00 1 Bayonet ring
51 9090 1848 00 1 Automatic drain valve

MIDI F/R 15C - OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
BSP 1/8"
64
72
65 BSP 1/4"
63
66
70, 71 BSP 1/2"
62 67
60 68
61
6155100C
60 (61,62) 9090 1655 80 Wall mounting bracket kit 68 9090 1719 00 Air distribution block
61 - 1 Bracket kit with BSP1/2" and
62 - 2 Screw (M5x65) BSP 1/8"thread
(Assembly kit included)
63 (64-67) 9090 1654 00 Assembly kit, for
assembling 70 9090 2052 00 Pressure gauge 0-10 bar
filter/regulator to other 50 mm BSP 1/4"
MIDI-unit 71 9090 2053 00 Pressure gauge 0-16 bar
64 - 1 O-ring ( 23x2.5) 50 mm BSP 1/4"
65 - 2 Clamp 72 9090 1173 00 Pressure gauge,panel
66 - 2 Screw (M5x14) mounting 0-10 bar, 85
67 - 2 Nut (M5) flange BSP 1/4"
Germany France Italy Great Britain

Atlas Copco Tools GmbH Atlas Copco Applications Industrielles S.A Atlas Copco Tools Italia Atlas Copco Tools Limited
Postfach 10 02 44 B.P 49 Casella Postale 10076 P O Box 79
D 45002 Essen F - 95132 Franconville CEDEX I - 20110 Milano Swallowdale Lane
Tel 0201 - 8555 - 0 Tel 01 - 3072 3250 Tel 02 - 61 79 91 Hemel Hempstead, Herts HP2 7HA
Telefax 0201 - 8555 - 100 Telefax 01 - 3072 3253 Telefax 02 - 6601 4699 Tel 01442 - 612 01
Telefax 01442 - 24 05 96
Netherlands Finland Spain

Atlas Copco Tools Nederland Oy Atlas Copco Tools AB Atlas Copco S.A.E, ITE Div.
P O Box 200 Tuupakankuja 1 Apartado 175
NL - 3330 AE Zwijndrecht FIN-01740 Vantaa, Finland E-28820 Coslada (Madrid)
Tel 078 - 623 02 30 Tel 09 - 296 443 Tel 91 - 627 91 00
Telefax 078 - 610 47 02 Telefax 09 - 296 4333 Telefax 91 - 627 91 23
Atlas Copco have own sales companies in 70 countries. For information about sales companies not listed here please contact ;
Atlas Copco Tools AB

S - 105 23 STOCKHOLM, Sweden In respect to wildlife and nature, our technical literature is
Telephone: +46 8 743 9500 printed on environmentally safe paper.
Telefax: +46 8 743 94 99 Printed in Sweden Tierps Tryckeri AB
Telex: 14090 copco s
6$&
6HUYLFH 0DQXDO
0DQXDOH GL $VVLVWHQ]D
%HWULHEV $QOHLWXQJ
1RWLFH (QWUHWLHQ
0DQXDO GH $VLVWHQFLD
0DQXDO GH $VLVWûQFLD
%HGULMIVYRRUVFKULIW
6HUYLFHPDQXDO
+XROWR RKMHNLUMD
6HUYLFHKxQGERN
6HUYLFHPDQXDO
(HXFJSEJP 5VOUISITIK
'DWH 5HY
&RGH
,167$//$7,21 326 ,QVWDOOHG
&2'( '(6&5,37,21
7KH 6$& ZKR
V GLVFKDUJH FDSDFLW\ LV DV LQ )LJ LV LQVWDOOHG DV IROORZV )LJ TXDQWLW\
127( %HIRUH FRQQHFWLQJ WKH GUDLQ EORZ FRPSUHVVHG DLU WKURXJK WKH SLS FRPSOHWH GUDLQ FDVLQJ
LQJ LQ RUGHU WR WKRURXJKO\ FOHDQ RXW DQ\ LPSXULWLHV ZLWKLQ LW

%637 FRQQHFWLRQ QLSSOH LI

: ,QVWDOO WKH GUDLQ DW D OHYHO EHORZ WKH UHFHLYHU )LJ LI QRW WKH UHFHLYHU 137 VXSSOLHG
ZLOO ILOO XS ZLWK FRQGHQVDWH )LJ

ERG\ JDVNHW
: 7R DOORZ DLU HTXDOL]DWLRQ LQVWDOO RQH RI WKH IROORZLQJ
IORDW OHYHU
D WKH FRQQHFWLRQ QLSSOH LI VXSSOLHG ZLWK EDODQFLQJ SLSH ZKLFK PXVW
EH FRQQHFWHG EHWZHHQ WKH GUDLQ DQG UHFHLYHU ZLWKRXW DQ\ H[WUD SLSH PDQXDO GLVFKDUJH YDOYH

RU ILOWHU )LJ 2 ULQJ
E D l WXEH EHWZHHQ WKH GUDLQ DQG WKH UHFHLYHU )LJ FRXSOLQJ IRU
%637 H[WHUQDO SUHVVXUH
UHFHLYHU DYDLODEOH RQ UHTXHVW RU WKH UHFHLYHU
V DLU RXWOHW WXEH
137 HTXDOL]LQJ SOXJ
: 'LVFKDUJH FDQ EH
IUHH RULILFH
RU XVLQJ D WXEH DOVR DERYH WKH GUDLQ )LJ

QXWV EROWV 0 [

0$,17(1$1&( 2 ULQJ 25
VFUHZ 0 [
:((./< RSHQ DQG FORVH WKH GUDLQ YDOYH DV VKRZQ LQ )LJ DQG OHW DLU EORZ
WKURXJK IRU D IHZ PLQXWHV VHDO
,I D VLJQLILFDQW DPRXQW RI ZDWHU PRUH WKDQ OLWUHV H[LWV WKH YDOYH GXULQJ
6SDUHV IRU \HDUV VXSSOLHG DV NLW
WKLV RSHUDWLRQ WKHQ WKH GUDLQ PXVW EH WKRURXJKO\ FOHDQHG DV EHORZ
<($5/< 'LVPDQWOH WKH GUDLQ )LJ DQG FOHDQ DOO FRPSRQHQWV HVSHFLDOO\

1% $OVR SHUIRUP WKLV RSHUDWLRQ ERWK DQG ZHHNV DIWHU LQVWDOODWLRQ
127( 7KH GUDLQ

V VHDO )LJ FDQ EH VLPSO\ LQYHUWHG ZKHQ RQH VLGH
EHFRPHV ZRUQ
,167$//$=,21( 326 4XDQWLWD
&2',&( '(6&5,=,21(
,O 6$& OD FXL FDSDFLWD
GL VFDULFR H
FRPH GD )LJ VL LQVWDOOD FRPH VHJXH )LJ LQVWDOODWD
127$ 3ULPD GL FROOHJDUH OR VFDULFR VRIILDUH DULD FRPSUHVVD DWWUDYHUVR OD FRUSR FRPSOHWR

WXED]LRQH SHU WRJOLHUH HYHQWXDOL LPSXULWD
VFDULFDWRUH
: ,QVWDOODUH OR VFDULFDWRUH DO GL VRWWR GHO VHUEDWRLR )LJ DOWULPHQWL LO VHU %637 QLSSOR GL DFFRSSLDPHQWR

EDWRLR VL ULHPSLUD
GL FRQGHQVD )LJ 137 VH IRUQLWR
: 3HU SHUPHWWHUH OD FRPSHQVD]LRQH DULD LQVWDOODUH XQR GHL VHJXHQWL GLVSRVL

JXDUQL]LRQH GL WHQXWD
WLYL
JDOOHJJLDQWH OHYHULVPR
D LO QLSSOR GL DFFRSSLDPHQWR VH IRUQLWR FRQ WXER GL FRPSHQVD]LRQH
FKH GHYH HVVHUH FROOHJDWR WUD OR VFDULFDWRUH H LO VHUEDWRLR VHQ]D QHVVXQ YDOYROD VFDULFR PDQXDOH

DOWUR WXER R ILOWUR )LJ 2 ULQJ
E XQ WXER GD l GDOOR VFDULFDWRUH DO VHUEDWRLR )LJ PDQLFRWWR VXO

%637 WDSSR FRPSHQVD]LRQH
VHUEDWRLR GLVSRQLELOH VX ULFKLHVWD R DOOD WXED]LRQH GL XVFLWD DULD GHO
137 HVWHUQD
VHUEDWRLR

: /R VFDULFDWRUH SXR
VFDULFDUH D ERFFD OLEHUD R WUDPLWH XQ WXER DQFKH VRSUD
GDGL EXOORQL 0 [

OR VFDULFDWRUH )LJ
2 ULQJ 25
0$187(1=,21(
YLWH 0 [
6(77,0$1$/0(17( DSULUHFKLXGHUH OD YDOYROD GL VFDULFR FRPH GD )LJ

2WWXUDWRUH
H IDU VRIILDUH DULD SHU DOFXQL PLQXWL
5LFDPEL SHU DQQL IRUQLWL FRPH VHW
6H XQD TXDQWLWD
ULOHYDQWH GL DFTXD SLX
GL OLWUL HVFH GDOOD YDOYROD GXUDQWH
TXHVWD RSHUD]LRQH DOORUD OR VFDULFDWRUH GHYH HVVHUH SXOLWR LQWHUDPHQWH FRPH
VRWWR GHVFULWWR
$118$/0(17( 6PRQWDUH OR VFDULFDWRUH )LJ H SXOLUH WXWWL L FRPSR
QHQWL VSHFLDOPHQWH LO

1% (VHJXLUH TXHVWD RSHUD]LRQH DQFKH GRSR H VHWWLPDQH GDOO

LQVWDOOD
]LRQH
127$ /
RWWXUDWRUH )LJ SXR
HVVHUH LQYHUWLWR TXDQGR XQ ODWR VL
XVXUD
,167$//$7,21 326
$57 15 %(1(1181*
,QVWDOOLHUWH
'DV 0RGHOO 6$& GHVVHQ $EOD|OHLVWXQJ LQ )LJ GDUJHVWHOOW LVW ZLUG ZLH )LJ $Q]DKO
IROJW LQVWDOOLHUW .RPSOHWWHU

+,1:(,6 9RU $QVFKOX| GHV $EODVVHUV GLH /HLWXQJHQ PLW 'UXFNOXIW $EODVVHUNRUSXV
DXVEODVHQ
%637 $QVFKOX|QLSSHO VRIHUQ
: 'HQ $EODVVHU XQWHU GHP 6DPPHOEHKOWHU )LJ LQVWDOOLHUHQ
137 JHOLHIHUW
DQGHUQIDOOV IÚOOW VLFK GHU 6DPPHOEHKOWHU PLW .RQGHQVZDVVHU )LJ
'LFKWXQJ
: )ÚU GHQ /XIWDXVJOHLFK HLQH GHU IROJHQGHQ 9RUULFKWXQJHQ LQVWDOOLHUHQ
D $QVFKOX|QLSSHO VRIHUQ JHOLHIHUW PLW $XVJOHLFKOHLWXQJ GHU ]ZLVFKHQ 6FKZLPPHU +HEHO
GHP $EODVVHU XQG GHP 6DPPHOEHKOWHU RKQH GD| ]XVW]OLFK HLQH
+DQGEOD|YHQWLO 2 ULQJ
5RKUOHLWXQJ RGHU HLQ )LOWHU HUIRUGHUOLFK VLQG DQ]XVFKOLH|HQ LVW
)LJ
%637 6WRSIHQ IÚU GHQ H[W
E (LQH /HLWXQJ YRQ l ]ZLVFKHQ GHP $EODVVHU XQG GHP
137 'UXFNDXVJOHLFK
6DPPHOEHKOWHU )LJ 0XIIH DXI GHP 6DPPHOEHKOWHU DXI
$QIUDJH RGHU GHU /XIWDXVWULWWOHLWXQJ GHV 6DPPHOEHKOWHUV 0XWWHUQ 6FKUDXEHQ

: 'HU $EODVVHU NDQQ ÚEHU HLQH IUHLH ÑIIQXQJ RGHU HLQH 5RKUOHLWXQJ GLH 0 [
DXFK ÚEHU GHP $EODVVHU YHUOHJW ZHUGHQ NDQQ DEODVVHQ )LJ 2 ULQJ 25
6FKDUDXEH 0 [
:$5781*
6FKLHEHU
:Ñ&+(17/,&+ $EOD|YHQWLO JHP| )LJ ÐIIQHQVFKOLH|HQ XQG HLQLJH
0LQXWHQ ODQJ /XIW DEODVVHQ (UVDW]WHLOH IÚU -DKUH DOV 6DW] JHOLHIHUW
)DOOV DXV GHP 9HQWLO ZKUHQG GLHVHV 9RUJDQJHV HLQH HUKHEOLFKH

:DVVHUPHQJH PHKU DOV O DXVWULWW LVW GHU $EODVVHU ZLH XQWHQ
EHVFKULHEHQ YROOVWQGLJ ]X UHLQLJHQ

- +5/,&+ 'HQ $EODVVHU )LJ DEEDXHQ XQG DOOH %DXWHLOH LQVEHVRQGHUH
UHLQLJHQ
%HDFKWH 'LHVH 5HLQLJXQJ DXFK QDFK GHU XQG :RFKH QDFK GHU
,QVWDOODWLRQ DXVIÚKUHQ
%HDFKWH 'HU 6FKLHEHU )LJ NDQQ ZHQQ HU DXI HLQHU 6HLWH
9HUVFKOHL|HUVFKHLQXQJHQ DXIZHLVW XPJHGUHKW ZHUGHQ
,167$//$7,21 326 4XDQWLWÿV
&2'( '(6&5,37,21
/H 6$& GRQW OD FDSDFLWÿ GH YLGDQJH HVW LOOXVWUÿH )LJ GRLW ûWUH LQVWDOOÿ )LJ LQVWDOOÿHV
FRPPH VXLW
&RUSV YLGDQJHXU FRPSOHW
127( $YDQW GH UDFFRUGHU OH GLVSRVLWLI ÿOLPLQHU OHV LPSXUHWÿV ÿYHQWXHOOHV

%637 1LSSOH GH UDFFRUGHPHQW
VH WURXYDQW GDQV OH WX\DX O
DLU FRPSULPÿ
137 VL IRXUQL

: ,QVWDOOHU OH YLGDQJHXU VRXV OH UÿVHUYRLU )LJ GÿIDXW OH UÿVHUYRLU VH

-RLQW G
ÿWDQFKÿLWÿ
UHPSOLUD GH FRQGHQVDWLRQ )LJ
: 3RXU OD FRPSHQVDWLRQ GH O
DLU LQVWDOOHU XQ GHV GLVSRVLWLIV VXLYDQWV
)ORWWHXU OHYLHUV
D OH UDFFRUG G
DFFRXSOHPHQW VL IRXUQL DYHF OH WX\DX GH FRPSHQVDWLRQ 6RXS GH UHFFRUGHPHQW

TXL GRLW ûWUH LQVWDOOÿ HQWUH OH YLGDQJHXU HW OH UÿVHUYRLU VDQV DXFXQ DXWUH MRLQW WRULTXH
WX\DX RX ILOWUH )LJ

%637 %RXFKRQ GH FRPSHQVDWLRQ
E XQ WX\DX GH l DOODQW GX YLGDQJHXU DX UÿVHUYRLU )LJ PDQFKRQ VXU
137 H[WHUQH
OH UÿVHUYRLU GLVSRQLEOH VXU GHPDQGH RX DX WX\DX GH VRUWLH G
DLU GX
(FURXV ERXORQV
UÿVHUYRLU

0 [
: /H GLVSRVLWLI SHXW IRQFWLRQQHU HQ ÿYDFXDWLRQ OLEUH RX SDU WX\DX PûPH
LQVWDOOÿ DX GHVVXV GH FHOXL FL )LJ -RLQW WRULTXH 25
9LV 0 [
(175(7,(1
2EWXUDWHXU
+(%'20$'$,5( RXYULUIHUPHU OD YDQQH GH SXUJH FRPPH LOOXVWUÿ OD )LJ
3LýFHV GÿWDFKÿHV IRXUQL HQ NLW SRXU DQV
HW VRXIIOHU GH O
DLU SHQGDQW TXHOTXHV PLQXWHV
6L GH O
HDX HQ TXDQWLWÿ LPSRUWDQWH SOXV GH OLWUH V
ÿFKDSSH SDU OD
VRXSDSH ORUV GH FHWWH RSÿUDWLRQ OH YLGDQJHXU GRLW ûWUH QHWWR\ÿ HQWLýUHPHQW
FRPPH GÿFULW FL GHVVRXV
7286 /(6 $16 'ÿPRQWHU OH YLGDQJHXU )LJ HW QHWWR\HU WRXV VHV
FRPSRVDQWV VSÿFLDOHPHQW OH

1% (IIHFWXHU FHWWH RSÿUDWLRQ ÿJDOHPHQW HW VHPDLQHV DSUýV
O
LQVWDOODWLRQ
1% /
REWXUDWHXU )LJ SHXW ûWUH LQYHUVÿ ORUVTX
XQ FÎWÿ V
XVH
,167$/$&,Ë1 326 &DQWLGDG
&Ë',*2 '(6&5,3&,Ë1
(O GLVSRVLWLYR 6$& FX\D FDSDFLGDG GH GHVFDUJD VH LQGLFD HQ OD )LJ VH )LJ LQVWDODGD
LQVWDOD GH OD PDQHUD LQGLFDGD D FRQWLQXDFLÊQ FXHUSR FRPSOHWR

127$ $QWHV GH FRQHFWDU OD GHVFDUJD VRSODU DLUH FRPSULPLGR D WUDYÿV GH OD GHVFDUJDGRU
WXEHUõD SDUD HOLPLQDU OD SRVLEOH VXFLHGDG
%637 QLSOH GH DFRSODPLHQWR VL
: ,QVWDODU HO GHVFDUJDGRU GHEDMR GHO GHSÊVLWR )LJ GH OR FRQWUDULR HO
137 VH LQFOX\H
GHSÊVLWR VH OOHQDU GH FRQGHQVDGR )LJ
MXQWD HVWDQFD
: 3DUD SHUPLWLU OD FRPSHQVDFLÊQ GHO DLUH LQVWDODU XQR GH ORV GLVSRVLWLYRV VL
JXLHQWHV IORWDGRU VLVWHPD

D (O QLSOH GH DFRSODPLHQWR VL VH LQFOX\H FRQ HO WXER GH FRPSHQVDFLÊQ SDODQFDV
TXH VH FRQHFWD HQWUH HO GHVFDUJDGRU \ HO GHSÊVLWR VLQ QLQJÔQ RWUR WXER Y OYXOD GUHQDMH PDQXDO
QL ILOWUR )LJ
MXQWD WÊULFD
E 8Q WXER GH l GHO GHVFDUJDGRU DO GHSÊVLWR )LJ PDQJXLWR SDUD
%637 WDSÊQ FRPSHQVDFLÊQ
HO GHSÊVLWR GLVSRQLEOH D SHWLFLÊQ R D OD WXEHUõD GH VDOLGD GH DLUH GHO
137 H[WHUQD
GHSÊVLWR
: (O GHVFDUJDGRU SXHGH GUHQDU D ERFD OLEUH R D WUDYÿV GH XQ WXER LQFOXVR
WXHUFDV SHUQRV 0 [
VLWXDGR SRU HQFLPD )LJ
MXQWD WÊULFD 25

0$17(1,0,(172 WRUQLOOR 0 [
6(0$1$/ $EULU \ FHUUDU OD Y OYXOD GH SXUJD FRPR VH LQGLFD HQ )LJ \ REWXUDGRU
VRSODU DLUH SRU DOJXQRV PLQXWRV
5HFDPELRV SDUD DÆRV SUHVHQWDFLÊQ HQ VHW
6L GXUDQWH HVWD RSHUDFLÊQ VDOH XQD FDQWLGDG LPSRUWDQWH GH DJXD P V GH
OLWURV GH OD Y OYXOD VLJQLILFD TXH VH GHEH OLPSLDU HO GHVFDUJDGRU SRU GHQWUR
FRPR VH GHVFULEH P V DGHODQWH
$18$/ GHVPRQWDU HO GHVFDUJDGRU )LJ \ OLPSLDU WRGRV ORV FRPSRQHQWHV
HQ SDUWLFXODU HO ll
1% 5HDOL]DU WDPELÿQ HVWD RSHUDFLÊQ DO FDER GH OD SULPHUD \ WHUFHUD
VHPDQDV GHVSXÿV GH OD LQVWDODFLÊQ
127$ &XDQGR HO REWXUDGRU )LJ VH GHVJDVWD GH XQ ODGR VH OH SXHGH
GDU OD YXHOWD
,167$/$ 2 326 4XDQWLGDGH
2 6$& FXMD FDSDFLGDGH GH GHVFDUJD HVW LQGLFDGD QD )LJ VH LQVWDOD QR )LJ
&Ë',*2 '(6&5, 2
LQVWDODGD
VHJXLQWH PRGR
FRUSR FRPSOHWR GR

127$ DQWHV GH FROLJDU D GHVFDUJD DVVRSUH DU FRPSULPLGR DWUDYÿV GD GHVFDUUHJDGRU
WXEDJHP D ILP GH HOLPLQDU TXDLVTXHU LPSXUH]DV

%637 QLSOH GH DFRSODPHQWR VH

: ,QVWDOH R GHVFDUUHJDGRU HPEDL[R GR WDQTXH )LJ GH RXWUD PDQHLUD R 137 IRUQHFLGR
GH FRQGHQVDR )LJ
WDQTXH HQFKHU VH
JXDUQL R GH UHWHQR
: 3DUD SHUPLWLU D FRPSHQVDR GR DU LQVWDOH XP GRV VHJXLQWHV GLVSRVLWLYRV
R QLSOH GH DFRSODPHQWR VH IRUQHFLGR FRP WXER GH FRPSHQVDR TXH
EÊLDFRQMXQWR GH DODYDQFDV
D
GHYH VHU FROLJDGR HQWUH R GHVFDUUHJDGRU H R WDQTXH VHP QHQKXP RXWUR Y OYXOD GH GHVFDUJD

WXER RX ILOWUR )LJ PDQXDO DQHO
2
E XP WXER GH l GR GHVFDUUHJDGRU DR WDQTXH )LJ OXYD QR WDQTXH

%637
GLVSRQõYHO D SHGLGR RX QD WXEDJHP GH VDõGD GR DU GR WDQTXH
WDPSD FRQGHQVD R H[WHUQD
137
: 2 GHVFDUUHJDGRU SRGH GHVFDUUHJDU FRP D ERFD OLYUH RX DWUDYÿV GXP WXER
SRUFDV SDUDIXVRV FRP
PHVPR HQFLPD GR GHVFDUUHJDGRU )LJ

SRUFD 0 [
0$187(1 2 DQHO

2
25
80$ 9(= 325 6(0$1$ DEULUIHFKDU D Y OYXOD GH HVFDSH FRPR LOXVWUDGR SDUDIXVRV 0 [
QD )LJ H DVVRSUH DU SRU DOJXQV PLQXWRV

REWXUDGRU
6H XPD TXDQWLGDGH FRQVLGHU YHO GH JXD DFLPD GH / VDLU GD Y OYXOD

3HDV VREUHVVDOHQWHV SDUD DQRV IRUQHFLGRV FRPR MRJR
GXUDQWH HVWD RSHUD R LVWR VLJQLILFD TXH R GHVFDUUHJDGRU GHYH VHU OLPSR SRU
GHQWUR FRPR GHVFULWR DEDL[R
80$ 9(= 325 $12 GHVPRQWH R GHVFDUUHJDGRU )LJ H OLPSH WRGRV RV
FRPSRQHQWHV HVSHFLDOPHQWH R

2EV UHSLWD HVWD RSHUDR DSÊV D SULPHLUD H D WHUFHLUD VHPDQD GD LQVWDODR

127$ R REWXUDGRU )LJ SRGH VHU LQYHUWLGR TXDQGR XP ODGR VH
GHVJDVWD
,167$//$7,( 326 *HïQVWDOOH
&2'( %(6&+5,-9,1*
'H 6$& ZDDUYDQ GH lDIYRHUl FDSDFLWHLW RS )LJ ZRUGW DDQJHJHYHQ )LJ HUG DDQWDO
ZRUGW DOV YROJW JHïQVWDOOHHUG FRPSOHHW DIYRHUOLFKDDP
230(5.,1* $OYRUHQV GH DIYRHU DDQ WH VOXLWHQ PRHW SHUVOXFKW GRRU GH
%637 NRSSHOQLSSHO LQGLHQ
OHLGLQJ ZRUGHQ JHEOD]HQ RP HYHQWXHOH RQJHUHFKWLJGKHGHQ WH YHUZLMGHUHQ
137 JHOHYHUG
: ,QVWDOOHHU GH DIYRHU RQGHU KHW UHVHUYRLU )LJ DQGHU ]DO KHW UHVHUYRLU
DIGLFKWLQJVSDNNLQJO
YROUDNHQ PHW FRQGHQV )LJ
: 2P GH OXFKWFRPSHQVDWLH WRH WH VWDDQ PRHW ÿÿQ YDQ GH YROJHQGH )ORWWHU NOHSKHQGHO
LQULFKWLQJHQ ZRUGHQ JHïQVWDOOHHUG 0DQXHOH DIYRHUNOHS

D GH NRSSHOQLSSHO LQGLHQ JHOHYHUG PHW FRPSHQVDWLHVODQJ GLH PRHW 2 ULQJ
ZRUGHQ YHUERQGHQ WXVVHQ GH DIYRHU HQ KHW UHVHUYRLU ]RQGHU DQGHUH
%637
VODQJ RI ILOWHU )LJ H[WHUQH FRPSHQVDWLHGRS
137
E HHQ VODQJ YDQ l YDQ GH DIYRHU QDDU KHW UHVHUYRLU )LJ KROOH EXLV
RS KHW UHVHUYRLU YHUNULMJEDDU RS DDQYUDDJ RI QDDU GH OHLGLQJHQ YRRU
PRHUHQ HQ ERXWHQ 0 [
OXFKWDIYRHU YDQ KHW UHVHUYRLU
: 'H DIYRHU NDQ UHFKWVWUHHNV XLW ]LMQ PRQG RI YLD HHQ OHLGLQJ RRN ERYHQ GH 2 ULQJ 25
DIYRHU )LJ DIYRHUHQ
6FKURHI 0 [
6FKXLI
21'(5+28'
:(.(/,-.6 GH DIYRHUNOHS RSHQHQVOXLWHQ ]RDOV RS )LJ HQ ODDW GH OXFKW 5HVHUYH RQGHUGHOHQ YRRU MDDU DOV VHW JHOHYHUG
JHGXUHQGH HQNHOH PLQXWHQ EOD]HQ
,QGLHQ HU HHQ DDQ]LHQOLMNH KRHYHHOKHLG ZDWHU PHHU GDQ OLWHU JHGXUHQGH
GH]H RSHUDWLH XLW GH NOHS NRPW GDQ PRHW GH DIYRHU DDQ GH ELQQHQ]LMGH
ZRUGHQ JHUHLQLJG ]RDOV KLHURQGHU ZRUGW EHVFKUHYHQ
-$$5/,-.6 'HPRQWHHU GH DIYRHU )LJ HQ PDDN DOOH FRPSRQHQWHQ
VFKRRQ LQ KHW ELM]RQGHU GH ll
1% 9RHU GH]H RSHUDWLH RRN HQ ZHNHQ QD GH LQVWDOODWLH XLW
230(5.,1* 'H VFKXLI )LJ NDQ ZRUGHQ RPJHNHHUG ZDQQHHU HU
HHQ ]LMGH YHUVOHWHQ LV
,167$//$7,21 326 ,QVWDOOHUDG
.2' %(6.5,91,1*
,, 6$& YDUV DYOHGQLQJVIÐUPxJD EHVNULYV L )LJ LQVWDOOHUDV Sx IÐOMDQGH )LJ NYDQWLWHW
VWW DYOHGDUHQV VWRPPH
2%6(59(5$ )ÐU DWW HOLPLQHUD HYHQWXHOOD RUHQKHWHU VNDOO OHGQLQJDUQD
%637 NRSSOLQJVQLSSHO RP VxGDQ
EOxVDV UHQD PHG WU\FNOXIW LQQDQ DYOHGDUHQ DQVOXWV
137 PHGIÐOMHU
: ,QVWDOOHUD DYOHGDUHQ XQGHU EHKxOODUHQ )LJ DQQDUV I\OOV GHQQD PHG
SDFNQLQJ
NRQGHQVDW )LJ
: )ÐU DWW PÐMOLJJÐUD WU\FNOXIWVNRPSHQVDWLRQ VNDOO HQ DY IÐOMDQGH IORWWÐU QLYxYDNW
DQRUGQLQJDU LQVWDOOHUDV PDQXHOO XWORSSVYHQWLO

D HQ NRSSOLQJVQLSSHO RP VxGDQ PHGIÐOMHU PHG NRPSHQVDWLRQVVODQJ 2 ULQJ
VRP DQVOXWV PHOODQ DYOHGDUHQ RFK EHKxOODUHQ XWDQ QxJUD DQGUD UÐU
%637 XWYQGLJ
HOOHU ILOWHU )LJ
137 NRPSHQVDWLRQV SOXJJ
E HWW l UÐU PHOODQ DYOHGDUHQ RFK EHKxOODUHQ )LJ UÐUPXII Sx
EHKxOODUHQ NDQ EHVWOODV HOOHU WLOO EHKxOODUHQV XWJxHQGH
PXWWUDU EXOWDU 0[
WU\FNOXIWVOHGQLQJ
: $YOHGDUHQ WÐPV GLUHNW HOOHU JHQRP HQ OHGQLQJ VRP YHQ NDQ YDUD 2 ULQJ 25
SODFHUDG RYDQIÐU DYOHGDUHQ )LJ
VNUXY 0 [
VOXWDUH
81'(5+t//
(1 *t1* 3(5 9(&.$ ÐSSQD VWQJ WÐPQLQJVYHQWLOHQ HQOLJW 5HVHUYGHODU IÐU xU OHYHUHUDV L VHW
DQYLVQLQJDUQD L )LJ RFK EOxV PHG WU\FNOXIW XQGHU QxJUD PLQXWHU
2P HQ VWÐUUH PQJG YDWWHQ PHU Q HQ KDOY OLWHU ULQQHU XU YHQWLOHQ YLG
GHWWD IÐUIDUDQGH VNDOO DYOHGDUHQ UHQJÐUDV KHOW VxVRP EHVNULYHW QHGDQ
(1 *t1* 3(5 t5 0RQWHUD QHG DYOHGDUHQ )LJ RFK UHQJÐU DOOD
NRPSRQHQWHU L V\QQHUKHW QU
2%6 'HWWD VNDOO JÐUDV YHQ RFK YHFNRU HIWHU LQVWDOODWLRQHQ
2%6(59(5$ 6OXWDUHQ )LJXU NDQ YQGDV QU GHQ HQD VLGDQ U
LJHQWSSW
$6(1186 .2+7$ $VHQQHWWX
.22', 1,0,7<6
)LJ Q PXNDLVHQ SRLVWRNDSDVLWHHWLQ RPDDYD 6$& DVHQQHWDDQ )LJ PU
VHXUDDYDVWL SRLVWR RVDQ NRUL
+820 (QQHQ SRLVWR RVDQ DVHQQXVWD SXKDOOD SDLQHLOPDD SXWNHQ OSL
%637
PDKGROOLVWHQ HSSXKWDXNVLHQ SRLVWDPLVHNVL OLLWRVQLSSD MRV WRLPLWHWWX
137
: $VHQQD SRLVWR RVD VLOLÐQ DODSXROHOOH )LJ PXXWHQ VLOLÐ W\WW\\ NRQ
WLLYLVWH
GHQVDDWLVWD )LJ
: ,OPDQ NRPSHQVDDWLRWD YDUWHQ DVHQQD \NVL VHXUDDYLVWD YOLQHLVW XLPXUL YLYXVWR
D OLLWRVQLSSD MRV WRLPLWHWWX NRPSHQVDDWLRSXWNHQ NHUD 6H WXOHH OLLWW PDQXDDOLQHQ

SRLVWR RVDQ MD VLOLÐQ YOLOOH LOPDQ PXXWD SXWNHD WDL VXRGDWLQWD )LJ SRLVWRYHQWWLLOL 2 ULQJ

%637 XONRSXROHQ
E l SXWNL SRLVWR RVDVWD VLOLÐÐQ )LJ VLOLÐQ PXKYL VDDWDYDQD
137 NRPSHQVDDWLRWXOSSD
S\\QQÐVW WDL VLOLÐQ LOPDQ PHQRSXWNHHQ

: 3RLVWR RVD YRL ODVNHD YDSDDVWL WDL SXWNHQ NDXWWD P\ÐV SRLVWR RVDQ SXOWLW PXWWHULW 0[

\OSXROHOOH )LJ
2 ULQJ 25
+82/72 UXXYL 0 [
9,,.2,77$,1 DYDDVXOMH W\KMHQQ\VYHQWWLLOL )LJ PXNDLVHVWL MD DQQD LOPDQ WXOSSD
SXKDOWDD PXXWDPDQ PLQXXWLQ
9DUDRVDW YXRGHNVL WRLPLWHWWX VDUMDQD
-RV YHQWWLLOLVW YLUWDD KXRPDWWDYD PU \OL O YHWW WPQ WRLPLWXNVHQ
DLNDQD RQ NRNR SRLVWR RVD SXKGLVWHWWDYD NXWHQ DOOD NXYDWWX
9826,77$,1 3XUD SRLVWR RVD )LJ MD SXKGLVWD NDLNNL RVDW HULW\LVHVWL
RVDW
+820 6XRULWD WRLPLWXV P\ÐV MD YLLNRQ NXOXWWXD DVHQQXNVHVWD
+820 7XOSSD )LJ YRLGDDQ NQW NXQ WRLQHQ SXROL VLLW NXOXX
,167$//$6-21 326 $QWDOO
.2'( %(6.5,9(/6(
*MzU IzOJHQGH QxU GX VNDO LQVWDOOHUH 6$& WzPPHNDSDVLWHW L )LJ )LJ PRQWHUW
0(5. )zU GX NREOHU WLO DYOzSHW Px GX EOxVH WU\NNOXIW JMHQQRP UzUHQH IRU NRPSOHWW DYOzSVLQQIDWQLQJ
x IMHUQH JUXQGLJ DOW IUHPPHGVWRII

%637 NREOLQJVPXQQVW\NNH

: 0RQWHU DYOzSHW XQGHU PRWWDNHUQLYxHW )LJ VOLN DW PRWWDNHUHQ LNNH 137 KYLV GHW HU LQNOXGHUW
I\OOHV PHG NRQGHQVDW )LJ

SDNQLQJ
: 0RQWHU HQ DY IzOJHQGH DQRUGQLQJHU IRU OXIWMHYQLQJ
IORWWzU YHQWLODUP
D NREOLQJVPXQQVW\NNHW VRP Px KYLV GHW IzOJHU PHG PHG XWMHY
QLQJVUzU NREOHV IUD DYOzSHW WLO PRWWDNHUHQ XWHQ HNVWUD UzU HOOHU ILOWHU PDQXHOO DYOzSVYHQWLO

)LJ 2 ULQJ
E HW WRPPHUV UzU IUD DYOzSHW WLO PRWWDNHUHQ )LJ NREOLQJV
%637 XWMHYQLQJVWDSS IRU \WUH
VW\NNH IRU PRWWDNHUHQ NDQ VNDIIHV Sx IRUHVSzUVHO HOOHU WLO OXIWXWWDNHW
137 WU\NN
Sx PRWWDNHUHQ

: $YOzSHW NDQ WzPPHV GLUHNWH IUD xSQLQJHQ YLD HW UzU HOOHU YLD WLOEHKzU PXWUH RJ 0[ VNUXHU

PRQWHUW RYHU VHOYH DYOzSHW
2 ULQJ (//(5
9('/,.(+2/' 0 VNUXH [
8.(17/,* xSQHOXNN GUHQHULQJVYHQWLOHQ VRP YLVW Sx )LJ RJ EOxV OXIW QxOHVSLVVYHQWLO
JMHQQRP GHQ L HW SDU PLQXWWHU

5HVHUYHGHOHU IRU xUV GULIW OHYHUHV VRP VHWW
+YLV HQ EHW\GHOLJ PHQJGH YDQQ PHU HQQ OLWHU EOLU VOXSSHW XW JMHQQRP
YHQWLOHQ L OzSHW DY GHQQH RSHUDVMRQHQ Px DYOzSHW UHQVHV JUXQGLJ VOLN GHW HU
EHVNUHYHW RYHU
t5/,* 'HPRQWHU DYOzSHW )LJ RJ UHQV DOOH NRPSRQHQWHQH VyUOLJ
NRPSRQHQW

0(5. 'HQQH RSHUDVMRQHQ Px XWIzUHV RJVx HWWHU IzUVWH RJ WUHGMH GULIWVXNH

0(5. 1xOHVSLVVYHQWLOHQ )LJ NDQ YHQGHV QxU GHQ HQH VLGHQ HU VOLWW
,167$//$7,21 326 ,QVWDOOHUHW
.2'( %(6.5,9(/6(
6$& XGOHGQLQJVNDSDFLWHW L )LJ LQVWDOOHUHV VRP IzOJHU )LJ DQWDO
%(0u5. )zU DIWDSQLQJHQ WLOVOXWWHV VNDO UzUHW EOyVHV LJHQQHP PHG NRPSOHW DIWDSQLQJVKXV
WU\NOXIW IRU DW IMHUQH HYHQWXHOOH IUHPPHGOHJHPHU

%637 WLOVOXWQLQJVQLSSHO

: ,QVWDOOÿU DIWDSQLQJHQ XQGHU EHKROGHUHQV QLYHDX )LJ Vx EHKROGHUHQ 137 KYLV GHQ PHGIzOJHU
LNNH I\OGHV PHG NRQGHQVDW )LJ

SDNQLQJ
: ,QVWDOOÿU HW DI IzOJHQGH XGVW\U WLO OXIWXGOLJQLQJ
VYzPPHU YHQWLODUP
D WLOVOXWQLQJVQLSOHQ KYLV GHQ PHGIzOJHU PHG XGOLJQLQJVUzU GHU VNDO
IRUELQGHV PHOOHP DIWDSQLQJ RJ EHKROGHU XGHQ HNVWUD UzU HOOHU ILOWHU PDQXHO DIWDSQLQJVYHQWLO

)LJ 2 ULQJ
E HW l UzU IUD DIWDSQLQJ WLO EHKROGHU )LJ PXIIH WLO EHKROGHU NDQ
%637
EHVWLOOHV HOOHU WLO EHKROGHUHQV OXIWDIJDQJ HNVWHUQ WU\NXGOLJQLQJVSURS
137
: 'UyQHW NDQ WzPPHV GLUHNWH IUD GHWV xEQLQJ YLD HW UzU HOOHU YLD HW WLOEHKzU

PRQWHUHW RYHU VHOYH GUyQHW PzWULNNHU RJ 0[ EROWH

9('/,*(+2/'(/6( 2 ULQJ 25
8*(17/,* xEQOXN DIWDSQLQJVYHQWLOHQ VRP Sx )LJ RJ EOyV OXIW LJHQQHP 0 VNUXH [
GHQ L QRJOH PLQXWWHU QxOHYHQWLO
+YLV GHU XGOHGHV HQ VWRU PyQJGH YDQG RYHU OLWHU JHQQHP YHQWLOHQ
5HVHUYHGHOH WLO xUV GULIW OHYHUHV VRP NLW
XQGHU GHQQH RSHUDWLRQ VNDO DIWDSQLQJHQ UHQJzUHV JUXQGLJW VRP EHVNUHYHW
KHUXQGHU
t5/,* $IPRQWÿU DIWDSQLQJHQ )LJ RJ UHQJzU DOOH NRPSRQHQWHU LVyU
NRPSRQHQW

1% 'HQQH RSHUDWLRQ VNDO RJVx XGIzUHV HIWHU RJ XJHUV GULIW
%(0u5. 1xOHYHQWLOHQ )LJ NDQ YHQGHV RP QxU GHQ HQH VLGH HU
VOLGW
(*-$6$56$5+ 3(5+ (HLBUFTU
-8',-15 2(4,*4$)+
7R 6$& UPV PQPPV I JLBOUIUB BQPTUS|HHJTIK FOBJ QWK TUIO )LJ )LJ QPTUIUB
FHLBRTUBUBJ WK BLPMPRWK QMISFK TNB FLLFOWUI
5+/(,85+ 2SJO TVOE}TFUF UIO BQPTUS|HHJTI GVTIDUF NF QFQJFTN}OP

%637 SBLS TOEFTIK
B}SB UI UJK TWMIOTFJK HJB OB BGBJS}TFUF UVXO CSWNJ}K
137 BO EJBURFUBJ
: (HLBUBTUITUF UPO FLLFOWUI L|UW BQ UP EPXFP )LJ BMMJK UP
GM|OUZB TUFHBOPQPITIK
EPXFP RB HFNTFJ NF TVNQVLOWN}OI VHSBTB )LJ
: *JB OB FQJUS}YFUF UIO BOUJTU|RNJTI UPV B}SB FHLBUBTUITUF NB BQ UJK QMWUISBKTTU NPXMO
QBSBL|UW EJBU|DFJK CBMC XFJSPL BQPTUSBHH

B UP SBLS TOEFTIK BO EJBURFUBJ NF TWMIOB BOUJTU|RNJTIK QPV 2 ULQJ
QS}QFJ OB TVOEFRF NFUBD UPV FLLFOWUI LBJ UPV EPXFPV XWSK

%637 U|QB FDWUFSJLIK
LBO}OB |MMP TWMIOB I GMUSP )LJ
137 BOUJTU|RNJTIK
C }OB TWMIOB l BQ UPO FLLFOWUI TUP EPXFP )LJ I NPGB TUP
EPXFP EJBURFUBJ LBU| QBSBHHFMB I TUI TWMIOWTI FDEPV UPV QBDJN|EJBNQPVMOJB

B}SB UPV EPXFPV 0 [
: 1 FLLFOWUIK NQPSF OB BQPTUSBHHTFJ NF FMFRFSP TUNJP I N}TW FOK 2 ULQJ 25
TWMIOB BLNB LBJ Q|OW BQ UPO FLLFOWUI )LJ

CEFK 0 [
EJ|GSBHNB
5706+4+5+
(%'1/$',$,85 BOPDUFLMFTUF UI CBMCEB FLL}OWTIK QWK TUIO )LJ $OUBMMBLUJL| HJB XSOJB EJBURFOUBJ TBO TFU
LBJ GVTIDUF B}SB HJB NFSJL| MFQU|
$O LBU| UI EJ|SLFJB BVUIK UIK FSHBTBK BQ UI CBMCEB CHBOFJ NJB

TINBUJLI QPTUIUB OFSP QFSJTTPUFSP BQ MUSB UUF P FLLFOWUIK
QS}QFJ OB LBRBSJTUF PMPLMISWUJL| QWK QFSJHS|GFUBJ QJP L|UW
(6+5,85 $QPTVOBSNPMPHITUF UPO FLLFOWUI )LJ LBJ LBRBSTUF MB
UB FDBSUINBU| UPV FJEJLUFSB UP

5IN 0B FLUFM}TFUF BVUI UIO FSHBTB FQTIK LBJ NFU| UIO I LBJ UIO I
FCEPN|EB BQ UIO FHLBU|TUBTI
5+/(,85+ 6P EJ|GSBHNB )LJ NQPSFUF OB UP BOUJTUS}YFUF
UBO GRBSF I NB QMFVS|
)LJ 'LVFKDUJH FDSDFLW\ )LJ )LJ

GLVFKDUJH FDSDFLW\ OK
EDU
PD[ SUHVV

23(1
&/26('

ZRUNLQJ SUHVVXUH EDU
)LJ )LJ )LJ

)LJ
RSWLRQDO

Kelly Bar
Manual
Contents
Page
1. Maintenance-Instruction 1-2
2. Disassembly 2-3
3. Prescribed Services 4-5
4. Welding-Instructions 6-9
5. Welding Rod Specification 10
6. Replacing the Kelly Tool Joint, Kelly eye, 11-16

Wearing ring, Strengthening ring
1. Instruction
The purpose of Kelly-Bars is to transfer torques and pressures onto the drilling-
tool.
Handle with care and notice the maximaum allowed strenghts. Please pay atten-
tion to the following points, otherwise guaranty will be finished:
• Don‘t immerse Kelly-Bar into fluid concret. Kelly-Bar may be ruined.
• Use Kelly-Bars only for drilling. Earthmoving (levelling), conveying or hammering

are not allowed.
• Don‘t use Kelly-Bars to bring drilling tools or casings into alignment.
• With inserted Kelly-Bars do not make any readjustments. Only if the mast is dis-
placed, due to the working forces readjustment is necessary.
• During drilling pay attention that the sections are properly locked together,
otherwise the wear ist excessiv or Kelly will be damaged. (only for interlocking
typ)
• Deep boreholes or great bore-diameters make necessary teeth and chisels in

good working order.
• During drilling in hard material it is necessary to use drilling tools with 2 cutting
lipps.
• During pulling back keep an eye on the outermost kelly-section. If it lifts from the
rotary drive stop immediately. By interlocking Type one of the inner sections is not
unlocked. Reinsert Kelly-Bar to the borehole-bottom and rotate left hand. Pull
once more by the main winch and retract properly all sections. By „Friction-Type“
the inner sections are pinch together by soil.
• If the winch-load and tool depth is indicated by a monitor you can see, if sections
unlock properly. This method allows also a diagnose which section is not unlock-
ing or pinching.
-1-
2. Disassemble of kelly bar
1 2 3 4
X
to the down
Pict. 1 to the top
(1) Loosen the screws (item. 11) at the cover – with protecttube for Kellywhirl -
(item. 5) and remove it.
(2) Screw off the pin (item. 10) at the stop nut (item. 7) from the kelly eye (item. 8)
and push out the bolt (item. 9).
(3) Pull up the stop nut (item. 7).

11 7 10 5
X
(4) Pull up the complete Inner Kelly

(item. 1) to the down
(5) Pull up the complete Middle Kelly

(item. 2, 3) to the top
Attention for assemble of kelly bar !!!

When pushing together kelly tubes make sure that the 9 8
position of the tubes to one other is the same as befor.
The tubes have a marking on the top (pict. 3) . Use it for Pict. 2
help! If the assemble is not correct, it could be, that the
kelly bar doesn’t work.
-2-
For kelly bar with shock absorber on the top
Disassemble shock absorber on the top
(1) Remove splint (item 1)
(2) Screw off castellated nut (item 2)
(3) Push the complete shock absorber (item 3) to the down
3 2 1
nach unten
to the down
Pict. 3
-3-
3. Prescribed Services
Pay attention for the prescribed intervals in the list. They help detecting a begin-
ning damage and save the user for excessive repair.
The wearing depends on the soil- and rock conditions. So following intervals are
fixed:
prescribed intervals for soil- and rock conditions

2- u. 3-fach
telescopeically kelly-bar -3 4-5 6-
1st inspection after 400-700 h 200-350 h 100-150 h
subsequent inspection every 1000-1200 h 500-600 h 250-300 h
Tab. 1
Explanation of soil- and rock conditions:
condition 1-3: easy soluble soil

condition 4-5: heavy soluble soil
condition 6 and higher : easy to heavy soluble rock
Pay attention to the soil- and rock condition. Also consider if you make ver-
tical or oblique drillings. For Vertical drillings take the upper limiting value of
the times given in Tab. 1. For opligue drillings you must take an earlier in-
spection. Don’t exceed the lower limiting value of the times given in Tab1.
Check regular the shock absorber on the top of Kelly bar or on the rotary
drive.
When inspecting pay special attention to the following damages (Tab. 2).
Check all welds for cracks and bolts that they are properly in place and firm.
The following list gives a few of typical damages and how they could repair
-4-
sketch 1
Item. Damage Repair
2 1 kelly eye cracked, bent exchange kelly eye in Workshop (pay
attention to welding instructions) (2)
2 screws are loose, broken pull up screws or replace with new screws
(pay attention of screw formness)
3 spring worn out, smashed replace with new springs
4 rubber bumpers worn down absent replace with new
5 tube cracked, deformed. Especially at Cut of damaged tubing in a workshop and
the locking recesses and on the end of replace with new. (pay attention to welding
5
tube. instructions) (1)
6 6 Edges of recesses worn down rebuilt by welding (pay attention to welding
9
instructions) (2)
7 Drive gibs cracked or burrs Gring, repair by welding (pay attention to
5 7 welding instructions) (2)
8 Drive shell worn down rebulit by welding (pay attention to welding
instructions) (2)
9 Impact and wear ring worn down replace with new. (see welding instructions)
(2)
8 10 welds area cracked repair by welding (pay attention to welding
instructions) (2)
11 spring are jolted, cracked, broken replace with new
12 Square-shaped tool joint weld cracked Cut of square shaped tool joint and renew the
weld. (pay attention to welding instructions)
(1)
13 Square-shaped tool joint cracked replace with new tool joint (see welding
instructions)
Shock absorbers on top of Kelly
10
Tab. 2
1 (1) - Chapt. 4 Page 6 "Welding-Instructions"
2 11 (2) - Chapt. 6 Page 11 "Replacing the Kelly Tool Joint, Kelly eye"
12
3
13
4
4. Welding instruktions
Consider the following welding instruktions:
- when the repair is of more complicated kind, consult EMDE – Service for
advice
- welding repairs may be done only by trained and qualified personnal.
- surfaces to be joined must be clean and free of grease.
- determine what material the parts are made from
• replace brocken section with new tubing
- grind welding chamfers
- keep linear alignment (pict. 4)
joint
gibs tack-weld spotwise

(15mm) onto the tubing
15 for fixture
use a fit-up fixture to hold the parts linear
Pict. 4
-6-
- welding (pict. 5-6)
max 1mm
Attention !!! "A" und "B"
2-3
¾ parts must be linear

50-60°
¾ a gab of 2-3 mm must be provided for

fusion at the root
Pict. 5
¾ max. leg length of weld 1mm
ca. 100
¾ welded root pass should not protrude
beyond the tubing
"B"
"A"
Pict. 6
After welding, grind all seams smooth and flush.
• rebuilt drive gibs, shells and edges of recesses by welding
10-15mm
- rebuilt drive gibs, shells and edges of recesses

when: shell
10-15mm
¾ wear exeed 10-15 mm

<50mm
locking max 5-10mm
recesse
Rebuilt by welding is prescribed to prevent functional failure.
Pict. 7
-7-
- new gibs welding
Only use original EMDE-Gibs
Locking pocket size are biult with gibs profiled steel.
Pay attention for welding instruktions in pict. 8 !
Attention !!!
¾ keep linear alignment of gibs ans Pict. 8

tack-weld spotwise 25mm length
¾ Weld-on gibs with double-pass weld. tack-weld

Coat pass 1mm deeper than gib (pict.
10)
Pict. 9
1mm
coat pass root pass
Pict. 10
¾ welding sequence
-8-
To balance the temperature of the bar, we recommend the following „al-
ternating“ work procedure.
Start in the middle of the kelly bar and work towards the ends (pict. 11)
500
1
500
rotation
2
120° 1000
rotation
3
„alternating“ work
120° +500 procedure
rotation
1 +500
+1000
120° +1000 +500
rotation
2 +1000
Pict. 11
Do not weld at recesses in zone between arrows marked „_ _ _ _“

(pict. 12)
15-
20m
m
Pict. 12
-9-
5. Welding Rod Specifikation
Welding Rod Rod- and wire Application

Welding Process Denomination Chemical properties electrode dia. according list 2.
1.0 mm
DIN 8559 : SG B1 CY 4254 C = 0.05 % item. 5 – item. 10
DIN EN 758:T 42 4 B C 3/T42 4 BM3 Si = 0.35 % 1.2 mm
AWS/ASME-SFA-5.20: E 70 T-5 Mn =1.40 %
shielded-arc welding MAG
1.0 mm
DIN EN 758: T 46 5 MM 1 C = 0.045% item. 5 – item. 10
AWS/SFA 5.20: E 71 T-5 Si = 0.60 % 1.2 mm
Mn: 1.60 %
arc-welding method
C = < 0.15 % 1.0 mm

DIN 8556: SG X 15 Cr Ni Mn 18 8 Si = 0.40% item. 1; item. 12,13
Werkstoff-Nr. : 1.4370 Mn = 7.00 % 1.2 mm
C = 0.05-1 % 1.0 mm
DIN 8559 : SG 3 C 57 32 Si = 0.6-0.9% item. 5 ; Item. 7; item. 9-10
AWS A5.18 : ER 70S-6 Mn = 1.0-1. 5% 1.2 mm
3.25 mm
4.0 mm
metallic-arc
DIN 1913: E 5143 B(R) 10 C = 0.06 % 2.5 mm item. 1-13

welding
ISO 2560 : E51.4 B (H) Si = 0.65 % 3.25 mm

AWS A5.1 : E 7016 Mn = 1.05%
4.0 mm
10
6. Replacing the kelly tool joint, kelly eye
6.1 replacing kelly tool joint
Two different types of kelly-tool joints are described in the following:
a) tool joint with guiding ring b) tool joint with guiding ring
Before start welding contact EMDE for welding procedure specification
General:
• cut off old kelly-tool joint with guiding ring
• remove gibs at the welded zone
• grind welding chamfers at the end of tube (pict.13)
200 mm
10
10
°
Leiste
gibs
50°
30-40
3
~10
Pict. 13
• align kelly-tool joint and fix it by tack-welding
- 11 -
a) Kelly tool joint with guiding ring
Attention ! - Kelly-tool joint greater than outside diameter of inner kelly

First push guiding ring above inner kelly , than attach kelly-tool joint.
Keep an eye on linear alignment of kelly-tool joint .
• welding kelly-tool joint (item. 14)
welding procedure specification !!

13/DIN 8563-AS/W
1.4370 (SG x-15CrNiMn18.8 mit M21)
od. DIN 1913 E5155 B10
Pict. 14
• welding guiding ring
Pay attention to welding instructions according section “D-D“ and “E-E“
1 2 5 6
1. kelly tool joint
E D
2. guiding ring
3. inner kelly
3
4. gib
4 5. disk spring
6. pressure flange
E D
100
Pict. 15
Weld gibs onto tubing until a distance of 100 mm

before flange of guiding ring (pict. 15)
- 12 -
D-D E-E
100 mm without
no weld weld
12
0°
13/DIN 8563-Ak/hW 120°

a5
SG 3 C 5732
13/DIN 8563-AS/W
a7
1.4370 (SG x-15CrNiMn18.8 mit M21)
Pict. 16 Pict. 17
guiding ring only welded together with gibs along the provided chamfers
b) Kelly tool joint without spring flange
Bild 15
welding procedure specification
gibs ending 13/DIN 8563-AS/W
and absolute notch free
welded 1.4370 (SG x-15CrNiMn18.8 mit M21)
od. DIN 1913 E5155 B10
Bild 17
Pict. 18
- 13 -
6.2 Replacing kelly eye
a) cut off old kelly eye
b) grind welding chamfers at the end of tube (pict. 13)
c) align kelly eye linear to tube and fix it by tack-welding
d) welding kelly eye (pict. 19)
welding procedure specification !!
13/DIN 8563-AS/W
1.4370 (SG x-15CrNiMn18.8 mit M21)
Pict. 19
- 14 -
6.3 Replacing wearing ring
a) cut off the worned out ring in to two parts
b) place and aligne the two parts of the new wearing ring and fix it
by tack-welding
c) weld the two parts of wearing ring together
Pay attention !!!
¾ Take care that the position of the two parts of the wearing ring, are placed cor-
rectly. (The parts are marked at the surface. Use it for help! Pict. 20)
¾ the chamfered edge of the wearing ring must be placed to the stop ring (Pict. 20)
¾ the outer diameter DA (consult EMDE-Service for advice) is not allowed to ex-
ceed (Pict. 20)
¾ the distance between the wearing ring and the kelly-tube must be at least. 1mm
(Pict. 20)
min. 1mm
chamfered edge stop-ring

Marking
DA
150
200
13/DIN 8563-Ak/w
Pict. 20
- 15 -
6.4 Replacing strengthening ring
a) cut off the damaged strengthening ring
b) shape the separating cut at the kelly-tube. Grind welding cham-

fers (Pict. 21). Take care that the cut at the kelly-tube is right-
angled to the centre line of the tube (Pict. 21).
c) place and aligne the new strengthening ring and fix it by tack-
welding
d) weld on the strengthening ring (Pict. 22)
e) if it is necessary, adjust the shape of the strenghtening ring to the

shape of the drive-shells by grinding
t
30°
t/2
°
90
Pict. 21
1 2
3 1. strengthening ring
2. gib
welding procedure specification 3. kelly -tube
4. drive-shell
4
13/DIN 8563-As/w
1.4370 (SG X-15CrNiMn 18.8 mit M21)

od. DIN 1913 E5155 B10
Pict. 22
- 16 -
MDE INDUSTRIE-TECHNIK
D-56377 Nassau-Koppelheck
MDE INDUSTRIE-TECHNIK
D-56377 Nassau-Koppelheck

Ti 002 en PDF

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Ti 002 en PDF

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Technical information EN

002 - 27.08.2010 / lwnfim2

115 532 / 002

115 532 / 002

Ind. Aenderung Datum Name

POS. 2 = HYDRAULIK Ident. Nr. Blatt/von Fertiggewicht/weight

14 13 12 16 17 hydraulic ident. no. 10525571 Sheet/of 1/1 A1

115 532 / 002

115 532 / 002

­X11.S ­X11.S ­X12.S ­X20.S ­X11.S ­X12.S

auxiliary heating (air) refuelling system digital output module 2.009

E common rail standard Standheizung (Luft) Betankungsanlage Modul Digital Ausgang 2.009 E

­X11.S ­X12.S ­X15.S

0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q

­M +X12 +X12 +X12 +X12 +X12 +X12

+X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23

+X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23

%IX1.077.33 %IX1.077.34 %IX1.077.35 %IX1.077.36 %IX1.077.38 %IX1.077.39 %IX1.077.44 0/24V

+P1 30 +P1 30 +P1 30 +P1 30 +P1 30

+X1 ­M5 +X1

­X13.S ­X11.S ­S3

­H2 +X1 +X1

sounder LML flashlight switch cabinet fan hour meter cigarette lighter cabin lightning inside lighting switch cabinet room

+4F +4F +X1

+X1 ­S1 ­K32

D +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 D

­X11.S ­X11.S ­X11.S ­X11.S ­X13.S ­X13.S ­X19.S

pressure switch travelling gear +X1 +X1

+X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1

+X1 13 +X1 1.5Q

­E1 ­E11 ­E2 ­E21 ­E3

+4A +4A +4A

­X1.P ­X2.P ­X3.P

E +4A +4A +4A E

+X1 +X1 +X1

­X21.P ­X21.P ­X21.P

+X1 +X1 +X1

floodlight cabin left floodlight cabin right cabin floodlight winch

WHGN 0.14Q LAN3­3

service plug WHOG 0.14Q LAN1­1

­K16 ­K17 ­K18 ­K19

­K2 ­K3 ­K5 ­K6 ­K7 ­K8.1 ­K8.2

­K9 ­K10 ­K11 ­K12 ­K13 ­K14 ­K15

/11.C3 /11.C3 /10.D2 /10.D2 /17.B8 /17.B8 /11.B1 /11.B1

/13.C6 /13.C6 /14.E3 /14.E3 /15.D3 /15.D2 /18.C8 /18.C8

LIEBHERR­WERK NENZING GMBH

/14.D4 /14.E4 /16.E2

/17.E7 /13.D6 /17.E7 /5.A2

/6.D7 /6.D6 /4.F5

LIEBHERR­WERK NENZING GMBH

CABLES COMPONENTS & INSTRUMENTS LOCATION

ASSEMBLY GROUP FUNCTION GROUP KIND OF ITEM COLOUR ­ CODE FOR CABLE CORES

AL boom A general control A amplifier BK black

76092 18.09.08 lwnkas1

70039 29.02.08 lwnkas1

CABLES COMPONENTS & INSTRUMENTS LOCATION

ASSEMBLY GROUP FUNCTION GROUP KIND OF ITEM COLOUR ­ CODE FOR CABLE CORES

AL boom A general control A amplifier BK black

­X2.033 ­X2.033 ­X2.033 ­X2.041

­X2.033.X1 ­X2.033.X1 ­X2.033.X1 ­X2.033.X1 ­X2.041.X1

70039 13.03.08 lwnkas1

enable cylinder adjustment flashlight movement buzzer sounder LML stop engine running release LS signal leaderpump release leaderpump hydraulic oil heater

%QX2.009.07 %QX2.009.30 %QX2.009.31 %QX2.009.32 %QX2.009.29 %QX2.009.08 %QX2.009.26 %QX2.009.14

X11.S X11.S X12.S X20.S X11.S X12.S

X11.S X12.S X15.S

M +X12 +X12 +X12 +X12 +X12 +X12

+X1 M5 +X1

X13.S X11.S S3

H2 +X1 +X1

+X1 S1 K32

X11.S X11.S X11.S X11.S X13.S X13.S X19.S

E1 E11 E2 E21 E3

X1.P X2.P X3.P

X21.P X21.P X21.P

WHGN 0.14Q LAN33

service plug WHOG 0.14Q LAN11

K16 K17 K18 K19

K2 K3 K5 K6 K7 K8.1 K8.2

K9 K10 K11 K12 K13 K14 K15

LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH

LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH

ASSEMBLY GROUP FUNCTION GROUP KIND OF ITEM COLOUR CODE FOR CABLE CORES

ASSEMBLY GROUP FUNCTION GROUP KIND OF ITEM COLOUR CODE FOR CABLE CORES

X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.041

X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.041.X1

X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009

X2.017 X2.017 X2.017 X2.018

X2.017 X2.017 X2.009

X1.S X1.S X1.S

X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.042.X1

X2.033 X2.033 X2.042

X2.017 X2.017 X2.009

X1.S X1.S X1.S X1.S

X1.S X1.S X1.S X1.S

X2.042.X1 X2.042.X1 X2.057.X1 X2.057.X1

X2.017 X2.017 X2.019 X2.019 X2.019 X2.009 X2.009

X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1

X1.S X1.S X1.S X1.S X1.S X1.S

X2.017 X2.017 X2.019 X2.019 X2.018 X2.018 X2.009 X2.009

X2.041 X2.041 X2.041 X2.041

X2.018 X2.018 X2.018 X2.018

X2.033 X2.041 X2.041

X2.010 X2.010 X2.010 X2.010

X2.019 X2.019 X2.019 X2.019 X2.019 X2.019

X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1

X2.009 X2.010 X2.018

X13.S X13.S X13.S X13.S X13.S X13.S

X2.009 X2.009 X2.010

X2.010 X2.010 X2.010 X2.010 X2.010 X2.010

A X11.P X11.P X11.P A

X11.P X11.P X13.P

E1.X 2 E1.X 3 T1.X 1 2

F1 F2 F3 F4

X11.P X11.P X12.P X12.P